인덱스 함수 및 메서드 목록

설명서의 모든 함수 및 메서드 목록

a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z _

• a
  • abs - 절대값
  • acos - 아크 코사인
  • acosh - 역 쌍곡선 코사인
  • addcslashes - C 스타일의 슬래시가 있는 인용 문자열
  • addslashes - 슬래시가 있는 인용 문자열
  • apache_child_terminate - 이 요청 후 아파치 프로세스 종료
  • apache_getenv - Apache subprocess_env 변수 가져오기
  • apache_get_modules - 로드된 Apache 모듈 목록 가져오기
  • apache_get_version - Apache 버전 가져오기
  • apache_lookup_uri - 지정된 URI에 대한 부분 요청을 수행하고 이에 대한 모든 정보를 반환합니다.
  • apache_note - Apache 요청 메모 가져오기 및 설정
  • apache_request_headers - 모든 HTTP 요청 헤더 가져오기
  • apache_response_headers - 모든 HTTP 응답 헤더 가져오기
  • apache_setenv - Apache subprocess_env 변수 설정
  • APCUIterator::current - 현재 항목 가져오기
  • APCUIterator::getTotalCount - 총 개수 가져오기
  • APCUIterator::getTotalHits - 총 캐시 적중률 가져오기
  • APCUIterator::getTotalSize - 총 캐시 크기 가져오기
  • APCUIterator::key - 반복자 키 가져오기
  • APCUIterator::next - 다음 항목으로 포인터 이동
  • APCUIterator::rewind - 반복자 되감기
  • APCUIterator::valid - 현재 위치가 유효한지 확인
  • APCUIterator::__construct - APCUIterator 반복자 객체를 생성합니다.
  • apcu_add - 데이터 저장소에 새 변수 캐시
  • apcu_cache_info - APCu의 데이터 저장소에서 캐시된 정보 검색
  • apcu_cas - 새 값으로 이전 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • apcu_clear_cache - APCu 캐시를 지웁니다.
  • apcu_dec - 저장된 숫자 줄이기
  • apcu_delete - 캐시에서 저장된 변수를 제거합니다.
  • apcu_enabled - 현재 환경에서 APCu를 사용할 수 있는지 여부
  • apcu_entry - 캐시 항목을 원자적으로 가져오거나 생성
  • apcu_exists - 항목이 있는지 확인
  • apcu_fetch - 캐시에서 저장된 변수 가져오기
  • apcu_inc - 저장된 숫자 증가
  • apcu_key_info - 캐시 키에 대한 자세한 정보 얻기
  • apcu_sma_info - APCu 공유 메모리 할당 정보 검색
  • apcu_store - 데이터 저장소에 변수 캐시
  • AppendIterator::append - 반복자를 추가합니다.
  • AppendIterator::current - 현재 값을 가져옵니다
  • AppendIterator::getArrayIterator - ArrayIterator를 가져옵니다.
  • AppendIterator::getInnerIterator - 내부 반복자를 가져옵니다.
  • AppendIterator::getIteratorIndex - 반복자의 인덱스를 가져옵니다.
  • AppendIterator::key - 현재 키를 가져옵니다.
  • AppendIterator::next - 다음 요소로 이동
  • AppendIterator::rewind - 반복자 되감기
  • AppendIterator::valid - 현재 요소의 유효성 검사
  • AppendIterator::__construct - AppendIterator를 생성합니다.
  • array - 배열 생성
  • ArrayAccess::offsetExists - 오프셋 존재 여부
  • ArrayAccess::offsetGet - 검색할 오프셋
  • ArrayAccess::offsetSet - 지정된 오프셋에 값 할당
  • ArrayAccess::offsetUnset - 오프셋 설정 해제
  • ArrayIterator::append - 요소 추가
  • ArrayIterator::asort - 값으로 항목 정렬
  • ArrayIterator::count - 요소 수
  • ArrayIterator::current - 현재 배열 항목 반환
  • ArrayIterator::getArrayCopy - 배열 사본 가져오기
  • ArrayIterator::getFlags - 행동 플래그 가져오기
  • ArrayIterator::key - 현재 배열 키 반환
  • ArrayIterator::ksort - 키로 항목 정렬
  • ArrayIterator::natcasesort - 대소문자를 구분하지 않고 자연스럽게 항목 정렬
  • ArrayIterator::natsort - 자연스럽게 항목 정렬
  • ArrayIterator::next - 다음 항목으로 이동
  • ArrayIterator::offsetExists - 오프셋이 존재하는지 확인
  • ArrayIterator::offsetGet - 오프셋 값 가져오기
  • ArrayIterator::offsetSet - 오프셋 값 설정
  • ArrayIterator::offsetUnset - 오프셋에 대한 설정되지 않은 값
  • ArrayIterator::rewind - 배열을 처음으로 되감기
  • ArrayIterator::seek - 위치를 구하다
  • ArrayIterator::serialize - 직렬화
  • ArrayIterator::setFlags - 행동 플래그 설정
  • ArrayIterator::uasort - 사용자 정의 비교 함수로 정렬 및 인덱스 연관 유지
  • ArrayIterator::uksort - 사용자 정의 비교 함수를 사용하여 키별로 정렬
  • ArrayIterator::unserialize - 직렬화 해제
  • ArrayIterator::valid - 배열에 더 많은 항목이 포함되어 있는지 확인
  • ArrayIterator::__construct - ArrayIterator 생성
  • ArrayObject::append - 값을 추가합니다.
  • ArrayObject::asort - 값으로 항목 정렬
  • ArrayObject::count - ArrayObject의 공용 속성 수 가져오기
  • ArrayObject::exchangeArray - 배열를 다른 배열로 교환
  • ArrayObject::getArrayCopy - ArrayObject의 복사본을 만듭니다.
  • ArrayObject::getFlags - 동작 플래그를 가져옵니다.
  • ArrayObject::getIterator - ArrayObject 인스턴스에서 새 반복자 만들기
  • ArrayObject::getIteratorClass - ArrayObject의 반복자 클래스 이름을 가져옵니다.
  • ArrayObject::ksort - 키로 항목 정렬
  • ArrayObject::natcasesort - 대소문자를 구분하지 않는 "자연 순서" 알고리즘을 사용하여 배열 정렬
  • ArrayObject::natsort - "자연 순서" 알고리즘을 사용하여 항목 정렬
  • ArrayObject::offsetExists - 요청된 인덱스가 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • ArrayObject::offsetGet - 지정된 인덱스의 값을 반환
  • ArrayObject::offsetSet - 지정된 인덱스의 값을 newval로 설정합니다.
  • ArrayObject::offsetUnset - 지정된 인덱스에서 값을 설정 해제합니다.
  • ArrayObject::serialize - ArrayObject 직렬화
  • ArrayObject::setFlags - 동작 플래그를 설정합니다.
  • ArrayObject::setIteratorClass - ArrayObject의 반복자 클래스 이름을 설정합니다.
  • ArrayObject::uasort - 사용자 정의 비교 함수로 항목 정렬 및 키 연결 유지
  • ArrayObject::uksort - 사용자 정의 비교 함수를 사용하여 키별로 항목 정렬
  • ArrayObject::unserialize - rrayObject 직렬화 해제
  • ArrayObject::__construct - 새 배열 객체 생성
  • array_change_key_case - 배열에 있는 모든 키의 대소문자를 변경합니다.
  • array_chunk - 배열을 청크로 분할
  • array_column - 입력 배열의 단일 열에서 값을 반환합니다.
  • array_combine - 키에 대해 하나의 배열을 사용하고 값에 대해 다른 하나를 사용하여 배열을 만듭니다.
  • array_count_values - 배열의 모든 값을 셉니다.
  • array_diff - 배열의 차이를 계산합니다.
  • array_diff_assoc - 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 차이를 계산합니다.
  • array_diff_key - 비교를 위해 키를 사용하여 배열의 차이를 계산합니다.
  • array_diff_uassoc - 사용자가 제공한 콜백 함수에 의해 수행되는 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 차이를 계산합니다.
  • array_diff_ukey - 비교를 위해 키에 대한 콜백 함수를 사용하여 배열의 차이를 계산합니다.
  • array_fill - 값으로 배열 채우기
  • array_fill_keys - 키를 지정하여 값으로 배열 채우기
  • array_filter - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 배열의 요소를 필터링합니다.
  • array_flip - 모든 키를 배열의 연관된 값으로 교환
  • array_intersect - 배열의 교집합을 계산합니다.
  • array_intersect_assoc - 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 교집합을 계산합니다.
  • array_intersect_key - 비교용 키를 사용하여 배열의 교집합을 계산합니다.
  • array_intersect_uassoc - 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 교집합을 계산하고 콜백 함수로 인덱스를 비교합니다.
  • array_intersect_ukey - 비교를 위해 키에 대한 콜백 함수를 사용하여 배열의 교집합을 계산합니다.
  • array_is_list - 주어진 배열이 목록인지 확인
  • array_keys - 배열의 모든 키 또는 키의 하위 집합을 반환합니다.
  • array_key_exists - 주어진 키 또는 인덱스가 배열에 존재하는지 확인
  • array_key_first - 배열의 첫 번째 키를 가져옵니다.
  • array_key_last - 배열의 마지막 키를 가져옵니다.
  • array_map - 주어진 배열의 요소에 콜백을 적용합니다.
  • array_merge - 하나 이상의 배열 병합
  • array_merge_recursive - 하나 이상의 배열을 재귀적으로 병합
  • array_multisort - 다차원 또는 다차원 배열 정렬
  • array_pad - 값으로 지정된 길이로 배열 채우기
  • array_pop - 배열 끝에서 요소 팝
  • array_product - 배열 값의 곱 계산
  • array_push - 하나 이상의 요소를 배열의 끝으로 푸시
  • array_rand - 배열에서 하나 이상의 임의 키 선택
  • array_reduce - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 반복적으로 배열을 단일 값으로 줄입니다.
  • array_replace - 전달된 배열의 요소를 첫 번째 배열로 바꿉니다.
  • array_replace_recursive - 전달된 배열의 요소를 첫 번째 배열로 재귀적으로 교체합니다.
  • array_reverse - 역순으로 요소가 있는 배열 반환
  • array_search - 주어진 값에 대한 배열을 검색하고 성공하면 첫 번째 해당 키를 반환합니다.
  • array_shift - 배열의 시작 부분에서 요소 이동
  • array_slice - 배열의 조각 추출
  • array_splice - 배열의 일부를 제거하고 다른 것으로 교체
  • array_sum - 배열의 값 합계 계산
  • array_udiff - 데이터 비교를 위한 콜백 함수를 사용하여 배열의 차이를 계산합니다.
  • array_udiff_assoc - 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 차이를 계산하고 콜백 함수로 데이터를 비교
  • array_udiff_uassoc - 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 차이를 계산하고 콜백 함수로 데이터와 인덱스를 비교
  • array_uintersect - 배열의 교집합을 계산하고 콜백 함수로 데이터를 비교합니다.
  • array_uintersect_assoc - 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 교집합을 계산하고 콜백 함수로 데이터를 비교합니다.
  • array_uintersect_uassoc - 추가 인덱스 검사로 배열의 교집합을 계산하고 별도의 콜백 함수로 데이터와 인덱스를 비교합니다.
  • array_unique - 배열에서 중복 값을 제거합니다.
  • array_unshift - 배열의 시작 부분에 하나 이상의 요소를 추가합니다.
  • array_values - 배열의 모든 값을 반환
  • array_walk - 배열의 모든 구성원에 사용자 제공 함수 적용
  • array_walk_recursive - 배열의 모든 구성원에 사용자 함수를 재귀적으로 적용
  • arsort - 배열을 내림차순으로 정렬하고 인덱스 연결 유지
  • asin - 아크 사인
  • asinh - 역 쌍곡선 사인
  • asort - 배열을 오름차순으로 정렬하고 인덱스 연결 유지
  • assert - 주장이 거짓인지 확인
  • assert_options - 다양한 assert 플래그 설정/가져오기
  • atan - 아크 탄젠트
  • atan2 - 두 변수의 아크 탄젠트
  • atanh - 역 쌍곡선 탄젠트
• b
  • BackedEnum::from - 스칼라를 열거형 인스턴스에 매핑합니다.
  • BackedEnum::tryFrom - 스칼라를 열거형 인스턴스 또는 null에 매핑합니다.
  • base64_decode - MIME base64로 인코딩된 데이터 디코딩
  • base64_encode - MIME base64로 데이터 인코딩
  • basename - 경로의 후행 이름 구성 요소를 반환합니다.
  • BaseResult::getWarnings - 마지막 작업에서 경고 가져오기
  • BaseResult::getWarningsCount - 마지막 작업에서 경고 수 가져오기
  • base_convert - 임의의 밑수 사이의 숫자 변환
  • bcadd - 두 개의 임의의 정밀도 숫자 추가
  • bccomp - 두 개의 임의의 정밀도 숫자 비교
  • bcdiv - 두 개의 임의의 정밀도 숫자를 나눕니다.
  • bcmod - 임의의 정밀도 숫자의 계수 가져오기
  • bcmul - 두 개의 임의의 정밀도 숫자 곱하기
  • bcpow - 임의의 정밀도 숫자를 다른 숫자로 올립니다.
  • bcpowmod - 지정된 계수만큼 감소된 임의의 정밀도 숫자를 다른 정밀도로 올립니다.
  • bcscale - 모든 bc 수학 함수에 대한 기본 스케일 매개변수 설정 또는 가져오기
  • bcsqrt - 임의의 정밀도 숫자의 제곱근 가져오기
  • bcsub - 임의의 정밀도 숫자를 다른 숫자에서 빼십시오.
  • bin2hex - 이진 데이터를 16진수 표현으로 변환
  • bindec - 이진수에서 십진수로
  • bindtextdomain - 도메인의 경로를 설정하거나 가져옵니다.
  • bind_textdomain_codeset - DOMAIN 메시지 카탈로그의 메시지가 반환될 문자 인코딩을 지정하거나 가져옵니다.
  • boolval - 변수의 부울 값 가져오기
  • bzclose - bzip2 파일 닫기
  • bzcompress - 문자열을 bzip2로 인코딩된 데이터로 압축
  • bzdecompress - bzip2로 인코딩된 데이터 압축 풀기
  • bzerrno - bzip2 오류 번호를 반환합니다.
  • bzerror - bzip2 오류 번호와 오류 문자열을 배열로 반환합니다.
  • bzerrstr - bzip2 오류 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • bzflush - Do nothing
  • bzopen - bzip2 압축 파일을 엽니다.
  • bzread - 바이너리 안전 bzip2 파일 읽기
  • bzwrite - 바이너리 안전한 bzip2 파일 쓰기
• c
  • CachingIterator::count - 반복자의 요소 수
  • CachingIterator::current - 현재 요소를 반환
  • CachingIterator::getCache - 캐시의 내용 검색
  • CachingIterator::getFlags - 사용된 플래그 가져오기
  • CachingIterator::getInnerIterator - 내부 반복자를 반환합니다.
  • CachingIterator::hasNext - 내부 반복자에 유효한 다음 요소가 있는지 확인
  • CachingIterator::key - 현재 요소의 키 반환
  • CachingIterator::next - 반복자를 앞으로 이동
  • CachingIterator::offsetExists - offsetExists 목적
  • CachingIterator::offsetGet - offsetGet 목적
  • CachingIterator::offsetSet - offsetSet 목적
  • CachingIterator::offsetUnset - offsetUnset 목적
  • CachingIterator::rewind - 반복자 되감기
  • CachingIterator::setFlags - setFlags 목적
  • CachingIterator::valid - 현재 요소가 유효한지 확인
  • CachingIterator::__construct - 반복자를 위한 새로운 CachingIterator 객체 생성
  • CachingIterator::__toString - 현재 요소의 문자열 표현을 반환합니다.
  • CallbackFilterIterator::accept - 현재 값, 현재 키 및 내부 반복자를 인수로 사용하여 콜백을 호출합니다.
  • CallbackFilterIterator::__construct - 다른 반복기에서 필터링된 반복기 만들기
  • call_user_func - 첫 번째 매개변수에 의해 제공된 콜백 호출
  • call_user_func_array - 매개변수 배열로 콜백 호출
  • cal_days_in_month - 주어진 연도 및 달력에 대한 한 달의 일 수를 반환합니다.
  • cal_from_jd - Julian Day Count에서 지원되는 달력으로 변환
  • cal_info - 특정 캘린더에 대한 정보를 반환합니다.
  • cal_to_jd - 지원되는 달력에서 Julian Day Count로 변환
  • ceil - 분수 반올림
  • chdir - 디렉토리 변경
  • checkdate - 그레고리력 날짜 확인
  • checkdnsrr - 주어진 인터넷 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소에 해당하는 DNS 레코드 확인
  • chgrp - 파일 그룹 변경
  • chmod - 파일 모드 변경
  • chop - rtrim의 별칭
  • chown - 파일 소유자 변경
  • chr - 숫자에서 단일 바이트 문자열 생성
  • chroot - 루트 디렉토리 변경
  • chunk_split - 문자열을 더 작은 청크로 분할
  • class_alias - 클래스의 별칭을 만듭니다.
  • class_exists - 클래스가 정의되었는지 확인
  • class_implements - 주어진 클래스 또는 인터페이스에 의해 구현된 인터페이스를 반환합니다.
  • class_parents - 주어진 클래스의 부모 클래스를 반환
  • class_uses - 주어진 클래스에서 사용하는 특성을 반환합니다.
  • clearstatcache - 파일 상태 캐시 지우기
  • Client::getClient - 클라이언트 세션 가져오기
  • Client::__construct - 클라이언트 생성자
  • cli_get_process_title - 현재 프로세스 제목을 반환합니다.
  • cli_set_process_title - 프로세스 제목 설정
  • closedir - 디렉토리 핸들 닫기
  • closelog - 시스템 로거와의 연결 닫기
  • Closure::bind - 특정 바인딩된 개체 및 클래스 범위로 클로저를 복제합니다.
  • Closure::bindTo - 새 바인딩된 개체 및 클래스 범위로 클로저를 복제합니다.
  • Closure::call - 클로저를 바인딩하고 호출합니다.
  • Closure::fromCallable - 콜러블을 클로저로 변환
  • Closure::__construct - 인스턴스화를 허용하지 않는 생성자
  • Collator::asort - 인덱스 연결을 유지하는 정렬 배열
  • Collator::compare - 두 유니코드 문자열 비교
  • Collator::create - 콜레이터 만들기
  • Collator::getAttribute - 데이터 정렬 속성 값 가져오기
  • Collator::getErrorCode - 콜레이터의 마지막 오류 코드 가져오기
  • Collator::getErrorMessage - Collator의 마지막 오류 코드에 대한 텍스트 가져오기
  • Collator::getLocale - 콜레이터의 로케일 이름 가져오기
  • Collator::getSortKey - 문자열에 대한 정렬 키 가져오기
  • Collator::getStrength - 현재 데이터 정렬 강도 가져오기
  • Collator::setAttribute - 데이터 정렬 속성 설정
  • Collator::setStrength - 대조 강도 설정
  • Collator::sort - 지정된 collator를 사용하여 배열 정렬
  • Collator::sortWithSortKeys - 지정된 조합기 및 정렬 키를 사용하여 배열 정렬
  • Collator::__construct - 콜레이터 만들기
  • Collectable::isGarbage - 개체가 가비지로 표시되었는지 확인
  • Collection::add - 컬렉션 문서 추가
  • Collection::addOrReplaceOne - 컬렉션 문서 추가 또는 교체
  • Collection::count - 문서 수 가져오기
  • Collection::createIndex - 컬렉션 인덱스 생성
  • Collection::dropIndex - 컬렉션 인덱스 삭제
  • Collection::existsInDatabase - 데이터베이스에 컬렉션이 있는지 확인
  • Collection::find - 문서 검색
  • Collection::getName - 컬렉션 이름 가져오기
  • Collection::getOne - 문서 하나 가져오기
  • Collection::getSchema - 스키마 객체 가져오기
  • Collection::getSession - 세션 객체 가져오기
  • Collection::modify - 수집 문서 수정
  • Collection::remove - 수집 문서 제거
  • Collection::removeOne - 컬렉션 문서 1개 제거
  • Collection::replaceOne - 하나의 컬렉션 문서 바꾸기
  • Collection::__construct - 컬렉션 생성자
  • CollectionAdd::execute - 명령문 실행
  • CollectionAdd::__construct - CollectionAdd constructor
  • CollectionFind::bind - 쿼리 자리 표시자에 값 바인딩
  • CollectionFind::execute - 명령문 실행
  • CollectionFind::fields - 문서 필드 필터 설정
  • CollectionFind::groupBy - 그룹화 기준 설정
  • CollectionFind::having - 집계 함수에 대한 조건 설정
  • CollectionFind::limit - 반환 문서 수 제한
  • CollectionFind::lockExclusive - EXCLUSIVE LOCK으로 작업 실행
  • CollectionFind::lockShared - SHARED LOCK으로 작업 실행
  • CollectionFind::offset - 반환할 지정된 수의 요소 건너뛰기
  • CollectionFind::sort - 정렬 기준 설정
  • CollectionFind::__construct - CollectionFind 생성자
  • CollectionModify::arrayAppend - 배열 필드에 요소 추가
  • CollectionModify::arrayInsert - 배열 필드에 요소 삽입
  • CollectionModify::bind - 쿼리 자리 표시자에 값 바인딩
  • CollectionModify::execute - 수정 작업 실행
  • CollectionModify::limit - 수정된 문서 수 제한
  • CollectionModify::patch - 패치 문서
  • CollectionModify::replace - 문서 필드 바꾸기
  • CollectionModify::set - 문서 속성 설정
  • CollectionModify::skip - 요소 건너뛰기
  • CollectionModify::sort - 정렬 기준 설정
  • CollectionModify::unset - 문서 필드 값 설정 해제
  • CollectionModify::__construct - CollectionModify 생성자
  • CollectionRemove::bind - 자리 표시자에 값 바인딩
  • CollectionRemove::execute - 제거 작업 실행
  • CollectionRemove::limit - 제거할 문서 수 제한
  • CollectionRemove::sort - 정렬 기준 설정
  • CollectionRemove::__construct - CollectionRemove 생성자
  • ColumnResult::getCharacterSetName - 문자 집합 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getCollationName - 데이터 정렬 이름 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getColumnLabel - 열 레이블 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getColumnName - 열 이름 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getFractionalDigits - 소수 자릿수 길이 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getLength - 열 필드 길이 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getSchemaName - 스키마 이름 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getTableLabel - 테이블 레이블 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getTableName - 테이블 이름 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::getType - 열 유형 가져오기
  • ColumnResult::isNumberSigned - 서명된 유형인지 확인
  • ColumnResult::isPadded - 패딩 여부 확인
  • ColumnResult::__construct - ColumnResult constructor
  • com::__construct - com 클래스 생성자
  • CommonMark\CQL::__construct - CQL 생성자
  • CommonMark\CQL::__invoke - CQL 실행
  • CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitable::accept - Visitation
  • CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor::enter - Visitation
  • CommonMark\Interfaces\IVisitor::leave - Visitation
  • CommonMark\Node::accept - Visitation
  • CommonMark\Node::appendChild - AST 조작
  • CommonMark\Node::insertAfter - AST 조작
  • CommonMark\Node::insertBefore - AST 조작
  • CommonMark\Node::prependChild - AST 조작
  • CommonMark\Node::replace - AST 조작
  • CommonMark\Node::unlink - AST 조작
  • CommonMark\Node\BulletList::__construct - BulletList 생성자
  • CommonMark\Node\CodeBlock::__construct - CodeBlock 생성자
  • CommonMark\Node\Heading::__construct - Heading 생성자
  • CommonMark\Node\Image::__construct - Image 생성자
  • CommonMark\Node\Link::__construct - Link 생성자
  • CommonMark\Node\OrderedList::__construct - OrderedList Construction
  • CommonMark\Node\Text::__construct - Text Construction
  • CommonMark\Parse - Parsing
  • CommonMark\Parser::finish - Parsing
  • CommonMark\Parser::parse - Parsing
  • CommonMark\Parser::__construct - Parsing
  • CommonMark\Render - Rendering
  • CommonMark\Render\HTML - Rendering
  • CommonMark\Render\Latex - Rendering
  • CommonMark\Render\Man - Rendering
  • CommonMark\Render\XML - Rendering
  • compact - 변수와 그 값을 포함하는 배열 생성
  • COMPersistHelper::GetCurFileName - 현재 파일 이름 가져오기
  • COMPersistHelper::GetMaxStreamSize - 최대 스트림 크기 가져오기
  • COMPersistHelper::InitNew - 객체를 기본 상태로 초기화
  • COMPersistHelper::LoadFromFile - 파일에서 객체 로드
  • COMPersistHelper::LoadFromStream - 스트림에서 객체 로드
  • COMPersistHelper::SaveToFile - 파일에 개체 저장
  • COMPersistHelper::SaveToStream - 스트림에 개체 저장
  • COMPersistHelper::__construct - COMPersistHelper 객체 생성
  • Componere\Abstract\Definition::addInterface - 인터페이스 추가
  • Componere\Abstract\Definition::addMethod - 메소드 추가
  • Componere\Abstract\Definition::addTrait - Add Trait
  • Componere\Abstract\Definition::getReflector - Reflection
  • Componere\cast - Casting
  • Componere\cast_by_ref - Casting
  • Componere\Definition::addConstant - 상수 추가
  • Componere\Definition::addProperty - 속성 추가
  • Componere\Definition::getClosure - 클로저 얻기
  • Componere\Definition::getClosures - 클로저 가져오기
  • Componere\Definition::isRegistered - 상태 감지
  • Componere\Definition::register - 등록
  • Componere\Definition::__construct - Definition Construction
  • Componere\Method::getReflector - Reflection
  • Componere\Method::setPrivate - 접근성 수정
  • Componere\Method::setProtected - Accessibility Modification
  • Componere\Method::setStatic - Accessibility Modification
  • Componere\Method::__construct - Method Construction
  • Componere\Patch::apply - Application
  • Componere\Patch::derive - Patch Derivation
  • Componere\Patch::getClosure - Get Closure
  • Componere\Patch::getClosures - Get Closures
  • Componere\Patch::isApplied - State Detection
  • Componere\Patch::revert - Reversal
  • Componere\Patch::__construct - Patch Construction
  • Componere\Value::hasDefault - Value Interaction
  • Componere\Value::isPrivate - Accessibility Detection
  • Componere\Value::isProtected - Accessibility Detection
  • Componere\Value::isStatic - Accessibility Detection
  • Componere\Value::setPrivate - Accessibility Modification
  • Componere\Value::setProtected - Accessibility Modification
  • Componere\Value::setStatic - Accessibility Modification
  • Componere\Value::__construct - Value Construction
  • com_create_guid - GUID(Globally Unique Identifier) ​​생성
  • com_event_sink - COM 개체에서 PHP 개체로 이벤트 연결
  • com_get_active_object - COM 개체의 이미 실행 중인 인스턴스에 대한 핸들을 반환합니다.
  • com_load_typelib - Typelib 로드
  • com_message_pump - COM 메시지 처리, 최대 timeoutms 밀리초 동안 휴면
  • com_print_typeinfo - 디스패치 가능한 인터페이스에 대한 PHP 클래스 정의 출력
  • connection_aborted - 클라이언트 연결이 끊겼는지 확인
  • connection_status - 연결 상태 비트 필드를 반환합니다.
  • constant - 상수 값을 반환합니다.
  • Context parameters - 컨텍스트 매개변수 목록
  • convert_cyr_string - 한 키릴 문자 집합에서 다른 문자 집합으로 변환
  • convert_uudecode - uuencoded 문자열 디코딩
  • convert_uuencode - Uuencode 문자열
  • copy - 파일 복사
  • cos - 코사인
  • cosh - 쌍곡코사인
  • count - 배열 또는 Countable 개체의 모든 요소를 ​​셉니다.
  • Countable::count - 개체의 요소 계산
  • count_chars - 문자열에 사용된 문자에 대한 정보 반환
  • crc32 - 문자열의 crc32 다항식을 계산합니다.
  • create_function - 코드 문자열을 평가하여 동적으로 함수 만들기
  • CrudOperationBindable::bind - 자리 표시자에 값 바인딩
  • CrudOperationLimitable::limit - 결과 제한 설정
  • CrudOperationSkippable::skip - 건너뛸 작업 수
  • CrudOperationSortable::sort - 결과 정렬
  • crypt - 단방향 문자열 해싱
  • ctype_alnum - 영숫자 문자 확인
  • ctype_alpha - 알파벳 문자 확인
  • ctype_cntrl - 제어 문자 확인
  • ctype_digit - 숫자 확인
  • ctype_graph - 공백을 제외한 인쇄 가능한 문자 확인
  • ctype_lower - 소문자 확인
  • ctype_print - 인쇄 가능한 문자 확인
  • ctype_punct - 공백이나 영숫자가 아닌 인쇄 가능한 문자가 있는지 확인하십시오.
  • ctype_space - 공백 문자 확인
  • ctype_upper - 대문자 확인
  • ctype_xdigit - 16진수를 나타내는 문자 확인
  • cubrid_affected_rows - 마지막 SQL 문의 영향을 받은 행 수를 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_bind - 준비된 명령문에 변수를 매개변수로 바인딩
  • cubrid_client_encoding - 현재 CUBRID 연결 문자 집합 반환
  • cubrid_close - CUBRID 연결 닫기
  • cubrid_close_prepare - 요청 핸들 닫기
  • cubrid_close_request - 요청 핸들 닫기
  • cubrid_column_names - 결과에서 열 이름 가져오기
  • cubrid_column_types - 결과에서 열 유형 가져오기
  • cubrid_col_get - OID를 사용하여 컬렉션 유형 열의 내용 가져오기
  • cubrid_col_size - OID를 사용하여 컬렉션 유형 열의 요소 수 가져오기
  • cubrid_commit - 트랜잭션 커밋
  • cubrid_connect - CUBRID 서버 연결 열기
  • cubrid_connect_with_url - CUBRID 서버에 접속하기 위한 환경 구축
  • cubrid_current_oid - 현재 커서 위치의 OID 가져오기
  • cubrid_data_seek - CUBRID 결과의 내부 행 포인터 이동
  • cubrid_db_name - cubrid_list_dbs 결과에서 db 이름 가져오기
  • cubrid_disconnect - 데이터베이스 연결 닫기
  • cubrid_drop - OID를 사용하여 인스턴스 삭제
  • cubrid_errno - 이전 CUBRID 작업에서 발생한 오류 메시지의 숫자 값 반환
  • cubrid_error - 오류 메시지 받기
  • cubrid_error_code - 가장 최근의 함수 호출에 대한 오류 코드 가져오기
  • cubrid_error_code_facility - 오류의 시설 코드 가져오기
  • cubrid_error_msg - 가장 최근의 함수 호출에 대한 마지막 오류 메시지 가져오기
  • cubrid_execute - 준비된 SQL 문 실행
  • cubrid_fetch - 결과 집합에서 다음 행 가져오기
  • cubrid_fetch_array - 연관 배열, 숫자 배열 또는 둘 다에서 결과 행을 가져옵니다.
  • cubrid_fetch_assoc - 가져온 행에 해당하는 연관 배열을 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_fetch_field - 결과에서 열 정보를 가져와 객체로 반환
  • cubrid_fetch_lengths - 현재 행의 각 필드 값의 길이가 있는 배열을 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_fetch_object - 다음 행을 가져와 객체로 반환
  • cubrid_fetch_row - 현재 행의 값으로 숫자 배열을 반환
  • cubrid_field_flags - 지정된 필드 오프셋의 플래그가 있는 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_field_len - 지정된 필드의 최대 길이 가져오기
  • cubrid_field_name - 지정된 필드 인덱스의 이름을 반환
  • cubrid_field_seek - 결과 집합 커서를 지정된 필드 오프셋으로 이동
  • cubrid_field_table - 지정된 필드의 테이블 이름을 반환
  • cubrid_field_type - 주어진 필드 오프셋에 해당하는 열의 유형을 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_free_result - 결과 데이터가 차지하는 메모리 해제
  • cubrid_get - OID를 사용하여 열 가져오기
  • cubrid_get_autocommit - 연결의 자동 커밋 모드 가져오기
  • cubrid_get_charset - 현재 CUBRID 연결 문자 집합 반환
  • cubrid_get_class_name - OID를 사용하여 클래스 이름 가져오기
  • cubrid_get_client_info - 클라이언트 라이브러리 버전 반환
  • cubrid_get_db_parameter - CUBRID 데이터베이스 파라미터를 반환
  • cubrid_get_query_timeout - 요청의 쿼리 시간 초과 값 가져오기
  • cubrid_get_server_info - CUBRID 서버 버전 반환
  • cubrid_insert_id - 마지막으로 업데이트된 AUTO_INCREMENT 열에 대해 생성된 ID를 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_is_instance - OID가 가리키는 인스턴스가 존재하는지 확인
  • cubrid_list_dbs - 기존의 모든 CUBRID 데이터베이스 목록이 포함된 배열 반환
  • cubrid_load_from_glo - GLO 인스턴스에서 데이터를 읽고 파일에 저장
  • cubrid_lob2_bind - lob 개체 또는 문자열을 lob 개체로 준비된 명령문에 매개변수로 바인딩
  • cubrid_lob2_close - LOB 개체 닫기
  • cubrid_lob2_export - lob 개체를 파일로 내보내기
  • cubrid_lob2_import - 파일에서 BLOB/CLOB 데이터 가져오기
  • cubrid_lob2_new - lob 객체 생성
  • cubrid_lob2_read - BLOB/CLOB 데이터에서 읽기
  • cubrid_lob2_seek - lob 개체의 커서 이동
  • cubrid_lob2_seek64 - lob 개체의 커서 이동
  • cubrid_lob2_size - lob 객체의 크기 가져오기
  • cubrid_lob2_size64 - lob 객체의 크기 가져오기
  • cubrid_lob2_tell - LOB 객체의 커서 위치를 알려줍니다.
  • cubrid_lob2_tell64 - LOB 객체의 커서 위치를 알려줍니다.
  • cubrid_lob2_write - lob 객체에 쓰기
  • cubrid_lob_close - BLOB/CLOB 데이터 닫기
  • cubrid_lob_export - BLOB/CLOB 데이터를 파일로 내보내기
  • cubrid_lob_get - BLOB/CLOB 데이터 가져오기
  • cubrid_lob_send - BLOB/CLOB 데이터를 읽고 브라우저로 바로 전송
  • cubrid_lob_size - BLOB/CLOB 데이터 크기 가져오기
  • cubrid_lock_read - 주어진 OID에 읽기 잠금 설정
  • cubrid_lock_write - 주어진 OID에 쓰기 잠금 설정
  • cubrid_move_cursor - 결과에서 커서 이동
  • cubrid_new_glo - glo 인스턴스 생성
  • cubrid_next_result - 여러 SQL 문을 실행할 때 다음 쿼리의 결과 가져오기
  • cubrid_num_cols - 결과 집합의 열 수를 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_num_fields - 결과 집합의 열 수를 반환합니다.
  • cubrid_num_rows - 결과 집합의 행 수 가져오기
  • cubrid_pconnect - CUBRID 서버에 대한 영구 연결 열기
  • cubrid_pconnect_with_url - CUBRID 서버에 대한 영구 연결 열기
  • cubrid_ping - 서버 연결을 Ping하거나 연결이 없는 경우 다시 연결
  • cubrid_prepare - 실행할 SQL 문 준비
  • cubrid_put - OID를 사용하여 열 업데이트
  • cubrid_query - CUBRID 쿼리 보내기
  • cubrid_real_escape_string - SQL 문에서 사용하기 위해 문자열의 특수 문자를 이스케이프 처리
  • cubrid_result - 특정 행의 특정 필드 값 반환
  • cubrid_rollback - 트랜잭션 롤백
  • cubrid_save_to_glo - 요청한 파일을 GLO 인스턴스에 저장
  • cubrid_schema - 요청된 스키마 정보 가져오기
  • cubrid_send_glo - glo에서 데이터를 읽고 표준 출력으로 보냅니다.
  • cubrid_seq_drop - OID를 사용하여 시퀀스 유형 열에서 요소 삭제
  • cubrid_seq_insert - OID를 사용하여 시퀀스 유형 열에 요소 삽입
  • cubrid_seq_put - OID를 사용하여 시퀀스 유형 열의 요소 값 업데이트
  • cubrid_set_add - OID를 사용하여 유형 열을 설정하는 단일 요소 삽입
  • cubrid_set_autocommit - 연결의 자동 커밋 모드 설정
  • cubrid_set_db_parameter - CUBRID 데이터베이스 파라미터 설정
  • cubrid_set_drop - OID를 사용하여 집합 유형 열에서 요소 삭제
  • cubrid_set_query_timeout - 쿼리 실행 시간 초과 시간 설정
  • cubrid_unbuffered_query - 결과를 메모리로 가져오지 않고 쿼리 수행
  • cubrid_version - CUBRID PHP 모듈 버전 가져오기
  • CURL context options - CURL 컨텍스트 옵션 목록
  • CURLFile::getFilename - 파일 이름 가져오기
  • CURLFile::getMimeType - MIME 유형 가져오기
  • CURLFile::getPostFilename - POST의 파일 이름 가져오기
  • CURLFile::setMimeType - MIME 유형 설정
  • CURLFile::setPostFilename - POST에 대한 파일 이름 설정
  • CURLFile::__construct - CURLFile 객체 생성
  • CURLStringFile::__construct - CURLStringFile 객체 생성
  • curl_close - cURL 세션 닫기
  • curl_copy_handle - 모든 기본 설정과 함께 cURL 핸들 복사
  • curl_errno - 마지막 오류 번호를 반환
  • curl_error - 현재 세션의 마지막 오류가 포함된 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • curl_escape - URL은 주어진 문자열을 인코딩합니다
  • curl_exec - cURL 세션 수행
  • curl_getinfo - 특정 전송에 대한 정보 얻기
  • curl_init - cURL 세션 초기화
  • curl_multi_add_handle - cURL 다중 핸들에 일반 cURL 핸들 추가
  • curl_multi_close - cURL 핸들 세트 닫기
  • curl_multi_errno - 마지막 다중 컬 오류 번호를 반환합니다.
  • curl_multi_exec - 현재 cURL 핸들의 하위 연결 실행
  • curl_multi_getcontent - CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER가 설정된 경우 cURL 핸들의 내용을 반환합니다.
  • curl_multi_info_read - 현재 전송에 대한 정보 얻기
  • curl_multi_init - 새 cURL 다중 핸들을 반환합니다.
  • curl_multi_remove_handle - cURL 핸들 세트에서 다중 핸들 제거
  • curl_multi_select - 모든 curl_multi 연결에서 활동을 기다립니다.
  • curl_multi_setopt - cURL 다중 핸들에 대한 옵션 설정
  • curl_multi_strerror - 오류 코드를 설명하는 반환 문자열
  • curl_pause - 연결 일시 중지 및 일시 중지 해제
  • curl_reset - libcurl 세션 핸들의 모든 옵션 재설정
  • curl_setopt - cURL 전송 옵션 설정
  • curl_setopt_array - cURL 전송에 대한 여러 옵션 설정
  • curl_share_close - cURL 공유 핸들 닫기
  • curl_share_errno - 마지막 공유 컬 오류 번호를 반환합니다.
  • curl_share_init - cURL 공유 핸들 초기화
  • curl_share_setopt - cURL 공유 핸들에 대한 옵션 설정
  • curl_share_strerror - 주어진 오류 코드를 설명하는 반환 문자열
  • curl_strerror - 주어진 오류 코드를 설명하는 반환 문자열
  • curl_unescape - 주어진 URL 인코딩된 문자열을 디코딩합니다.
  • curl_upkeep - 모든 연결 유지 검사를 수행합니다.
  • curl_version - cURL 버전 정보를 가져옵니다.
  • current - 배열의 현재 요소를 반환
• d
  • data:// - Data (RFC 2397)
  • DatabaseObject::existsInDatabase - 데이터베이스에 개체가 있는지 확인
  • DatabaseObject::getName - 개체 이름 가져오기
  • DatabaseObject::getSession - 세션 이름 가져오기
  • date - Unix 타임스탬프 형식 지정
  • DateInterval::createFromDateString - 문자열의 상대 부분에서 DateInterval을 설정합니다.
  • DateInterval::format - 간격 형식 지정
  • DateInterval::__construct - 새 DateInterval 개체를 만듭니다.
  • DatePeriod::getDateInterval - 간격을 가져옵니다.
  • DatePeriod::getEndDate - 종료 날짜를 가져옵니다.
  • DatePeriod::getRecurrences - 반복 횟수를 가져옵니다.
  • DatePeriod::getStartDate - 시작 날짜를 가져옵니다.
  • DatePeriod::__construct - 새 DatePeriod 개체를 만듭니다.
  • DateTime::add - 일, 월, 년, 시, 분, 초를 추가하여 DateTime 객체를 수정합니다.
  • DateTime::createFromFormat - 지정된 형식에 따라 시간 문자열을 구문 분석합니다.
  • DateTime::createFromImmutable - 주어진 DateTimeImmutable 객체를 캡슐화하는 새로운 DateTime 객체를 반환합니다.
  • DateTime::createFromInterface - 주어진 DateTimeInterface 객체를 캡슐화하는 새로운 DateTime 객체를 반환합니다.
  • DateTime::getLastErrors - 경고 및 오류를 반환합니다.
  • DateTime::modify - 타임스탬프 변경
  • DateTime::setDate - 날짜를 설정합니다
  • DateTime::setISODate - ISO 날짜를 설정합니다.
  • DateTime::setTime - 시간 설정
  • DateTime::setTimestamp - Unix 타임스탬프를 기반으로 날짜와 시간을 설정합니다.
  • DateTime::setTimezone - DateTime 객체의 시간대를 설정합니다.
  • DateTime::sub - DateTime 객체에서 일, 월, 년, 시, 분, 초의 양을 뺍니다.
  • DateTime::__construct - 새 DateTime 객체를 반환합니다.
  • DateTime::__set_state - __set_state 핸들러
  • DateTime::__wakeup - __wakeup 핸들러
  • DateTimeImmutable::add - 일, 월, 년, 시, 분, 초가 추가된 새 객체를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::createFromFormat - 지정된 형식에 따라 시간 문자열을 구문 분석합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::createFromInterface - 주어진 DateTimeInterface 객체를 캡슐화하는 새로운 DateTimeImmutable 객체를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::createFromMutable - 주어진 DateTime 객체를 캡슐화하는 새로운 DateTimeImmutable 객체를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::getLastErrors - 경고 및 오류를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::modify - 수정된 타임스탬프로 새 객체 생성
  • DateTimeImmutable::setDate - 날짜를 설정합니다
  • DateTimeImmutable::setISODate - ISO 날짜를 설정합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::setTime - 시간 설정
  • DateTimeImmutable::setTimestamp - Unix 타임스탬프를 기반으로 날짜와 시간을 설정합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::setTimezone - 시간대 설정
  • DateTimeImmutable::sub - 일, 월, 년, 시, 분, 초의 양을 뺍니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::__construct - 새로운 DateTimeImmutable 객체를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeImmutable::__set_state - __set_state 핸들러
  • DateTimeInterface::diff - 두 DateTime 객체 간의 차이를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeInterface::format - 주어진 형식에 따라 형식이 지정된 날짜를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeInterface::getOffset - 시간대 오프셋을 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeInterface::getTimestamp - Unix 타임스탬프를 가져옵니다.
  • DateTimeInterface::getTimezone - 주어진 DateTime에 상대적인 시간대 반환
  • DateTimeZone::getLocation - 시간대에 대한 위치 정보를 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeZone::getName - 시간대의 이름을 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeZone::getOffset - GMT에서 시간대 오프셋을 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeZone::getTransitions - 시간대에 대한 모든 전환을 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations - dst, offset 및 시간대 이름을 포함하는 연관 배열을 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers - 정의된 모든 시간대 식별자를 포함하는 숫자로 인덱스된 배열을 반환합니다.
  • DateTimeZone::__construct - 새 DateTimeZone 개체를 만듭니다.
  • date_add - DateTime::add의 별칭
  • date_create - 새 DateTime 객체 생성
  • date_create_from_format - DateTime::createFromFormat의 별칭
  • date_create_immutable - DateTimeImmutable::__construct의 별칭
  • date_create_immutable_from_format - DateTimeImmutable::createFromFormat의 별칭
  • date_date_set - DateTime::setDate의 별칭
  • date_default_timezone_get - 스크립트의 모든 날짜/시간 함수에서 사용하는 기본 시간대를 가져옵니다.
  • date_default_timezone_set - 스크립트의 모든 날짜/시간 함수에서 사용하는 기본 시간대를 설정합니다.
  • date_diff - DateTime::diff의 별칭
  • date_format - DateTime::format의 별칭
  • date_get_last_errors - DateTime::getLastErrors의 별칭
  • date_interval_create_from_date_string - DateInterval::createFromDateString의 별칭
  • date_interval_format - DateInterval::format의 별칭
  • date_isodate_set - DateTime::setISODate의 별칭
  • date_modify - DateTime::modify의 별칭
  • date_offset_get - DateTime::getOffset의 별칭
  • date_parse - 주어진 날짜/시간에 대한 자세한 정보가 포함된 연관 배열을 반환합니다.
  • date_parse_from_format - 지정된 형식에 따라 형식이 지정된 지정된 날짜에 대한 정보를 가져옵니다.
  • date_sub - DateTime::sub의 별칭
  • date_sunrise - 주어진 날짜와 위치의 일출 시간을 반환합니다.
  • date_sunset - 주어진 날짜와 위치에 대한 일몰 시간을 반환합니다.
  • date_sun_info - 일몰/일출 및 황혼 시작/종료에 대한 정보가 있는 배열을 반환합니다.
  • date_timestamp_get - DateTime::getTimestamp의 별칭
  • date_timestamp_set - DateTime::setTimestamp의 별칭
  • date_timezone_get - DateTime::getTimezone의 별칭
  • date_timezone_set - DateTime::setTimezone의 별칭
  • date_time_set - DateTime::setTime의 별칭
  • db2_autocommit - 데이터베이스 연결에 대한 AUTOCOMMIT 상태를 반환하거나 설정합니다.
  • db2_bind_param - PHP 변수를 SQL 문 매개변수에 바인딩
  • db2_client_info - DB2 데이터베이스 클라이언트를 설명하는 속성이 있는 개체를 반환합니다.
  • db2_close - 데이터베이스 연결을 닫습니다
  • db2_columns - 테이블에 대한 열 및 관련 메타데이터를 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_column_privileges - 테이블에 대한 열 및 관련 권한을 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_commit - 트랜잭션을 커밋합니다.
  • db2_connect - 데이터베이스에 대한 연결을 반환합니다.
  • db2_conn_error - 마지막 연결 시도에서 반환된 SQLSTATE를 포함하는 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • db2_conn_errormsg - 마지막 연결 오류 메시지 및 SQLCODE 값을 반환합니다.
  • db2_cursor_type - 명령문 리소스에서 사용하는 커서 유형을 반환합니다.
  • db2_escape_string - 특정 문자를 이스케이프하는 데 사용
  • db2_exec - SQL 문을 직접 실행
  • db2_execute - 준비된 SQL 문을 실행합니다.
  • db2_fetch_array - 결과 집합의 행을 나타내는 열 위치로 인덱싱된 배열을 반환합니다.
  • db2_fetch_assoc - 결과 집합의 행을 나타내는 열 이름으로 인덱싱된 배열을 반환합니다.
  • db2_fetch_both - 결과 집합의 행을 나타내는 열 이름과 위치로 인덱싱된 배열을 반환합니다.
  • db2_fetch_object - 가져온 행의 열을 나타내는 속성이 있는 개체를 반환합니다.
  • db2_fetch_row - 결과 집합 포인터를 다음 행 또는 요청된 행으로 설정합니다.
  • db2_field_display_size - 열을 표시하는 데 필요한 최대 바이트 수를 반환합니다.
  • db2_field_name - 결과 집합의 열 이름을 반환합니다.
  • db2_field_num - 결과 집합에서 명명된 열의 위치를 ​​반환합니다.
  • db2_field_precision - 결과 집합에서 표시된 열의 정밀도를 반환합니다.
  • db2_field_scale - 결과 집합에서 표시된 열의 크기를 반환합니다.
  • db2_field_type - 결과 집합에서 표시된 열의 데이터 유형을 반환합니다.
  • db2_field_width - 결과 집합에서 표시된 열의 현재 값 너비를 반환합니다.
  • db2_foreign_keys - 테이블의 외래 키를 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_free_result - 결과 집합과 연결된 리소스를 해제합니다.
  • db2_free_stmt - 표시된 명령문 리소스와 연결된 리소스를 해제합니다.
  • db2_get_option - 명령문 리소스 또는 연결 리소스에 대한 옵션 값을 검색합니다.
  • db2_last_insert_id - 이 연결에서 성공적으로 실행된 마지막 삽입 쿼리의 자동 생성된 ID를 반환합니다.
  • db2_lob_read - 각 호출에서 LOB 파일의 사용자 정의 크기를 가져옵니다.
  • db2_next_result - 저장 프로시저에서 다음 결과 집합을 요청합니다.
  • db2_num_fields - 결과 집합에 포함된 필드 수를 반환합니다.
  • db2_num_rows - SQL 문의 영향을 받는 행 수를 반환합니다.
  • db2_pclose - 영구 데이터베이스 연결을 닫습니다.
  • db2_pconnect - 데이터베이스에 대한 지속적인 연결을 반환합니다.
  • db2_prepare - 실행할 SQL 문을 준비합니다.
  • db2_primary_keys - 테이블의 기본 키를 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_procedures - 데이터베이스에 등록된 저장 프로시저를 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_procedure_columns - 저장 프로시저 매개변수를 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_result - 결과 집합의 행에서 단일 열을 반환합니다.
  • db2_rollback - 트랜잭션 롤백
  • db2_server_info - DB2 데이터베이스 서버를 설명하는 속성이 있는 개체를 반환합니다.
  • db2_set_option - 연결 또는 명령문 리소스에 대한 옵션 설정
  • db2_special_columns - 테이블의 고유 행 식별자 열을 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_statistics - 테이블에 대한 인덱스 및 통계를 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_stmt_error - SQL 문에서 반환된 SQLSTATE를 포함하는 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • db2_stmt_errormsg - 마지막 SQL 문 오류 메시지가 포함된 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • db2_tables - 데이터베이스의 테이블 및 관련 메타데이터를 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • db2_table_privileges - 데이터베이스의 테이블 및 관련 권한을 나열하는 결과 집합을 반환합니다.
  • dbase_add_record - 데이터베이스에 레코드를 추가합니다.
  • dbase_close - 데이터베이스를 닫습니다
  • dbase_create - 데이터베이스 생성
  • dbase_delete_record - 데이터베이스에서 레코드 삭제
  • dbase_get_header_info - 데이터베이스의 헤더 정보를 가져옵니다.
  • dbase_get_record - 인덱스 배열로 데이터베이스에서 레코드를 가져옵니다.
  • dbase_get_record_with_names - 데이터베이스에서 연관 배열로 레코드를 가져옵니다.
  • dbase_numfields - 데이터베이스의 필드 수를 가져옵니다.
  • dbase_numrecords - 데이터베이스의 레코드 수를 가져옵니다.
  • dbase_open - 데이터베이스를 엽니다.
  • dbase_pack - 데이터베이스 팩
  • dbase_replace_record - 데이터베이스의 레코드를 대체합니다.
  • dba_close - DBA 데이터베이스 닫기
  • dba_delete - 키로 지정된 DBA 항목 삭제
  • dba_exists - 키 존재 여부 확인
  • dba_fetch - 키로 지정된 데이터 가져오기
  • dba_firstkey - 첫 번째 키 가져오기
  • dba_handlers - 사용 가능한 모든 핸들러 나열
  • dba_insert - 항목 삽입
  • dba_key_split - 문자열 표현의 키를 배열 표현으로 분할
  • dba_list - 열려 있는 모든 데이터베이스 파일 나열
  • dba_nextkey - 다음 키 가져오기
  • dba_open - 데이터베이스 열기
  • dba_optimize - 데이터베이스 최적화
  • dba_popen - 지속적으로 데이터베이스 열기
  • dba_replace - 항목 바꾸기 또는 삽입
  • dba_sync - 데이터베이스 동기화
  • dcgettext - 단일 조회에 대한 도메인 재정의
  • dcngettext - dcgettext의 복수 버전
  • debug_backtrace - 역추적 생성
  • debug_print_backtrace - 역추적을 인쇄합니다
  • debug_zval_dump - 출력할 내부 zval 구조의 문자열 표현을 덤프합니다.
  • decbin - 10진수에서 2진수로
  • dechex - 10진수에서 16진수로
  • decoct - 10진수에서 8진수로
  • define - 명명된 상수를 정의합니다.
  • defined - 주어진 명명된 상수가 존재하는지 확인
  • deflate_add - 데이터를 점진적으로 축소
  • deflate_init - 증분 수축 컨텍스트 초기화
  • deg2rad - 도 단위의 숫자를 해당 라디안으로 변환합니다.
  • delete - 연결 해제 또는 설정 해제 참조
  • dgettext - 현재 도메인 재정의
  • die - exit와 동일
  • dio_close - fd에서 지정한 파일 설명자를 닫습니다.
  • dio_fcntl - fd에서 c 라이브러리 fcntl을 수행합니다.
  • dio_open - C 라이브러리 입력/출력 스트림 함수가 허용하는 것보다 낮은 수준에서 파일을 엽니다(필요한 경우 생성).
  • dio_read - 파일 디스크립터에서 바이트를 읽습니다.
  • dio_seek - fd에서 pos를 구합니다.
  • dio_stat - 파일 설명자 fd에 대한 통계 정보를 가져옵니다.
  • dio_tcsetattr - 직렬 포트에 대한 터미널 속성 및 전송 속도 설정
  • dio_truncate - 파일 설명자 fd를 오프셋 바이트로 자릅니다.
  • dio_write - 길이에서 선택적 절단을 사용하여 fd에 데이터를 씁니다.
  • dir - Directory 클래스의 인스턴스를 반환
  • Directory::close - 디렉토리 핸들 닫기
  • Directory::read - 디렉토리 핸들에서 항목 읽기
  • Directory::rewind - 디렉토리 핸들 되감기
  • DirectoryIterator::current - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목을 반환합니다.
  • DirectoryIterator::getATime - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 마지막 액세스 시간 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getBasename - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 기본 이름 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getCTime - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 inode 변경 시간 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getExtension - 파일 확장자를 가져옵니다.
  • DirectoryIterator::getFilename - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 파일 이름 반환
  • DirectoryIterator::getGroup - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목에 대한 그룹 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getInode - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목에 대한 inode 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getMTime - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 마지막 수정 시간 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getOwner - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 소유자 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getPath - 파일 이름 없이 현재 Iterator 항목의 경로 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getPathname - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 경로 및 파일 이름 반환
  • DirectoryIterator::getPerms - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 권한 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getSize - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 크기 가져오기
  • DirectoryIterator::getType - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 유형을 결정합니다.
  • DirectoryIterator::isDir - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목이 디렉토리인지 확인
  • DirectoryIterator::isDot - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목이 '.' 또는 '..'인지 확인합니다.
  • DirectoryIterator::isExecutable - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목이 실행 가능한지 확인
  • DirectoryIterator::isFile - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목이 일반 파일인지 확인
  • DirectoryIterator::isLink - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목이 심볼릭 링크인지 확인
  • DirectoryIterator::isReadable - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목을 읽을 수 있는지 확인
  • DirectoryIterator::isWritable - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목을 쓸 수 있는지 확인
  • DirectoryIterator::key - 현재 DirectoryIterator 항목의 키를 반환합니다.
  • DirectoryIterator::next - 다음 DirectoryIterator 항목으로 이동
  • DirectoryIterator::rewind - DirectoryIterator를 처음으로 되감기
  • DirectoryIterator::seek - DirectoryIterator 항목 찾기
  • DirectoryIterator::valid - 현재 DirectoryIterator 위치가 유효한 파일인지 확인
  • DirectoryIterator::__construct - 경로에서 새 디렉토리 반복자를 생성합니다.
  • DirectoryIterator::__toString - 파일 이름을 문자열로 가져오기
  • dirname - 상위 디렉토리의 경로를 반환
  • diskfreespace - disk_free_space의 별칭
  • disk_free_space - 파일 시스템 또는 디스크 파티션에서 사용 가능한 공간을 반환합니다.
  • disk_total_space - 파일 시스템 또는 디스크 파티션의 전체 크기를 반환합니다.
  • dl - 런타임에 PHP 확장을 로드합니다.
  • dngettext - dgettext의 복수 버전
  • dns_check_record - checkdnsrr의 별칭
  • dns_get_mx - getmxrr의 별칭
  • dns_get_record - 호스트 이름과 연결된 DNS 리소스 레코드 가져오기
  • DocResult::fetchAll - 모든 행 가져오기
  • DocResult::fetchOne - 한 행 가져오기
  • DocResult::getWarnings - 마지막 작업에서 경고 받기
  • DocResult::getWarningsCount - 마지막 작업에서 경고 수 가져오기
  • DocResult::__construct - DocResult 생성자
  • DOMAttr::isId - 속성이 정의된 ID인지 확인
  • DOMAttr::__construct - 새로운 DOMAttr 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMCdataSection::__construct - 새로운 DOMCdataSection 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMCharacterData::appendData - 노드의 문자 데이터 끝에 문자열 추가
  • DOMCharacterData::deleteData - 노드에서 문자 범위 제거
  • DOMCharacterData::insertData - 지정된 16비트 단위 오프셋에 문자열 삽입
  • DOMCharacterData::replaceData - DOMCharacterData 노드 내에서 하위 문자열 바꾸기
  • DOMCharacterData::substringData - 노드에서 데이터 범위 추출
  • DOMChildNode::after - 노드 뒤에 노드 추가
  • DOMChildNode::before - 노드 앞에 노드를 추가합니다.
  • DOMChildNode::remove - 노드를 제거합니다
  • DOMChildNode::replaceWith - 노드를 새 노드로 교체
  • DOMComment::__construct - 새로운 DOMComment 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMDocument::createAttribute - 새 속성 만들기
  • DOMDocument::createAttributeNS - 연결된 네임스페이스가 있는 새 속성 노드 만들기
  • DOMDocument::createCDATASection - 새 cdata 노드 생성
  • DOMDocument::createComment - 새 댓글 노드 만들기
  • DOMDocument::createDocumentFragment - 새 문서 조각 만들기
  • DOMDocument::createElement - 새 요소 노드 만들기
  • DOMDocument::createElementNS - 연결된 네임스페이스로 새 요소 노드 만들기
  • DOMDocument::createEntityReference - 새 엔터티 참조 노드 만들기
  • DOMDocument::createProcessingInstruction - 새 PI 노드 생성
  • DOMDocument::createTextNode - 새 텍스트 노드 만들기
  • DOMDocument::getElementById - 특정 ID를 가진 요소를 검색합니다.
  • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagName - 주어진 로컬 태그 이름을 가진 모든 요소를 ​​검색합니다.
  • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagNameNS - 지정된 네임스페이스에서 지정된 태그 이름을 가진 모든 요소를 ​​검색합니다.
  • DOMDocument::importNode - 노드를 현재 문서로 가져오기
  • DOMDocument::load - 파일에서 XML 로드
  • DOMDocument::loadHTML - 문자열에서 HTML 로드
  • DOMDocument::loadHTMLFile - 파일에서 HTML 로드
  • DOMDocument::loadXML - 문자열에서 XML 로드
  • DOMDocument::normalizeDocument - 문서를 정규화합니다.
  • DOMDocument::registerNodeClass - 기본 노드 유형을 생성하는 데 사용되는 확장 클래스 등록
  • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidate - 문서에 대해 RelaxNG 유효성 검사를 수행합니다.
  • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidateSource - 문서에 대해 RelaxNG 유효성 검사를 수행합니다.
  • DOMDocument::save - 내부 XML 트리를 파일로 다시 덤프
  • DOMDocument::saveHTML - HTML 형식을 사용하여 내부 문서를 문자열로 덤프합니다.
  • DOMDocument::saveHTMLFile - HTML 형식을 사용하여 내부 문서를 파일로 덤프합니다.
  • DOMDocument::saveXML - 내부 XML 트리를 다시 문자열로 덤프합니다.
  • DOMDocument::schemaValidate - 스키마를 기반으로 문서의 유효성을 검사합니다. XML 스키마 1.0만 지원됩니다.
  • DOMDocument::schemaValidateSource - 스키마를 기반으로 문서 유효성 검사
  • DOMDocument::validate - DTD를 기반으로 문서의 유효성을 검사합니다.
  • DOMDocument::xinclude - DOMDocument 개체에서 XIncludes 대체
  • DOMDocument::__construct - 새로운 DOMDocument 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMDocumentFragment::appendXML - 원시 XML 데이터 추가
  • DOMDocumentFragment::__construct - DOMDocumentFragment 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMElement::getAttribute - 속성 값을 반환
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNode - 속성 노드를 반환합니다.
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNodeNS - 속성 노드를 반환합니다.
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNS - 속성 값을 반환
  • DOMElement::getElementsByTagName - 태그 이름으로 요소를 가져옵니다.
  • DOMElement::getElementsByTagNameNS - namespaceURI 및 localName으로 요소 가져오기
  • DOMElement::hasAttribute - 속성이 존재하는지 확인
  • DOMElement::hasAttributeNS - 속성이 존재하는지 확인
  • DOMElement::removeAttribute - 속성 제거
  • DOMElement::removeAttributeNode - 속성 제거
  • DOMElement::removeAttributeNS - 속성 제거
  • DOMElement::setAttribute - 새 속성을 추가하거나 기존 속성을 수정합니다.
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNode - 요소에 새 속성 노드를 추가합니다.
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNodeNS - 요소에 새 속성 노드를 추가합니다.
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNS - 새 속성 추가
  • DOMElement::setIdAttribute - 이름으로 지정된 속성을 ID 유형으로 선언합니다.
  • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNode - 노드가 지정한 속성이 ID 유형임을 선언합니다.
  • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNS - 로컬 이름 및 네임스페이스 URI로 지정된 속성을 ID 유형으로 선언합니다.
  • DOMElement::__construct - 새로운 DOMElement 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMEntityReference::__construct - 새로운 DOMEntityReference 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMImplementation::createDocument - 문서 요소와 함께 지정된 유형의 DOMDocument 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMImplementation::createDocumentType - 빈 DOMDocumentType 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMImplementation::hasFeature - DOM 구현이 특정 기능을 구현하는지 테스트
  • DOMImplementation::__construct - 새로운 DOMImplementation 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::count - 맵의 노드 수 가져오기
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItem - 이름으로 지정된 노드를 검색합니다.
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItemNS - 로컬 이름과 네임스페이스 URI로 지정된 노드를 검색합니다.
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::item - 인덱스로 지정된 노드를 검색합니다.
  • DOMNode::appendChild - 자식의 끝에 새 자식을 추가합니다.
  • DOMNode::C14N - 노드를 문자열로 정규화
  • DOMNode::C14NFile - 노드를 파일로 정규화
  • DOMNode::cloneNode - 노드 복제
  • DOMNode::getLineNo - 노드의 줄 번호 가져오기
  • DOMNode::getNodePath - 노드에 대한 XPath 가져오기
  • DOMNode::hasAttributes - 노드에 속성이 있는지 확인
  • DOMNode::hasChildNodes - 노드에 자식이 있는지 확인
  • DOMNode::insertBefore - 참조 노드 앞에 새 자식을 추가합니다.
  • DOMNode::isDefaultNamespace - 지정된 namespaceURI가 기본 네임스페이스인지 확인합니다.
  • DOMNode::isSameNode - 두 노드가 동일한 노드인지 여부를 나타냅니다.
  • DOMNode::isSupported - 지정된 버전에 대해 기능이 지원되는지 확인
  • DOMNode::lookupNamespaceUri - 접두사를 기반으로 노드의 네임스페이스 URI를 가져옵니다.
  • DOMNode::lookupPrefix - 네임스페이스 URI를 기반으로 노드의 네임스페이스 접두사를 가져옵니다.
  • DOMNode::normalize - 노드를 정규화합니다.
  • DOMNode::removeChild - 자식 목록에서 자식 제거
  • DOMNode::replaceChild - 자식 대체
  • DOMNodeList::count - 목록의 노드 수 가져오기
  • DOMNodeList::item - 인덱스로 지정된 노드를 검색합니다.
  • DOMParentNode::append - 마지막 자식 노드 뒤에 노드 추가
  • DOMParentNode::prepend - 첫 번째 자식 노드 앞에 노드를 추가합니다.
  • DOMProcessingInstruction::__construct - 새로운 DOMProcessingInstruction 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMText::isElementContentWhitespace - 이 텍스트 노드가 요소 콘텐츠에 공백을 포함하는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • DOMText::isWhitespaceInElementContent - 이 텍스트 노드에 공백이 포함되어 있는지 여부를 나타냅니다.
  • DOMText::splitText - 지정된 오프셋에서 이 노드를 두 개의 노드로 나눕니다.
  • DOMText::__construct - 새로운 DOMText 객체를 생성합니다.
  • DOMXPath::evaluate - 주어진 XPath 표현식을 평가하고 가능한 경우 형식화된 결과를 반환합니다.
  • DOMXPath::query - 주어진 XPath 표현식을 평가합니다.
  • DOMXPath::registerNamespace - DOMXPath 객체에 네임스페이스를 등록합니다.
  • DOMXPath::registerPhpFunctions - PHP 함수를 XPath 함수로 등록
  • DOMXPath::__construct - 새 DOMXPath 개체를 만듭니다.
  • dom_import_simplexml - SimpleXMLElement 객체에서 DOMElement 객체를 가져옵니다.
  • dotnet::__construct - 닷넷 클래스 생성자
  • doubleval - floatval의 별칭
  • Ds\Collection::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Collection::copy - 컬렉션의 얕은 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Collection::isEmpty - 컬렉션이 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Collection::toArray - 컬렉션을 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Deque::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\Deque::apply - 각 값에 콜백 함수를 적용하여 모든 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::clear - 데크에서 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::contains - 데크에 주어진 값이 포함되어 있는지 확인
  • Ds\Deque::copy - 데크의 얕은 사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::count - 컬렉션의 값 수를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::filter - 포함할 값을 결정하기 위해 콜러블을 사용하여 새 데크를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Deque::find - 값의 인덱스를 찾으려고 시도합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::first - 데크의 첫 번째 값을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::get - 주어진 인덱스의 값을 반환
  • Ds\Deque::insert - 주어진 인덱스에 값을 삽입
  • Ds\Deque::isEmpty - 데크가 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::join - 모든 값을 문자열로 결합
  • Ds\Deque::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::last - 마지막 값을 반환
  • Ds\Deque::map - 각 값에 콜백을 적용한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::merge - 주어진 모든 값을 데크에 더한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::pop - 마지막 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Deque::push - 데크의 끝에 값을 추가합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::reduce - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 데크를 단일 값으로 줄입니다.
  • Ds\Deque::remove - 인덱스로 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Deque::reverse - 데크를 제자리에서 뒤집습니다.
  • Ds\Deque::reversed - 반전된 사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::rotate - 주어진 회전 수만큼 데크를 회전시킵니다.
  • Ds\Deque::set - 지정된 인덱스에서 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::shift - 첫 번째 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Deque::slice - 주어진 범위의 하위 데크를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::sort - 데크를 제자리에서 정렬
  • Ds\Deque::sorted - 정렬된 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::sum - 큐에 있는 모든 값의 합계를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::toArray - 데크를 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Deque::unshift - deque의 앞에 값을 추가합니다.
  • Ds\Deque::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Hashable::equals - 개체가 현재 인스턴스와 같은지 여부를 결정합니다.
  • Ds\Hashable::hash - 해시 값으로 사용할 스칼라 값을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\Map::apply - 각 값에 콜백 함수를 적용하여 모든 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ds\Map::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Map::copy - 맵의 얕은 사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::count - 맵에 있는 값의 수를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::diff - 다른 맵에 없는 키를 사용하여 새 맵을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Map::filter - 포함할 쌍을 결정하기 위해 콜러블을 사용하여 새 맵을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Map::first - 지도의 첫 번째 쌍을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::get - 주어진 키에 대한 값을 반환
  • Ds\Map::hasKey - 지도에 지정된 키가 포함되어 있는지 확인합니다.
  • Ds\Map::hasValue - 지도에 주어진 값이 포함되어 있는지 확인
  • Ds\Map::intersect - 키를 다른 맵과 교차하여 새 맵을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Map::isEmpty - 지도가 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::keys - 지도의 키 세트를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::ksort - 키를 기준으로 지도를 제자리에서 정렬합니다.
  • Ds\Map::ksorted - 키별로 정렬된 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::last - 지도의 마지막 쌍을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::map - 각 값에 콜백을 적용한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::merge - 주어진 모든 연관을 추가한 결과를 리턴합니다.
  • Ds\Map::pairs - 맵의 모든 쌍을 포함하는 시퀀스를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::put - 키를 값과 연결
  • Ds\Map::putAll - 순회 가능한 객체 또는 배열의 모든 키-값 쌍을 연결합니다.
  • Ds\Map::reduce - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 맵을 단일 값으로 축소합니다.
  • Ds\Map::remove - 키로 값을 제거하고 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::reverse - 지도를 제자리에서 반전
  • Ds\Map::reversed - 반전된 사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::skip - 주어진 위치 인덱스에서 쌍을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::slice - 시작 인덱스와 길이로 정의된 맵의 하위 집합을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::sort - 값을 기준으로 지도를 제자리에서 정렬합니다.
  • Ds\Map::sorted - 값으로 정렬된 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::sum - 맵에 있는 모든 값의 합계를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::toArray - 맵을 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Map::union - 현재 인스턴스와 다른 맵의 값을 사용하여 새 맵을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Map::values - 지도 값의 시퀀스를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Map::xor - 현재 인스턴스나 다른 맵 중 하나의 키를 사용하여 새 맵을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Map::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Pair::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Pair::copy - 쌍의 얕은 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Pair::isEmpty - 쌍이 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Pair::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Pair::toArray - 쌍을 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Pair::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::copy - 큐의 얕은 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::count - 큐에 있는 값의 수를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::isEmpty - 큐가 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::peek - 큐의 맨 앞에 있는 값을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::pop - 우선 순위가 가장 높은 값을 제거하고 반환합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::push - 큐에 값을 푸시합니다.
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::toArray - 큐를 배열로 변환
  • Ds\PriorityQueue::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Queue::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\Queue::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::copy - 큐의 얕은 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::count - 큐에 있는 값의 수를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::isEmpty - 큐가 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::peek - 큐의 맨 앞에 있는 값을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::pop - 큐의 맨 앞에 있는 값을 제거하고 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::push - 큐에 값을 푸시합니다.
  • Ds\Queue::toArray - 큐를 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Queue::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\Sequence::apply - 각 값에 콜백 함수를 적용하여 모든 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::contains - 시퀀스에 주어진 값이 포함되어 있는지 확인
  • Ds\Sequence::filter - 포함할 값을 결정하기 위해 콜러블을 사용하여 새 시퀀스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::find - 값의 인덱스를 찾으려고 시도합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::first - 시퀀스의 첫 번째 값을 반환
  • Ds\Sequence::get - 주어진 인덱스의 값을 반환
  • Ds\Sequence::insert - 주어진 인덱스에 값을 삽입
  • Ds\Sequence::join - 모든 값을 문자열로 결합
  • Ds\Sequence::last - 마지막 값을 반환
  • Ds\Sequence::map - 각 값에 콜백을 적용한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::merge - 주어진 모든 값을 시퀀스에 더한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::pop - 마지막 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Sequence::push - 시퀀스의 끝에 값을 추가합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::reduce - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 시퀀스를 단일 값으로 줄입니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::remove - 인덱스로 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Sequence::reverse - 제자리에서 순서를 반대로 합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::reversed - 반전된 사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::rotate - 주어진 회전 수만큼 시퀀스를 회전합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::set - 지정된 인덱스에서 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::shift - 첫 번째 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Sequence::slice - 주어진 범위의 하위 시퀀스를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::sort - 시퀀스를 제자리에서 정렬
  • Ds\Sequence::sorted - 정렬된 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::sum - 시퀀스의 모든 값의 합계를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Sequence::unshift - 시퀀스의 맨 앞에 값을 추가합니다.
  • Ds\Set::add - 집합에 값을 추가합니다.
  • Ds\Set::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\Set::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Set::contains - 집합에 모든 값이 포함되어 있는지 확인합니다.
  • Ds\Set::copy - 집합의 얕은 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::count - 집합의 값 수를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::diff - 다른 집합에 없는 값을 사용하여 새 집합을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Set::filter - 포함할 값을 결정하기 위해 콜러블을 사용하여 새 집합을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Set::first - 집합의 첫 번째 값을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::get - 주어진 인덱스의 값을 반환
  • Ds\Set::intersect - 값을 다른 집합과 교차하여 새 집합을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Set::isEmpty - 집합이 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::join - 모든 값을 문자열로 결합
  • Ds\Set::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::last - 집합의 마지막 값을 반환
  • Ds\Set::merge - 주어진 모든 값을 집합에 더한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::reduce - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 집합을 단일 값으로 줄입니다.
  • Ds\Set::remove - 집합에서 주어진 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Set::reverse - 제자리에서 세트를 뒤집습니다.
  • Ds\Set::reversed - 반전된 사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::slice - 주어진 범위의 하위 집합을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::sort - 세트를 제자리에서 정렬
  • Ds\Set::sorted - 정렬된 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::sum - 집합에 있는 모든 값의 합을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Set::toArray - 집합을 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Set::union - 현재 인스턴스와 다른 집합의 값을 사용하여 새 집합을 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Set::xor - 현재 인스턴스나 다른 세트의 값을 사용하여 새 세트를 생성합니다.
  • Ds\Set::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Stack::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\Stack::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::copy - 스택의 얕은 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::count - 스택에 있는 값의 수를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::isEmpty - 스택이 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::peek - 스택의 맨 위에 있는 값을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::pop - 스택의 맨 위에 있는 값을 제거하고 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::push - 스택에 값을 푸시합니다.
  • Ds\Stack::toArray - 스택을 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Stack::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Vector::allocate - 필요한 용량에 충분한 메모리 할당
  • Ds\Vector::apply - 각 값에 콜백 함수를 적용하여 모든 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::capacity - 현재 용량을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::clear - 모든 값을 제거합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::contains - 벡터에 주어진 값이 포함되어 있는지 확인
  • Ds\Vector::copy - 벡터의 얕은 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::count - 컬렉션의 값 수를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::filter - 포함할 값을 결정하기 위해 콜러블을 사용하여 새 벡터를 만듭니다.
  • Ds\Vector::find - 값의 인덱스를 찾으려고 시도합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::first - 벡터의 첫 번째 값을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::get - 주어진 인덱스의 값을 반환
  • Ds\Vector::insert - 주어진 인덱스에 값을 삽입
  • Ds\Vector::isEmpty - 벡터가 비어 있는지 여부를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::join - 모든 값을 문자열로 결합
  • Ds\Vector::jsonSerialize - JSON으로 변환할 수 있는 표현을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::last - 마지막 값을 반환
  • Ds\Vector::map - 각 값에 콜백을 적용한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::merge - 주어진 모든 값을 벡터에 더한 결과를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::pop - 마지막 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Vector::push - 벡터의 끝에 값을 추가합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::reduce - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 벡터를 단일 값으로 줄입니다.
  • Ds\Vector::remove - 인덱스로 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Vector::reverse - 벡터를 제자리에서 반전
  • Ds\Vector::reversed - 반전된 사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::rotate - 주어진 회전 수만큼 벡터를 회전합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::set - 지정된 인덱스에서 값을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::shift - 첫 번째 값을 제거하고 반환
  • Ds\Vector::slice - 주어진 범위의 하위 벡터를 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::sort - 벡터를 제자리에서 정렬
  • Ds\Vector::sorted - 정렬된 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::sum - 벡터에 있는 모든 값의 합을 반환합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::toArray - 벡터를 배열로 변환
  • Ds\Vector::unshift - 벡터 앞에 값을 추가합니다.
  • Ds\Vector::__construct - 새 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
• e
  • each - 배열에서 현재 키와 값 쌍을 반환하고 배열 커서를 앞으로 이동
  • easter_date - 주어진 연도의 부활절 자정에 대한 Unix 타임스탬프 가져오기
  • easter_days - 주어진 연도에서 부활절이 3월 21일 이후에 속하는 일수 가져오기
  • echo - 하나 이상의 문자열 출력
  • eio_busy - 인위적으로 부하를 높입니다. 테스트, 벤치마킹에 유용할 수 있음
  • eio_cancel - 요청 취소
  • eio_chmod - 파일/디렉토리 권한 변경
  • eio_chown - 파일/디렉토리 권한 변경
  • eio_close - 파일 닫기
  • eio_custom - 다른 eio_* 호출과 마찬가지로 사용자 지정 요청을 실행합니다.
  • eio_dup2 - 파일 설명자 복제
  • eio_event_loop - 모든 요청이 진행될 때까지 libeio를 폴링합니다.
  • eio_fallocate - 호출자가 파일에 할당된 디스크 공간을 직접 조작할 수 있도록 합니다.
  • eio_fchmod - 파일 권한 변경
  • eio_fchown - 파일 소유권 변경
  • eio_fdatasync - 파일의 코어 내 상태를 저장 장치와 동기화
  • eio_fstat - 파일 상태 가져오기
  • eio_fstatvfs - 파일 시스템 통계 가져오기
  • eio_fsync - 파일의 코어 내 상태를 저장 장치와 동기화
  • eio_ftruncate - 파일 자르기
  • eio_futime - 파일 마지막 액세스 및 수정 시간 변경
  • eio_get_event_stream - libeio와의 내부 통신에 사용되는 변수를 나타내는 스트림 가져오기
  • eio_get_last_error - 요청 리소스와 관련된 마지막 오류를 설명하는 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • eio_grp - 요청 그룹 생성
  • eio_grp_add - 요청 그룹에 요청을 추가합니다.
  • eio_grp_cancel - 요청 그룹 취소
  • eio_grp_limit - 그룹 제한 설정
  • eio_init - (재)Eio 초기화
  • eio_link - 파일에 대한 하드링크 생성
  • eio_lstat - 파일 상태 가져오기
  • eio_mkdir - 디렉토리 생성
  • eio_mknod - 특수 또는 일반 파일 생성
  • eio_nop - 전체 요청 주기를 거치는 것을 제외하고는 아무 작업도 수행하지 않습니다.
  • eio_npending - 완료되었지만 처리되지 않은 요청 수를 반환합니다.
  • eio_nready - 아직 처리되지 않은 요청 수를 반환합니다.
  • eio_nreqs - 처리할 요청 수를 반환합니다.
  • eio_nthreads - 현재 사용 중인 스레드 수를 반환합니다.
  • eio_open - 파일을 엽니다
  • eio_poll - 마무리가 필요한 보류 중인 요청이 있을 때마다 호출될 수 있습니다.
  • eio_read - 주어진 오프셋에서 파일 디스크립터에서 읽기
  • eio_readahead - 페이지 캐시로 파일 미리 읽기 수행
  • eio_readdir - 전체 디렉토리를 읽습니다.
  • eio_readlink - 심볼릭 링크의 값 읽기
  • eio_realpath - 정규화된 절대 경로 이름 가져오기
  • eio_rename - 파일의 이름 또는 위치 변경
  • eio_rmdir - 디렉토리 제거
  • eio_seek - fd 인수와 연관된 열린 파일의 오프셋을 whence 지시문에 따라 인수 오프셋으로 재배치합니다.
  • eio_sendfile - 파일 디스크립터 간 데이터 전송
  • eio_set_max_idle - 최대 유휴 스레드 수 설정
  • eio_set_max_parallel - 최대 병렬 스레드 설정
  • eio_set_max_poll_reqs - 설문조사에서 처리되는 최대 요청 수 설정
  • eio_set_max_poll_time - 최대 폴링 시간 설정
  • eio_set_min_parallel - 최소 병렬 스레드 수 설정
  • eio_stat - 파일 상태 가져오기
  • eio_statvfs - 파일 시스템 통계 가져오기
  • eio_symlink - 심볼릭 링크 생성
  • eio_sync - 버퍼 캐시를 디스크에 커밋
  • eio_syncfs - 사용 가능한 경우 Linux의 syncfs 시스템 호출을 호출합니다.
  • eio_sync_file_range - 파일 세그먼트를 디스크와 동기화
  • eio_truncate - 파일 자르기
  • eio_unlink - 이름과 아마도 그것이 참조하는 파일을 삭제하십시오
  • eio_utime - 파일 마지막 액세스 및 수정 시간 변경
  • eio_write - 파일에 쓰기
  • empty - 변수가 비어 있는지 확인
  • EmptyIterator::current - current() 메서드
  • EmptyIterator::key - key() 메서드
  • EmptyIterator::next - next() 메서드
  • EmptyIterator::rewind - rewind() 메서드
  • EmptyIterator::valid - valid() 메서드
  • enchant_broker_describe - Enchant 제공자를 열거합니다.
  • enchant_broker_dict_exists - 사전이 있는지 여부입니다. 비어 있지 않은 태그 사용
  • enchant_broker_free - 브로커 리소스 및 해당 사전 해제
  • enchant_broker_free_dict - 사전 리소스 확보
  • enchant_broker_get_dict_path - 지정된 백엔드의 디렉토리 경로를 가져옵니다.
  • enchant_broker_get_error - 브로커의 마지막 오류를 반환합니다.
  • enchant_broker_init - 요청할 수 있는 새 브로커 객체 생성
  • enchant_broker_list_dicts - 사용 가능한 사전 목록을 반환합니다.
  • enchant_broker_request_dict - 태그를 사용하여 새 사전 만들기
  • enchant_broker_request_pwl_dict - PWL 파일을 사용하여 사전 생성
  • enchant_broker_set_dict_path - 주어진 백엔드에 대한 디렉토리 경로 설정
  • enchant_broker_set_ordering - 언어에 사용할 사전의 기본 설정을 선언합니다.
  • enchant_dict_add - 개인 단어 목록에 단어 추가
  • enchant_dict_add_to_personal - enchant_dict_add의 별칭
  • enchant_dict_add_to_session - 이 맞춤법 검사 세션에 'word' 추가
  • enchant_dict_check - 단어의 철자가 올바른지 확인하십시오.
  • enchant_dict_describe - 개별 사전 설명
  • enchant_dict_get_error - 현재 맞춤법 세션의 마지막 오류를 반환합니다.
  • enchant_dict_is_added - 이 맞춤법 세션에 '단어'가 있는지 여부
  • enchant_dict_is_in_session - enchant_dict_is_added의 별칭
  • enchant_dict_quick_check - 단어의 철자가 올바른지 확인하고 제안 제공
  • enchant_dict_store_replacement - 단어 수정 추가
  • enchant_dict_suggest - 이러한 전제 조건 중 하나라도 충족되지 않으면 값 목록을 반환합니다.
  • end - 배열의 내부 포인터를 마지막 요소로 설정
  • enum_exists - 열거형이 정의되었는지 확인
  • Error::getCode - 오류 코드를 가져옵니다.
  • Error::getFile - 오류가 발생한 파일을 가져옵니다.
  • Error::getLine - 오류가 발생한 줄을 가져옵니다.
  • Error::getMessage - 오류 메시지를 가져옵니다.
  • Error::getPrevious - 이전 throwable을 반환합니다.
  • Error::getTrace - 스택 추적을 가져옵니다.
  • Error::getTraceAsString - 스택 추적을 문자열로 가져옵니다.
  • Error::__clone - 오류 복제
  • Error::__construct - 오류 객체 생성
  • Error::__toString - 오류의 문자열 표현
  • ErrorException::getSeverity - 예외 심각도를 가져옵니다.
  • ErrorException::__construct - 예외를 생성합니다.
  • error_clear_last - 가장 최근 오류 지우기
  • error_get_last - 마지막으로 발생한 오류 가져오기
  • error_log - 정의된 오류 처리 루틴에 오류 메시지 보내기
  • error_reporting - 보고되는 PHP 오류를 설정합니다.
  • escapeshellarg - 쉘 인수로 사용할 문자열 이스케이프
  • escapeshellcmd - 이스케이프 쉘 메타 문자
  • Ev::backend - libev에서 사용하는 백엔드를 설명하는 정수를 반환합니다.
  • Ev::depth - 재귀 깊이를 반환합니다.
  • Ev::embeddableBackends - 다른 이벤트 루프에 포함할 수 있는 백엔드 세트를 반환합니다.
  • Ev::feedSignal - 신호 이벤트 정보 Ev 피드
  • Ev::feedSignalEvent - 기본 루프에 신호 이벤트 피드
  • Ev::iteration - 기본 이벤트 루프가 새 이벤트에 대해 폴링한 횟수를 반환합니다.
  • Ev::now - 기본 이벤트 루프의 마지막 반복이 시작된 시간을 반환합니다.
  • Ev::nowUpdate - 커널을 쿼리하여 현재 시간을 설정하고 진행 중인 Ev::now가 반환한 시간을 업데이트합니다.
  • Ev::recommendedBackends - 현재 플랫폼에 권장되는 백엔드의 비트 마스크를 반환합니다.
  • Ev::resume - 이전에 일시 중단된 기본 이벤트 루프 재개
  • Ev::run - 이벤트 확인 및 기본 루프에 대한 콜백 호출 시작
  • Ev::sleep - 주어진 시간(초) 동안 프로세스 차단
  • Ev::stop - 기본 이벤트 루프를 중지합니다.
  • Ev::supportedBackends - 현재 libev 구성에서 지원하는 백엔드 세트를 반환합니다.
  • Ev::suspend - 기본 이벤트 루프 일시 중단
  • Ev::time - Epoch 이후의 현재 시간을 소수 초 단위로 반환합니다.
  • Ev::verify - 내부 일관성 검사 수행(디버깅용)
  • eval - 문자열을 PHP 코드로 평가
  • EvCheck::createStopped - 중지된 EvCheck 감시자의 인스턴스 생성
  • EvCheck::__construct - EvCheck 감시자 개체를 구성합니다.
  • EvChild::createStopped - 중지된 EvCheck 감시자의 인스턴스 생성
  • EvChild::set - 감시자를 구성합니다.
  • EvChild::__construct - EvChild 감시자 개체를 생성합니다.
  • EvEmbed::createStopped - 중지된 EvEmbed 감시자 개체 만들기
  • EvEmbed::set - 감시자를 구성합니다.
  • EvEmbed::sweep - 포함된 루프에 대해 단일 비차단 스위프 만들기
  • EvEmbed::__construct - EvEmbed 객체를 생성합니다.
  • Event::add - 이벤트를 보류 상태로 만듭니다.
  • Event::addSignal - Event::add 별칭
  • Event::addTimer - Event::add 별칭
  • Event::del - 이벤트를 보류 중이 아닌 상태로 만듭니다.
  • Event::delSignal - Event::del 별칭
  • Event::delTimer - Event::del 별칭
  • Event::free - 이벤트를 보류 중이 아닌 이벤트로 만들고 이 이벤트에 할당된 여유 리소스
  • Event::getSupportedMethods - 이 버전의 Libevent에서 지원되는 메서드 이름이 포함된 배열을 반환합니다.
  • Event::pending - 이벤트가 보류 중인지 또는 예약되었는지 감지
  • Event::set - 이벤트 재구성
  • Event::setPriority - 이벤트 우선 순위 설정
  • Event::setTimer - 타이머 이벤트 재구성
  • Event::signal - 신호 이벤트 객체를 생성합니다.
  • Event::timer - 타이머 이벤트 객체 생성
  • Event::__construct - Event 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EventBase::dispatch - 보류 중인 이벤트 디스패치
  • EventBase::exit - 이벤트 전달 중지
  • EventBase::free - 이 이벤트 기반에 할당된 무료 리소스
  • EventBase::getFeatures - 지원되는 기능의 비트마스크를 반환합니다.
  • EventBase::getMethod - 사용 중인 이벤트 메서드를 반환합니다.
  • EventBase::getTimeOfDayCached - 현재 이벤트 기준 시간을 반환합니다.
  • EventBase::gotExit - 이벤트 루프가 종료하라는 지시를 받았는지 확인합니다.
  • EventBase::gotStop - 이벤트 루프가 종료하라는 지시를 받았는지 확인합니다.
  • EventBase::loop - 보류 중인 이벤트 디스패치
  • EventBase::priorityInit - 이벤트 기반당 우선 순위 수 설정
  • EventBase::reInit - 이벤트 베이스 재초기화(포크 후)
  • EventBase::stop - 이벤트 전달을 중지하도록 event_base에 알립니다.
  • EventBase::__construct - EventBase 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EventBuffer::add - 이벤트 버퍼 끝에 데이터 추가
  • EventBuffer::addBuffer - 제공된 버퍼의 모든 데이터를 현재 EventBuffer 인스턴스로 이동합니다.
  • EventBuffer::appendFrom - 소스 버퍼에서 현재 버퍼의 끝으로 지정된 바이트 수를 이동합니다.
  • EventBuffer::copyout - 버퍼의 앞쪽에서 지정된 바이트 수만큼 복사합니다.
  • EventBuffer::drain - 아무데도 복사하지 않고 버퍼의 앞쪽에서 지정된 바이트 수를 제거합니다.
  • EventBuffer::enableLocking - 설명
  • EventBuffer::expand - 버퍼의 공간을 예약합니다.
  • EventBuffer::freeze - 이벤트 버퍼를 수정하는 호출이 성공하지 못하도록 방지
  • EventBuffer::lock - 버퍼에 대한 잠금을 획득합니다.
  • EventBuffer::prepend - 버퍼 앞에 데이터 추가
  • EventBuffer::prependBuffer - 소스 버퍼의 모든 데이터를 현재 버퍼의 앞으로 이동
  • EventBuffer::pullup - 버퍼 내의 데이터를 선형화하고 그 내용을 문자열로 반환합니다.
  • EventBuffer::read - evbuffer에서 데이터를 읽고 읽은 바이트를 배수합니다.
  • EventBuffer::readFrom - 파일에서 버퍼 끝까지 데이터 읽기
  • EventBuffer::readLine - 버퍼의 앞쪽에서 라인을 추출합니다.
  • EventBuffer::search - 문자열의 발생에 대해 버퍼를 스캔합니다.
  • EventBuffer::searchEol - 줄 끝의 발생에 대해 버퍼를 스캔합니다.
  • EventBuffer::substr - 버퍼 데이터의 일부를 뺍니다.
  • EventBuffer::unfreeze - 이벤트 버퍼를 수정하는 호출 다시 활성화
  • EventBuffer::unlock - EventBuffer::lock이 획득한 잠금 해제
  • EventBuffer::write - 버퍼의 내용을 파일이나 소켓에 쓰기
  • EventBuffer::__construct - EventBuffer 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::close - 현재 버퍼 이벤트와 관련된 파일 설명자를 닫습니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::connect - 버퍼 이벤트의 파일 디스크립터를 주어진 주소 또는 UNIX 소켓에 연결
  • EventBufferEvent::connectHost - 선택적으로 비동기 DNS 확인을 사용하여 호스트 이름에 연결
  • EventBufferEvent::createPair - 서로 연결된 두 개의 버퍼 이벤트 생성
  • EventBufferEvent::disable - 버퍼 이벤트에서 이벤트 읽기, 쓰기 또는 둘 다 비활성화
  • EventBufferEvent::enable - 버퍼 이벤트에서 이벤트 읽기, 쓰기 또는 둘 다 활성화
  • EventBufferEvent::free - 버퍼 이벤트 해제
  • EventBufferEvent::getDnsErrorString - 마지막으로 실패한 DNS 조회 시도를 설명하는 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::getEnabled - 버퍼 이벤트에서 현재 활성화된 이벤트의 비트 마스크를 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::getInput - 현재 버퍼 이벤트와 관련된 기본 입력 버퍼를 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::getOutput - 현재 버퍼 이벤트와 관련된 기본 출력 버퍼를 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::read - 버퍼의 데이터 읽기
  • EventBufferEvent::readBuffer - 입력 버퍼의 전체 내용을 비우고 buf에 넣습니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::setCallbacks - 읽기, 쓰기 및 이벤트(상태) 콜백 할당
  • EventBufferEvent::setPriority - 버퍼 이벤트에 우선 순위 지정
  • EventBufferEvent::setTimeouts - 버퍼 이벤트에 대한 읽기 및 쓰기 제한 시간 설정
  • EventBufferEvent::setWatermark - 읽기 및/또는 쓰기 워터마크 조정
  • EventBufferEvent::sslError - 버퍼 이벤트에 대해 보고된 가장 최근의 OpenSSL 오류를 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::sslFilter - 다른 버퍼 이벤트를 통해 데이터를 보내기 위해 새 SSL 버퍼 이벤트를 만듭니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::sslGetCipherInfo - 암호에 대한 텍스트 설명을 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::sslGetCipherName - SSL 연결의 현재 암호 이름을 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::sslGetCipherVersion - 현재 SSL 연결에서 사용하는 암호 버전을 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::sslGetProtocol - 현재 SSL 연결에 사용되는 프로토콜의 이름을 반환합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::sslRenegotiate - SSL 재협상을 시작하도록 bufferevent에 지시합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::sslSocket - 소켓의 SSL을 통해 데이터를 보내기 위해 새 SSL 버퍼 이벤트를 만듭니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::write - 버퍼 이벤트의 출력 버퍼에 데이터를 추가합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::writeBuffer - 버퍼 이벤트의 출력 버퍼에 전체 버퍼의 내용을 추가합니다.
  • EventBufferEvent::__construct - EventBufferEvent 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EventConfig::avoidMethod - 특정 이벤트 메소드을 피하도록 libevent에 지시
  • EventConfig::requireFeatures - 애플리케이션이 요구하는 필수 이벤트 메소드 기능을 입력합니다.
  • EventConfig::setFlags - 최종 EventBase가 초기화되도록 구성하기 위해 하나 이상의 플래그를 설정합니다.
  • EventConfig::setMaxDispatchInterval - 우선 순위 반전 방지
  • EventConfig::__construct - EventConfig 객체를 구성합니다.
  • EventDnsBase::addNameserverIp - DNS 기반에 네임서버 추가
  • EventDnsBase::addSearch - 검색 도메인 목록에 도메인 추가
  • EventDnsBase::clearSearch - 현재 검색 접미사를 모두 제거합니다.
  • EventDnsBase::countNameservers - 구성된 네임서버의 수를 가져옵니다.
  • EventDnsBase::loadHosts - 호스트 파일에서 호스트 파일(/etc/hosts와 동일한 형식)을 로드합니다.
  • EventDnsBase::parseResolvConf - resolv.conf 형식의 파일을 검사합니다.
  • EventDnsBase::setOption - 구성 옵션 값 설정
  • EventDnsBase::setSearchNdots - 검색을 위한 'ndots' 매개변수 설정
  • EventDnsBase::__construct - EventDnsBase 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EventHttp::accept - HTTP 서버가 지정된 소켓 스트림 또는 리소스에 대한 연결을 수락하도록 합니다.
  • EventHttp::addServerAlias - HTTP 서버 개체에 서버 별칭을 추가합니다.
  • EventHttp::bind - 지정된 주소 및 포트에 HTTP 서버를 바인딩합니다.
  • EventHttp::removeServerAlias - 서버 별칭 제거
  • EventHttp::setAllowedMethods - 이 서버에서 수락하고 사용자 콜백에 전달되는 요청에서 지원되는 HTTP 메서드를 설정합니다.
  • EventHttp::setCallback - 지정된 URI에 대한 콜백을 설정합니다.
  • EventHttp::setDefaultCallback - 특정 콜백에 의해 포착되지 않는 요청을 처리하도록 기본 콜백을 설정합니다.
  • EventHttp::setMaxBodySize - 최대 요청 본문 크기 설정
  • EventHttp::setMaxHeadersSize - 최대 HTTP 헤더 크기 설정
  • EventHttp::setTimeout - HTTP 요청에 대한 시간 초과를 설정합니다.
  • EventHttp::__construct - EventHttp 객체(HTTP 서버) 생성
  • EventHttpConnection::getBase - 연결과 관련된 이벤트 기반을 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::getPeer - 연결과 관련된 원격 주소와 포트를 가져옵니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::makeRequest - 지정된 연결을 통해 HTTP 요청을 만듭니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::setCloseCallback - 연결 종료에 대한 콜백 설정
  • EventHttpConnection::setLocalAddress - HTTP 연결이 이루어지는 IP 주소를 설정합니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::setLocalPort - 연결이 이루어지는 로컬 포트를 설정합니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::setMaxBodySize - 연결에 대한 최대 본체 크기를 설정합니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::setMaxHeadersSize - 최대 헤더 크기 설정
  • EventHttpConnection::setRetries - 연결에 대한 재시도 제한을 설정합니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::setTimeout - 연결 시간 초과를 설정합니다.
  • EventHttpConnection::__construct - EventHttpConnection 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::addHeader - 요청 헤더에 HTTP 헤더를 추가합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::cancel - 보류 중인 HTTP 요청 취소
  • EventHttpRequest::clearHeaders - 요청의 헤더 목록에서 모든 출력 헤더를 제거합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::closeConnection - 연결된 HTTP 연결을 닫습니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::findHeader - 헤더에 속한 값을 찾습니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::free - 개체를 해제하고 관련 이벤트를 제거합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getBufferEvent - EventBufferEvent 객체를 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getCommand - 요청 명령(메소드)을 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getConnection - EventHttpConnection 객체를 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getHost - 요청 호스트를 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getInputBuffer - 입력 버퍼를 반환
  • EventHttpRequest::getInputHeaders - 입력 헤더의 연관 배열을 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getOutputBuffer - 요청의 출력 버퍼를 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getOutputHeaders - 출력 헤더의 연관 배열을 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getResponseCode - 응답 코드를 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::getUri - 요청 URI를 반환합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::removeHeader - 요청 헤더에서 HTTP 헤더를 제거합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::sendError - 클라이언트에 HTML 오류 메시지 보내기
  • EventHttpRequest::sendReply - 클라이언트에 HTML 응답 보내기
  • EventHttpRequest::sendReplyChunk - 진행중인 청크 응답의 일부로 다른 데이터 청크 보내기
  • EventHttpRequest::sendReplyEnd - 청크 응답을 완료하고 적절하게 요청을 해제합니다.
  • EventHttpRequest::sendReplyStart - 청크 응답 시작
  • EventHttpRequest::__construct - EventHttpRequest 객체 생성
  • EventListener::disable - 이벤트 연결 수신기 개체를 비활성화합니다.
  • EventListener::enable - 이벤트 연결 수신기 개체를 활성화합니다.
  • EventListener::getBase - 이벤트 리스너와 연결된 이벤트 기반을 반환합니다.
  • EventListener::getSocketName - 수신기의 소켓이 바인딩된 현재 주소를 검색합니다.
  • EventListener::setCallback - setCallback 목적
  • EventListener::setErrorCallback - 이벤트 리스너의 오류 콜백 설정
  • EventListener::__construct - 이벤트 기반과 연결된 새 연결 수신기를 만듭니다.
  • EventSslContext::__construct - 이벤트 클래스와 함께 사용할 OpenSSL 컨텍스트를 구성합니다.
  • EventUtil::getLastSocketErrno - 가장 최근의 소켓 오류 번호를 반환합니다.
  • EventUtil::getLastSocketError - 가장 최근의 소켓 오류를 반환합니다.
  • EventUtil::getSocketFd - 소켓 또는 스트림의 숫자 파일 설명자를 반환합니다.
  • EventUtil::getSocketName - 소켓이 바인딩된 현재 주소를 검색합니다.
  • EventUtil::setSocketOption - 소켓 옵션을 설정합니다.
  • EventUtil::sslRandPoll - OpenSSL의 RAND_poll()을 통해 엔트로피를 생성합니다.
  • EventUtil::__construct - 추상 생성자
  • EvFork::createStopped - EvFork 감시자 클래스의 중지된 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • EvFork::__construct - EvFork 감시자 개체를 생성합니다.
  • EvIdle::createStopped - 중지된 EvIdle 감시자 개체의 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • EvIdle::__construct - EvIdle 감시자 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EvIo::createStopped - 중지된 EvIo 감시자 개체 만들기
  • EvIo::set - 감시자를 구성합니다.
  • EvIo::__construct - EvIo 감시자 개체를 구성합니다.
  • EvLoop::backend - libev에서 사용하는 백엔드를 설명하는 정수를 반환합니다.
  • EvLoop::check - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvCheck 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EvLoop::child - 현재 이벤트 루프와 연결된 EvChild 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::defaultLoop - 기본 이벤트 루프를 반환하거나 생성합니다.
  • EvLoop::embed - 현재 EvLoop 개체와 연결된 EvEmbed 감시자의 인스턴스를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::fork - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvFork 감시자 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::idle - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvIdle 감시자 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::invokePending - 보류 상태를 재설정하는 동안 보류 중인 모든 감시자를 호출합니다.
  • EvLoop::io - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvIo 감시자 객체 생성
  • EvLoop::loopFork - 포크 후에 호출해야 합니다.
  • EvLoop::now - 현재 "이벤트 루프 시간"을 반환합니다.
  • EvLoop::nowUpdate - 커널을 쿼리하여 현재 시간을 설정하고 진행 중인 EvLoop::now가 반환한 시간을 업데이트합니다.
  • EvLoop::periodic - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvPeriodic 감시자 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::prepare - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvPrepare 감시자 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::resume - 이전에 일시 중단된 기본 이벤트 루프 재개
  • EvLoop::run - 이벤트 확인 및 루프에 대한 콜백 호출 시작
  • EvLoop::signal - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvSignal 감시자 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::stat - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvStat 감시자 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::stop - 이벤트 루프를 중지합니다.
  • EvLoop::suspend - 루프를 일시 중단
  • EvLoop::timer - 현재 이벤트 루프 인스턴스와 연결된 EvTimer 감시자 개체를 만듭니다.
  • EvLoop::verify - 내부 일관성 검사 수행(디버깅용)
  • EvLoop::__construct - 이벤트 루프 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EvPeriodic::again - 주기적 감시자를 중지했다가 다시 시작하기만 하면 됩니다.
  • EvPeriodic::at - 이 감시자가 다음에 트리거해야 하는 절대 시간을 반환합니다.
  • EvPeriodic::createStopped - 중지된 EvPeriodic 감시자 만들기
  • EvPeriodic::set - 감시자를 구성합니다.
  • EvPeriodic::__construct - EvPeriodic 감시자 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EvPrepare::createStopped - EvPrepare 감시자의 중지된 인스턴스를 생성합니다.
  • EvPrepare::__construct - EvPrepare 감시자 개체를 구성합니다.
  • EvSignal::createStopped - 중지된 EvSignal 감시자 개체 만들기
  • EvSignal::set - 감시자를 구성합니다.
  • EvSignal::__construct - EvSignal 감시자 개체를 구성합니다.
  • EvStat::attr - Ev에서 가장 최근에 감지한 값을 반환합니다.
  • EvStat::createStopped - 중지된 EvStat 감시자 개체 만들기
  • EvStat::prev - EvStat::attr이 반환한 이전 값 집합을 반환합니다.
  • EvStat::set - 감시자를 구성합니다.
  • EvStat::stat - 통계 호출을 시작합니다.
  • EvStat::__construct - EvStat 감시자 개체를 구성합니다.
  • EvTimer::again - 타이머 감시자를 다시 시작합니다.
  • EvTimer::createStopped - EvTimer 정지된 감시자 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EvTimer::set - 감시자를 구성합니다.
  • EvTimer::__construct - EvTimer 감시자 객체를 생성합니다.
  • EvWatcher::clear - 감시자 보류 상태 지우기
  • EvWatcher::feed - 이벤트 루프에 지정된 리벤트 세트를 제공합니다.
  • EvWatcher::getLoop - 감시자를 담당하는 루프를 반환합니다.
  • EvWatcher::invoke - 주어진 수신 이벤트 비트 마스크로 감시자 콜백을 호출합니다.
  • EvWatcher::keepalive - 루프가 반환되지 않도록 할지 여부를 구성합니다.
  • EvWatcher::setCallback - 감시자에 대한 새 콜백을 설정합니다.
  • EvWatcher::start - 감시자를 시작합니다.
  • EvWatcher::stop - 감시자를 중지
  • EvWatcher::__construct - 감시자 객체의 추상 생성자
  • Exception::getCode - 예외 코드를 가져옵니다.
  • Exception::getFile - 예외가 생성된 파일을 가져옵니다.
  • Exception::getLine - 예외가 생성된 줄을 가져옵니다.
  • Exception::getMessage - 예외 메시지를 가져옵니다.
  • Exception::getPrevious - 이전 throwable을 반환합니다.
  • Exception::getTrace - 스택 추적을 가져옵니다.
  • Exception::getTraceAsString - 스택 추적을 문자열로 가져옵니다.
  • Exception::__clone - 예외 복제
  • Exception::__construct - 예외 생성
  • Exception::__toString - 예외의 문자열 표현
  • exec - 외부 프로그램 실행
  • Executable::execute - 실행문
  • ExecutionStatus::__construct - ExecutionStatus constructor
  • exif_imagetype - 이미지 유형 결정
  • exif_read_data - 이미지 파일에서 EXIF ​​헤더를 읽습니다.
  • exif_tagname - 인덱스의 헤더 이름 가져오기
  • exif_thumbnail - 이미지의 포함된 축소판 검색
  • exit - 메시지 출력 및 현재 스크립트 종료
  • exp - e의 지수를 계산합니다.
  • expect:// - 프로세스 상호 작용 스트림
  • expect_expectl - 프로세스의 출력이 패턴 중 하나와 일치하거나 지정된 기간이 경과하거나 EOF가 표시될 때까지 기다립니다.
  • expect_popen - Bourne 셸을 통해 명령을 실행하고 프로세스에 대한 PTY 스트림을 엽니다.
  • explode - 문자열을 문자열로 분할
  • expm1 - exp(number) - 1을 반환합니다. number 값이 0에 가까울 때도 정확한 방식으로 계산됩니다.
  • expression - 준비된 명령문 변수를 매개변수로 바인딩
  • Expression::__construct - 표현식 생성자
  • extension_loaded - 확장이 로드되었는지 확인
  • extract - 배열에서 현재 기호 테이블로 변수 가져오기
  • ezmlm_hash - EZMLM에 필요한 해시값 계산
• f
  • FANNConnection::getFromNeuron - 시작 뉴런의 위치를 ​​반환
  • FANNConnection::getToNeuron - 종료 뉴런의 위치를 ​​반환
  • FANNConnection::getWeight - 연결 가중치를 반환합니다.
  • FANNConnection::setWeight - 연결 가중치를 설정합니다.
  • FANNConnection::__construct - 연결 생성자
  • fann_cascadetrain_on_data - Cascade2 학습 알고리즘을 사용하여 일정 기간 동안 전체 데이터 세트에 대해 학습
  • fann_cascadetrain_on_file - Cascade2 학습 알고리즘을 사용하여 일정 기간 동안 파일에서 읽은 전체 데이터 세트에 대해 학습
  • fann_clear_scaling_params - 스케일링 매개변수 지우기
  • fann_copy - fann 구조의 복사본을 만듭니다.
  • fann_create_from_file - 구성 파일에서 역전파 신경망을 구성합니다.
  • fann_create_shortcut - 완전히 연결되지 않고 바로 가기 연결이 있는 표준 역전파 신경망 생성
  • fann_create_shortcut_array - 완전히 연결되지 않고 바로 가기 연결이 있는 표준 역전파 신경망 생성
  • fann_create_sparse - 완전히 연결되지 않은 표준 역전파 신경망 생성
  • fann_create_sparse_array - 레이어 크기의 배열을 사용하여 완전히 연결되지 않은 표준 역전파 신경망을 만듭니다.
  • fann_create_standard - 표준 완전 연결 역전파 신경망 생성
  • fann_create_standard_array - 레이어 크기의 배열을 사용하여 표준 완전 연결된 역전파 신경망을 만듭니다.
  • fann_create_train - 빈 학습 데이터 구조체를 만듭니다.
  • fann_create_train_from_callback - 사용자 제공 함수에서 훈련 데이터 구조체 생성
  • fann_descale_input - 이전에 계산된 매개변수를 기반으로 ann에서 가져온 후 입력 벡터의 데이터 크기 조정
  • fann_descale_output - 이전에 계산된 매개변수를 기반으로 ann에서 가져온 후 출력 벡터의 데이터 크기 조정
  • fann_descale_train - 이전에 계산된 매개변수를 기반으로 입력 및 출력 데이터 스케일 제거
  • fann_destroy - 전체 네트워크를 파괴하고 관련된 모든 메모리를 적절하게 해제합니다.
  • fann_destroy_train - 훈련 데이터를 파괴합니다
  • fann_duplicate_train_data - fann train 데이터의 정확한 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_activation_function - 활성화 함수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_activation_steepness - 제공된 뉴런 및 레이어 번호에 대한 활성화 기울기를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_bias_array - 네트워크의 각 계층에서 바이어스 수를 가져옵니다.
  • fann_get_bit_fail - 실패 비트 수
  • fann_get_bit_fail_limit - 훈련 중에 사용된 비트 실패 제한을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_activation_functions - 캐스케이드 활성화 함수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_activation_functions_count - 캐스케이드 활성화 함수의 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_activation_steepnesses - 캐스케이드 활성화 기울기를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_activation_steepnesses_count - 활성화 급경사 수
  • fann_get_cascade_candidate_change_fraction - 캐스케이드 후보 변경 비율을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_candidate_limit - 후보 제한 반환
  • fann_get_cascade_candidate_stagnation_epochs - 캐스케이드 후보 정체 epoch의 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_max_cand_epochs - 최대 후보 Epoch를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_max_out_epochs - 최대 출력 Epoch를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_min_cand_epochs - 최소 후보 Epoch를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_min_out_epochs - 최소 아웃 에포크를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_num_candidates - 훈련 중에 사용된 후보자의 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_num_candidate_groups - 후보 그룹의 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_output_change_fraction - 캐스케이드 출력 변경 비율을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_output_stagnation_epochs - 캐스케이드 출력 정체 에포크의 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_cascade_weight_multiplier - 가중치 승수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_connection_array - 네트워크에서 연결 얻기
  • fann_get_connection_rate - 네트워크 생성 시 사용된 연결 속도 가져오기
  • fann_get_errno - 마지막 오류 번호를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_errstr - 마지막 errstr을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_layer_array - 네트워크의 각 계층에 있는 뉴런의 수를 가져옵니다.
  • fann_get_learning_momentum - 학습 모멘텀을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_learning_rate - 학습률을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_MSE - 네트워크에서 평균 제곱 오차를 읽습니다.
  • fann_get_network_type - 생성된 신경망의 유형을 가져옵니다.
  • fann_get_num_input - 입력 뉴런의 수를 가져옵니다.
  • fann_get_num_layers - 신경망의 레이어 수 가져오기
  • fann_get_num_output - 출력 뉴런의 수를 가져옵니다.
  • fann_get_quickprop_decay - Quickprop 훈련 동안 각 반복에서 가중치가 감소해야 하는 요소인 감쇠를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_quickprop_mu - 뮤 인수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_rprop_decrease_factor - RPROP 훈련 중에 사용된 증가 계수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_rprop_delta_max - 최대 단계 크기를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_rprop_delta_min - 최소 단계 크기를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_rprop_delta_zero - 초기 단계 크기를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_rprop_increase_factor - RPROP 훈련 중에 사용된 증가 계수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_sarprop_step_error_shift - sarprop 단계 오류 이동을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_sarprop_step_error_threshold_factor - sarprop 단계 오류 임계값 인수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_sarprop_temperature - 사프로프 온도를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_sarprop_weight_decay_shift - sarprop 가중치 감소 이동을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_total_connections - 전체 네트워크의 총 연결 수 가져오기
  • fann_get_total_neurons - 전체 네트워크의 총 뉴런 수를 구합니다.
  • fann_get_training_algorithm - 훈련 알고리즘을 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_train_error_function - 훈련 중에 사용된 오류 함수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_get_train_stop_function - 훈련 중에 사용된 중지 함수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_init_weights - Widrow + Nguyen 알고리즘을 사용하여 가중치 초기화
  • fann_length_train_data - 훈련 데이터의 훈련 패턴 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_merge_train_data - 훈련 데이터 병합
  • fann_num_input_train_data - 훈련 데이터의 각 훈련 패턴의 입력 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_num_output_train_data - 훈련 데이터의 각 훈련 패턴의 출력 수를 반환합니다.
  • fann_print_error - 오류 문자열을 인쇄합니다.
  • fann_randomize_weights - 각 연결에 min_weight와 max_weight 사이의 임의 가중치 부여
  • fann_read_train_from_file - 훈련 데이터를 저장하는 파일을 읽습니다.
  • fann_reset_errno - 마지막 오류 번호를 재설정합니다.
  • fann_reset_errstr - 마지막 오류 문자열을 재설정합니다.
  • fann_reset_MSE - 네트워크에서 평균 제곱 오차를 재설정합니다.
  • fann_run - 신경망을 통해 입력을 실행합니다.
  • fann_save - 전체 네트워크를 구성 파일에 저장
  • fann_save_train - 훈련 구조를 파일에 저장
  • fann_scale_input - 이전에 계산된 매개변수를 기반으로 ann에 피드하기 전에 입력 벡터의 데이터 크기 조정
  • fann_scale_input_train_data - 훈련 데이터의 입력을 지정된 범위로 확장합니다.
  • fann_scale_output - 이전에 계산된 매개변수를 기반으로 ann에 피드하기 전에 출력 벡터의 데이터 크기 조정
  • fann_scale_output_train_data - 훈련 데이터의 출력을 지정된 범위로 확장합니다.
  • fann_scale_train - 이전에 계산된 매개변수를 기반으로 입력 및 출력 데이터 확장
  • fann_scale_train_data - 훈련 데이터의 입력 및 출력을 지정된 범위로 확장합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_function - 제공된 뉴런과 레이어에 대한 활성화 함수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_function_hidden - 모든 은닉층에 대한 활성화 함수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_function_layer - 제공된 레이어의 모든 뉴런에 대한 활성화 함수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_function_output - 출력 레이어에 대한 활성화 함수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_steepness - 제공된 뉴런 및 레이어 번호에 대한 활성화 기울기를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_steepness_hidden - 모든 은닉층의 모든 뉴런에 대한 활성화 기울기의 기울기를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_steepness_layer - 제공된 레이어 번호의 모든 뉴런에 대한 활성화 급경사를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_activation_steepness_output - 출력 레이어에서 활성화 기울기의 기울기를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_bit_fail_limit - 훈련 중 사용되는 비트 페일 제한 설정
  • fann_set_callback - 훈련 중에 사용할 콜백 함수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_activation_functions - 캐스케이드 후보 활성화 함수의 배열을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_activation_steepnesses - 캐스케이드 후보 활성화 기울기의 배열을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_candidate_change_fraction - 캐스케이드 후보 변경 비율을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_candidate_limit - 후보 제한 설정
  • fann_set_cascade_candidate_stagnation_epochs - 캐스케이드 후보 정체 epoch의 수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_max_cand_epochs - 최대 후보 Epoch 설정
  • fann_set_cascade_max_out_epochs - 최대 아웃 에포크를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_min_cand_epochs - 최소 후보 Epoch 설정
  • fann_set_cascade_min_out_epochs - 최소 아웃 에포크를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_num_candidate_groups - 후보 그룹의 수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_output_change_fraction - 캐스케이드 출력 변경 비율을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_output_stagnation_epochs - 캐스케이드 출력 정체 에포크의 수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_cascade_weight_multiplier - 가중치 승수 설정
  • fann_set_error_log - 오류가 기록되는 위치를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_input_scaling_params - 훈련 데이터를 기반으로 향후 사용을 위한 입력 스케일링 매개변수 계산
  • fann_set_learning_momentum - 학습 모멘텀 설정
  • fann_set_learning_rate - 학습률을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_output_scaling_params - 훈련 데이터를 기반으로 향후 사용을 위한 출력 스케일링 매개변수 계산
  • fann_set_quickprop_decay - Quickprop 감쇠 계수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_quickprop_mu - 퀵프로프 뮤 팩터를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_rprop_decrease_factor - RPROP 훈련 중에 사용되는 감소 계수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_rprop_delta_max - 최대 단계 크기를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_rprop_delta_min - 최소 단계 크기를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_rprop_delta_zero - 초기 단계 크기를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_rprop_increase_factor - RPROP 훈련 중에 사용되는 증가 계수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_sarprop_step_error_shift - sarprop 단계 오류 이동을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_sarprop_step_error_threshold_factor - sarprop 단계 오류 임계값 요소를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_sarprop_temperature - 사프로프 온도를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_sarprop_weight_decay_shift - sarprop 가중치 감소 이동을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_scaling_params - 훈련 데이터를 기반으로 향후 사용을 위한 입력 및 출력 스케일링 매개변수 계산
  • fann_set_training_algorithm - 훈련 알고리즘을 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_train_error_function - 훈련 중에 사용되는 오류 함수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_train_stop_function - 훈련 중 사용되는 정지 함수를 설정합니다.
  • fann_set_weight - 네트워크에서 연결 설정
  • fann_set_weight_array - 네트워크에서 연결 설정
  • fann_shuffle_train_data - 순서를 무작위화하여 훈련 데이터를 섞습니다.
  • fann_subset_train_data - 훈련 데이터의 하위 집합 복사본을 반환합니다.
  • fann_test - 입력 세트와 원하는 출력 세트로 테스트
  • fann_test_data - 훈련 데이터 세트를 테스트하고 훈련 데이터의 MSE를 계산합니다.
  • fann_train - 입력 세트와 원하는 출력 세트로 한 번의 반복 훈련
  • fann_train_epoch - 훈련 데이터 세트로 한 에포크 훈련
  • fann_train_on_data - 일정 기간 동안 전체 데이터 세트에 대해 학습
  • fann_train_on_file - 일정 기간 동안 파일에서 읽은 전체 데이터 세트에 대해 학습
  • fastcgi_finish_request - 클라이언트에 대한 모든 응답 데이터를 플러시합니다.
  • fbird_add_user - ibase_add_user의 별칭
  • fbird_affected_rows - ibase_affected_rows의 별칭
  • fbird_backup - ibase_backup의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_add - ibase_blob_add의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_cancel - Blob 생성 취소
  • fbird_blob_close - ibase_blob_close의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_create - ibase_blob_create의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_echo - ibase_blob_echo의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_get - ibase_blob_get의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_import - ibase_blob_import의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_info - ibase_blob_info의 별칭
  • fbird_blob_open - ibase_blob_open의 별칭
  • fbird_close - ibase_close의 별칭
  • fbird_commit - ibase_commit의 별칭
  • fbird_commit_ret - ibase_commit_ret의 별칭
  • fbird_connect - ibase_connect의 별칭
  • fbird_db_info - ibase_db_info의 별칭
  • fbird_delete_user - ibase_delete_user의 별칭
  • fbird_drop_db - ibase_drop_db의 별칭
  • fbird_errcode - ibase_errcode의 별칭
  • fbird_errmsg - ibase_errmsg의 별칭
  • fbird_execute - ibase_execute의 별칭
  • fbird_fetch_assoc - ibase_fetch_assoc의 별칭
  • fbird_fetch_object - ibase_fetch_object의 별칭
  • fbird_fetch_row - ibase_fetch_row의 별칭
  • fbird_field_info - ibase_field_info의 별칭
  • fbird_free_event_handler - ibase_free_event_handler의 별칭
  • fbird_free_query - ibase_free_query의 별칭
  • fbird_free_result - ibase_free_result의 별칭
  • fbird_gen_id - ibase_gen_id의 별칭
  • fbird_maintain_db - ibase_maintain_db의 별칭
  • fbird_modify_user - ibase_modify_user의 별칭
  • fbird_name_result - ibase_name_result의 별칭
  • fbird_num_fields - base_num_fields의 별칭
  • fbird_num_params - ibase_num_params의 별칭
  • fbird_param_info - ibase_param_info의 별칭
  • fbird_pconnect - ibase_pconnect의 별칭
  • fbird_prepare - ibase_prepare의 별칭
  • fbird_query - ibase_query의 별칭
  • fbird_restore - ibase_restore의 별칭
  • fbird_rollback - ibase_rollback의 별칭
  • fbird_rollback_ret - ibase_rollback_ret의 별칭
  • fbird_server_info - ibase_server_info의 별칭
  • fbird_service_attach - ibase_service_attach의 별칭
  • fbird_service_detach - ibase_service_detach의 별칭
  • fbird_set_event_handler - ibase_set_event_handler의 별칭
  • fbird_trans - ibase_trans의 별칭
  • fbird_wait_event - ibase_wait_event의 별칭
  • fclose - 열린 파일 포인터를 닫습니다
  • fdatasync - 파일에 데이터(메타 데이터 제외)를 동기화합니다.
  • fdf_add_doc_javascript - FDF 문서에 자바스크립트 코드 추가
  • fdf_add_template - FDF 문서에 템플릿 추가
  • fdf_close - FDF 문서 닫기
  • fdf_create - 새 FDF 문서 만들기
  • fdf_enum_values - 각 문서 값에 대한 사용자 정의 함수 호출
  • fdf_errno - 마지막 fdf 작업에 대한 반환 오류 코드
  • fdf_error - FDF 오류 코드에 대한 오류 설명 반환
  • fdf_get_ap - 필드 모양 가져오기
  • fdf_get_attachment - FDF에 포함된 업로드 파일 추출
  • fdf_get_encoding - /Encoding 키 값 가져오기
  • fdf_get_file - /F 키 값 가져오기
  • fdf_get_flags - 필드의 플래그를 가져옵니다.
  • fdf_get_opt - 필드의 opt 배열에서 값을 가져옵니다.
  • fdf_get_status - /STATUS 키 값 가져오기
  • fdf_get_value - 필드 값 가져오기
  • fdf_get_version - FDF API 또는 파일의 버전 번호를 가져옵니다.
  • fdf_header - FDF별 출력 헤더를 설정합니다.
  • fdf_next_field_name - 다음 필드 이름 가져오기
  • fdf_open - FDF 문서 열기
  • fdf_open_string - 문자열에서 FDF 문서 읽기
  • fdf_remove_item - 양식의 대상 프레임을 설정합니다.
  • fdf_save - FDF 문서 저장
  • fdf_save_string - FDF 문서를 문자열로 반환
  • fdf_set_ap - 필드 모양 설정
  • fdf_set_encoding - FDF 문자 인코딩 설정
  • fdf_set_file - FDF 데이터를 표시할 PDF 문서 설정
  • fdf_set_flags - 필드의 플래그를 설정합니다.
  • fdf_set_javascript_action - 필드의 자바스크립트 동작을 설정합니다.
  • fdf_set_on_import_javascript - Acrobat이 FDF를 열 때 실행할 javascript 코드를 추가합니다.
  • fdf_set_opt - 필드의 옵션을 설정합니다
  • fdf_set_status - /STATUS 키 값 설정
  • fdf_set_submit_form_action - 필드의 양식 제출 작업을 설정합니다.
  • fdf_set_target_frame - 양식 표시를 위한 대상 프레임 설정
  • fdf_set_value - 필드 값 설정
  • fdf_set_version - FDF 파일의 버전 번호를 설정합니다.
  • fdiv - IEEE 754에 따라 두 개의 숫자를 나눕니다.
  • feof - 파일 포인터에서 파일 끝 테스트
  • FFI::addr - C 데이터에 대한 관리되지 않는 포인터를 만듭니다.
  • FFI::alignof - 정렬을 가져옵니다.
  • FFI::arrayType - 새로운 C 배열 유형을 동적으로 생성합니다.
  • FFI::cast - C 유형 캐스트를 수행합니다.
  • FFI::cdef - 새 FFI 개체를 만듭니다.
  • FFI::free - 관리되지 않는 데이터 구조를 해제합니다.
  • FFI::isNull - FFI\CData가 널 포인터인지 확인
  • FFI::load - C 헤더 파일에서 C 선언을 로드합니다.
  • FFI::memcmp - 메모리 영역 비교
  • FFI::memcpy - 한 메모리 영역을 다른 메모리 영역으로 복사
  • FFI::memset - 메모리 영역을 채움
  • FFI::new - C 데이터 구조를 만듭니다.
  • FFI::scope - 미리 로드하는 동안 구문 분석된 C 선언으로 FFI 개체를 인스턴스화합니다.
  • FFI::sizeof - C 데이터 또는 유형의 크기를 가져옵니다.
  • FFI::string - 메모리 영역에서 PHP 문자열을 생성합니다.
  • FFI::type - C 선언에서 FFI\CType 개체를 만듭니다.
  • FFI::typeof - FFI\CData의 FFI\CType을 가져옵니다.
  • FFI\CType::getAlignment - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getArrayElementType - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getArrayLength - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getAttributes - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getEnumKind - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getFuncABI - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getFuncParameterCount - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getFuncParameterType - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getFuncReturnType - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getKind - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getName - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getPointerType - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getSize - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getStructFieldNames - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getStructFieldOffset - 설명
  • FFI\CType::getStructFieldType - 설명
  • fflush - 출력을 파일로 플러시
  • fgetc - 파일 포인터에서 문자 가져오기
  • fgetcsv - 파일 포인터에서 줄을 가져오고 CSV 필드에 대해 구문 분석합니다.
  • fgets - 파일 포인터에서 라인 가져오기
  • fgetss - 파일 포인터에서 줄을 가져오고 HTML 태그를 제거합니다.
  • Fiber::getCurrent - 현재 실행 중인 Fiber 인스턴스를 가져옵니다.
  • Fiber::getReturn - Fiber가 반환한 값을 가져옵니다.
  • Fiber::isRunning - Fiber가 실행 중인지 확인합니다.
  • Fiber::isStarted - Fiber가 시작되었는지 확인합니다.
  • Fiber::isSuspended - Fiber가 매달려 있는지 확인합니다.
  • Fiber::isTerminated - Fiber가 종료되었는지 확인
  • Fiber::resume - 값으로 Fiber의 실행을 재개합니다.
  • Fiber::start - 파이버 실행 시작
  • Fiber::suspend - 현재 Fiber의 실행을 일시 중단합니다.
  • Fiber::throw - 예외를 제외하고 Fiber 실행을 재개합니다.
  • Fiber::__construct - 새 Fiber 인스턴스 생성
  • FiberError::__construct - 직접 인스턴스화를 허용하지 않는 생성자
  • file - 전체 파일을 배열로 읽습니다.
  • file:// - 로컬 파일 시스템 액세스
  • fileatime - 파일의 마지막 액세스 시간 가져오기
  • filectime - 파일의 inode 변경 시간을 가져옵니다.
  • filegroup - 파일 그룹 가져오기
  • fileinode - 파일 inode 가져오기
  • filemtime - 파일 수정 시간 가져오기
  • fileowner - 파일 소유자 가져오기
  • fileperms - 파일 권한을 얻습니다
  • filesize - 파일 크기 가져오기
  • FilesystemIterator::current - 현재 파일
  • FilesystemIterator::getFlags - 처리 플래그 가져오기
  • FilesystemIterator::key - 현재 파일의 키 검색
  • FilesystemIterator::next - 다음 파일로 이동
  • FilesystemIterator::rewind - 처음으로 되감기
  • FilesystemIterator::setFlags - 처리 플래그를 설정합니다.
  • FilesystemIterator::__construct - 새로운 파일 시스템 반복자를 생성합니다.
  • filetype - 파일 형식 가져오기
  • file_exists - 파일이나 디렉토리가 존재하는지 확인
  • file_get_contents - 전체 파일을 문자열로 읽습니다.
  • file_put_contents - 파일에 데이터 쓰기
  • FilterIterator::accept - 반복자의 현재 요소가 허용 가능한지 확인
  • FilterIterator::current - 현재 요소 값 가져오기
  • FilterIterator::getInnerIterator - 내부 반복자 가져오기
  • FilterIterator::key - 현재 키 가져오기
  • FilterIterator::next - 반복자를 앞으로 이동
  • FilterIterator::rewind - 반복자 되감기
  • FilterIterator::valid - 현재 요소가 유효한지 확인
  • FilterIterator::__construct - filterIterator 생성
  • filter_has_var - 지정된 유형의 변수가 존재하는지 확인
  • filter_id - 명명된 필터에 속하는 필터 ID를 반환합니다.
  • filter_input - 이름으로 특정 외부 변수를 가져오고 선택적으로 필터링합니다.
  • filter_input_array - 외부 변수를 가져오고 선택적으로 필터링합니다.
  • filter_list - 지원되는 모든 필터 목록을 반환합니다.
  • filter_var - 지정된 필터로 변수를 필터링합니다.
  • filter_var_array - 여러 변수를 가져오고 선택적으로 필터링합니다.
  • finfo::buffer - finfo_buffer()의 별칭
  • finfo::file - finfo_file()의 별칭
  • finfo::set_flags - finfo_set_flags()의 별칭
  • finfo::__construct - finfo_open의 별칭
  • finfo_close - finfo 인스턴스 닫기
  • finfo_open - 새 finfo 인스턴스 만들기
  • floatval - 변수의 부동 소수점 값 가져오기
  • flock - 휴대용 자문 파일 잠금
  • floor - 분수 반올림
  • flush - 시스템 출력 버퍼 플러시
  • fmod - 인수 나누기의 부동 소수점 나머지(모듈로)를 반환합니다.
  • fnmatch - 패턴에 대해 파일 이름 일치
  • fopen - 파일 또는 URL을 엽니다.
  • forward_static_call - 정적 메서드 호출
  • forward_static_call_array - 정적 메서드를 호출하고 인수를 배열로 전달
  • fpassthru - 파일 포인터에 남아 있는 모든 데이터 출력
  • fpm_get_status - 현재 FPM 풀 상태를 반환합니다.
  • fprintf - 스트림에 형식이 지정된 문자열 쓰기
  • fputcsv - 라인을 CSV로 포맷하고 파일 포인터에 쓰기
  • fputs - fwrite의 별칭
  • fread - 바이너리 안전 파일 읽기
  • frenchtojd - 프랑스 공화당 달력의 날짜를 줄리안 데이 카운트로 변환합니다.
  • fscanf - 형식에 따라 파일에서 입력을 구문 분석
  • fseek - 파일 포인터를 찾습니다.
  • fsockopen - 인터넷 또는 Unix 도메인 소켓 연결 열기
  • fstat - 열린 파일 포인터를 사용하여 파일에 대한 정보를 가져옵니다.
  • fsync - 파일 변경 사항 동기화(메타 데이터 포함)
  • ftell - 일 읽기/쓰기 포인터의 현재 위치를 반환
  • ftok - 경로 이름 및 프로젝트 식별자를 System V IPC 키로 변환
  • ftp:// - FTP URL 액세스
  • FTP context options - FTP 컨텍스트 옵션 목록
  • ftp_alloc - 업로드할 파일을 위한 공간 할당
  • ftp_append - FTP 서버의 다른 파일에 파일 내용 추가
  • ftp_cdup - 상위 디렉토리에 대한 변경 사항
  • ftp_chdir - FTP 서버의 현재 디렉토리를 변경합니다.
  • ftp_chmod - FTP를 통해 파일에 대한 권한 설정
  • ftp_close - FTP 연결을 닫습니다
  • ftp_connect - FTP 연결을 엽니다.
  • ftp_delete - FTP 서버에서 파일 삭제
  • ftp_exec - FTP 서버에서 명령 실행을 요청합니다.
  • ftp_fget - FTP 서버에서 파일을 다운로드하고 열린 파일에 저장
  • ftp_fput - 열린 파일에서 FTP 서버로 업로드
  • ftp_get - FTP 서버에서 파일 다운로드
  • ftp_get_option - 현재 FTP 연결의 다양한 런타임 동작을 검색합니다.
  • ftp_login - FTP 연결에 로그인
  • ftp_mdtm - 주어진 파일의 마지막 수정 시간을 반환
  • ftp_mkdir - 디렉토리를 생성합니다
  • ftp_mlsd - 지정된 디렉토리의 파일 목록을 반환합니다.
  • ftp_nb_continue - 파일 검색/전송 계속(비차단)
  • ftp_nb_fget - FTP 서버에서 파일을 검색하여 열린 파일에 씁니다(비차단).
  • ftp_nb_fput - 열린 파일에서 FTP 서버로 파일을 저장합니다(비차단).
  • ftp_nb_get - FTP 서버에서 파일을 검색하여 로컬 파일에 씁니다(비차단).
  • ftp_nb_put - FTP 서버에 파일 저장(비차단)
  • ftp_nlist - 지정된 디렉토리의 파일 목록을 반환합니다.
  • ftp_pasv - 패시브 모드를 켜거나 끕니다.
  • ftp_put - FTP 서버에 파일 업로드
  • ftp_pwd - 현재 디렉토리 이름을 반환
  • ftp_quit - ftp_close의 별칭
  • ftp_raw - FTP 서버에 임의의 명령을 보냅니다.
  • ftp_rawlist - 지정된 디렉토리에 있는 파일의 자세한 목록을 반환합니다.
  • ftp_rename - FTP 서버의 파일 또는 디렉토리 이름을 바꿉니다.
  • ftp_rmdir - 디렉토리를 제거합니다
  • ftp_set_option - 기타 런타임 FTP 옵션 설정
  • ftp_site - SITE 명령을 서버에 보냅니다.
  • ftp_size - 주어진 파일의 크기를 반환
  • ftp_ssl_connect - 보안 SSL-FTP 연결을 엽니다.
  • ftp_systype - 원격 FTP 서버의 시스템 유형 식별자를 반환합니다.
  • ftruncate - 파일을 주어진 길이로 자릅니다.
  • function_exists - 어진 함수가 정의되면 true를 반환합니다.
  • func_get_arg - 인수 목록에서 항목 반환
  • func_get_args - 함수의 인수 목록을 포함하는 배열을 반환합니다.
  • func_num_args - 함수에 전달된 인수의 수를 반환합니다.
  • fwrite - 바이너리 안전 파일 쓰기
• g
  • gc_collect_cycles - 기존 가비지 주기를 강제로 수집합니다.
  • gc_disable - 순환 참조 컬렉터 비활성화
  • gc_enable - 원형 참조 컬렉터를 활성화합니다.
  • gc_enabled - 순환 참조 수집기의 상태를 반환합니다.
  • gc_mem_caches - Zend Engine 메모리 관리자가 사용하는 메모리 회수
  • gc_status - 가비지 수집기에 대한 정보를 가져옵니다.
  • gd_info - 현재 설치된 GD 라이브러리에 대한 정보 검색
  • GearmanClient::addOptions - 클라이언트 옵션 추가
  • GearmanClient::addServer - 클라이언트에 작업 서버 추가
  • GearmanClient::addServers - 클라이언트에 작업 서버 목록 추가
  • GearmanClient::addTask - 병렬로 실행할 작업 추가
  • GearmanClient::addTaskBackground - 병렬로 실행할 백그라운드 작업 추가
  • GearmanClient::addTaskHigh - 병렬로 실행할 높은 우선 순위 작업 추가
  • GearmanClient::addTaskHighBackground - 병렬로 실행할 높은 우선 순위의 백그라운드 작업 추가
  • GearmanClient::addTaskLow - 병렬로 실행할 낮은 우선 순위 작업 추가
  • GearmanClient::addTaskLowBackground - 병렬로 실행할 낮은 우선 순위 백그라운드 작업 추가
  • GearmanClient::addTaskStatus - 상태를 가져오기 위해 작업 추가
  • GearmanClient::clearCallbacks - 모든 작업 콜백 함수 지우기
  • GearmanClient::clone - GearmanClient 개체의 복사본 만들기
  • GearmanClient::context - 애플리케이션 컨텍스트 가져오기
  • GearmanClient::data - 애플리케이션 데이터 가져오기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanClient::do - 단일 작업을 실행하고 결과를 반환합니다. [더 이상 사용되지 않음]
  • GearmanClient::doBackground - 백그라운드에서 작업 실행
  • GearmanClient::doHigh - 하나의 높은 우선 순위 작업 실행
  • GearmanClient::doHighBackground - 백그라운드에서 우선 순위가 높은 작업 실행
  • GearmanClient::doJobHandle - 실행 중인 작업에 대한 작업 핸들 가져오기
  • GearmanClient::doLow - 하나의 낮은 우선 순위 작업 실행
  • GearmanClient::doLowBackground - 백그라운드에서 낮은 우선 순위 작업 실행
  • GearmanClient::doNormal - 단일 작업 실행 및 결과 반환
  • GearmanClient::doStatus - 실행 중인 작업의 상태 가져오기
  • GearmanClient::echo - 모든 작업 서버에 데이터를 보내서 다시 에코하는지 확인합니다. [사용되지 않음]
  • GearmanClient::error - 마지막으로 발생한 오류에 대한 오류 문자열을 반환합니다.
  • GearmanClient::getErrno - errno 값 가져오기
  • GearmanClient::jobStatus - 백그라운드 작업 상태 가져오기
  • GearmanClient::ping - 모든 작업 서버에 데이터를 전송하여 다시 에코하는지 확인합니다.
  • GearmanClient::removeOptions - 클라이언트 옵션 제거
  • GearmanClient::returnCode - 마지막 Gearman 반환 코드 받기
  • GearmanClient::runTasks - 작업 목록을 병렬로 실행
  • GearmanClient::setClientCallback - 작업에 대한 데이터 패킷이 있는 경우 콜백 함수(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanClient::setCompleteCallback - 작업 완료 시 호출할 함수 설정
  • GearmanClient::setContext - 애플리케이션 컨텍스트 설정
  • GearmanClient::setCreatedCallback - 작업이 대기열에 있을 때 콜백 설정
  • GearmanClient::setData - 애플리케이션 데이터 설정(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanClient::setDataCallback - 태스크에 대한 데이터 패킷이 있을 때 콜백 함수
  • GearmanClient::setExceptionCallback - 작업자 예외에 대한 콜백 설정
  • GearmanClient::setFailCallback - 작업 실패에 대한 콜백 설정
  • GearmanClient::setOptions - 클라이언트 옵션 설정
  • GearmanClient::setStatusCallback - 작업 상태 수집을 위한 콜백 설정
  • GearmanClient::setTimeout - 소켓 I/O 활동 시간 초과 설정
  • GearmanClient::setWarningCallback - 작업자 경고에 대한 콜백 설정
  • GearmanClient::setWorkloadCallback - 증분 데이터 업데이트 수락을 위한 콜백 설정
  • GearmanClient::timeout - 현재 소켓 I/O 활동 시간 초과 값 가져오기
  • GearmanClient::wait - 클라이언트의 모든 연결에서 I/O 활동을 기다립니다.
  • GearmanClient::__construct - GearmanClient 인스턴스 생성
  • GearmanJob::complete - 결과 및 완료 상태 보내기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanJob::data - 실행 중인 작업에 대한 데이터 보내기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanJob::exception - 실행 중인 작업에 대한 예외 보내기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanJob::fail - 실패 상태 보내기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanJob::functionName - 함수 이름 가져오기
  • GearmanJob::handle - 작업 핸들 가져오기
  • GearmanJob::returnCode - 마지막 반환 코드 가져오기
  • GearmanJob::sendComplete - 결과 및 완료 상태 보내기
  • GearmanJob::sendData - 실행 중인 작업에 대한 데이터 보내기
  • GearmanJob::sendException - 작업 실행에 대한 예외 보내기(예외)
  • GearmanJob::sendFail - 실패 상태 보내기
  • GearmanJob::sendStatus - 상태 보내기
  • GearmanJob::sendWarning - 경고 보내기
  • GearmanJob::setReturn - 반환 값 설정
  • GearmanJob::status - 전송 상태(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanJob::unique - 고유 식별자 가져오기
  • GearmanJob::warning - 경고 보내기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanJob::workload - 워크로드 가져오기
  • GearmanJob::workloadSize - 작업 부하의 크기 가져오기
  • GearmanJob::__construct - GearmanJob 인스턴스 생성
  • GearmanTask::create - 작업 만들기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanTask::data - 작업에 대해 반환된 데이터 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::dataSize - 반환된 데이터의 크기 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::function - 관련 함수 이름 가져오기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanTask::functionName - 연결된 함수 이름 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::isKnown - 작업이 알려져 있는지 확인
  • GearmanTask::isRunning - 작업이 현재 실행 중인지 테스트
  • GearmanTask::jobHandle - 작업 핸들 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::recvData - 작업을 위한 버퍼로 작업 또는 결과 데이터 읽기
  • GearmanTask::returnCode - 마지막 반환 코드 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::sendData - 작업에 대한 데이터 보내기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanTask::sendWorkload - 작업에 대한 데이터 보내기
  • GearmanTask::taskDenominator - 완료율 분모 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::taskNumerator - 완료율 분자 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::unique - 작업의 고유 식별자 가져오기
  • GearmanTask::uuid - 작업의 고유 식별자 가져오기(더 이상 사용되지 않음)
  • GearmanTask::__construct - GearmanTask 인스턴스 생성
  • GearmanWorker::addFunction - 콜백 함수 등록 및 추가
  • GearmanWorker::addOptions - 작업자 옵션 추가
  • GearmanWorker::addServer - 작업 서버 추가
  • GearmanWorker::addServers - 작업 서버 추가
  • GearmanWorker::clone - 작업자의 복사본 만들기
  • GearmanWorker::echo - 테스트 작업 서버 응답
  • GearmanWorker::error - 마지막으로 발생한 오류 가져오기
  • GearmanWorker::getErrno - 오류 확인
  • GearmanWorker::options - 작업자 옵션 가져오기
  • GearmanWorker::register - 작업 서버에 함수 등록
  • GearmanWorker::removeOptions - 작업자 옵션 제거
  • GearmanWorker::returnCode - 마지막 Gearman 반환 코드 받기
  • GearmanWorker::setId - Gearmand에게 사용 가능한 작업자 목록을 요청할 때 추적할 수 있도록 작업자에게 식별자를 제공합니다.
  • GearmanWorker::setOptions - 작업자 옵션 설정
  • GearmanWorker::setTimeout - 소켓 I/O 활동 시간 초과 설정
  • GearmanWorker::timeout - 소켓 I/O 활동 시간 초과 가져오기
  • GearmanWorker::unregister - 작업 서버에서 함수 이름 등록 취소
  • GearmanWorker::unregisterAll - 작업 서버에서 모든 함수 이름 등록 취소
  • GearmanWorker::wait - 작업 서버 중 하나의 활동을 기다립니다.
  • GearmanWorker::work - 작업 대기 및 수행
  • GearmanWorker::__construct - GearmanWorker 인스턴스 생성
  • Gender\Gender::connect - 외부 이름 사전에 연결
  • Gender\Gender::country - 텍스트 국가 표현 가져오기
  • Gender\Gender::get - 이름의 성별 가져오기
  • Gender\Gender::isNick - name0이 name1의 별칭인지 확인하십시오.
  • Gender\Gender::similarNames - 비슷한 이름 얻기
  • Gender\Gender::__construct - Gender 객체 생성
  • Generator::current - 산출된 값 가져오기
  • Generator::getReturn - 생성기의 반환 값 가져오기
  • Generator::key - 생성된 키 가져오기
  • Generator::next - 생성기 실행 재개
  • Generator::rewind - 반복자 되감기
  • Generator::send - 생성기에 값 보내기
  • Generator::throw - 제너레이터에 예외를 던져라
  • Generator::valid - 반복자가 닫혔는지 확인
  • Generator::__wakeup - 콜백 직렬화
  • geoip_asnum_by_name - 자율 시스템 번호(ASN) 가져오기
  • geoip_continent_code_by_name - 두 글자로 된 대륙 코드 가져오기
  • geoip_country_code3_by_name - 세 글자로 된 국가 코드 받기
  • geoip_country_code_by_name - 두 글자로 된 국가 코드 받기
  • geoip_country_name_by_name - 전체 국가 이름 가져오기
  • geoip_database_info - GeoIP 데이터베이스 정보 가져오기
  • geoip_db_avail - GeoIP 데이터베이스를 사용할 수 있는지 확인
  • geoip_db_filename - 해당 GeoIP 데이터베이스의 파일 이름을 반환합니다.
  • geoip_db_get_all_info - 모든 GeoIP 데이터베이스 유형에 대한 자세한 정보를 반환합니다.
  • geoip_domain_by_name - 두 번째 수준 도메인 이름 가져오기
  • geoip_id_by_name - 인터넷 연결 유형 가져오기
  • geoip_isp_by_name - 인터넷 서비스 공급자(ISP) 이름 가져오기
  • geoip_netspeedcell_by_name - 인터넷 연결 속도 얻기
  • geoip_org_by_name - 조직 이름 가져오기
  • geoip_record_by_name - GeoIP 데이터베이스에서 찾은 자세한 도시 정보를 반환합니다.
  • geoip_region_by_name - 국가 코드 및 지역 가져오기
  • geoip_region_name_by_code - 일부 국가 및 지역 코드 콤보의 지역 이름을 반환합니다.
  • geoip_setup_custom_directory - GeoIP 데이터베이스에 대한 사용자 지정 디렉터리 설정
  • geoip_time_zone_by_country_and_region - 일부 국가 및 지역 코드 콤보의 시간대를 반환합니다.
  • getallheaders - 모든 HTTP 요청 헤더 가져오기
  • getcwd - 현재 작업 디렉토리를 가져옵니다.
  • getdate - 날짜/시간 정보 얻기
  • getenv - 환경 변수의 값을 가져옵니다.
  • gethostbyaddr - 주어진 IP 주소에 해당하는 인터넷 호스트 이름을 가져옵니다.
  • gethostbyname - 주어진 인터넷 호스트 이름에 해당하는 IPv4 주소를 가져옵니다.
  • gethostbynamel - 주어진 인터넷 호스트 이름에 해당하는 IPv4 주소 목록을 가져옵니다.
  • gethostname - 호스트 이름을 가져옵니다.
  • getimagesize - 이미지 크기 가져오기
  • getimagesizefromstring - 문자열에서 이미지 크기 가져오기
  • getlastmod - 마지막 페이지 수정 시간 가져오기
  • getmxrr - 주어진 인터넷 호스트 이름에 해당하는 MX 레코드 가져오기
  • getmygid - PHP 스크립트 소유자의 GID 가져오기
  • getmyinode - Gets the inode of the current script
  • getmypid - Gets PHP's process ID
  • getmyuid - Gets PHP script owner's UID
  • getopt - Gets options from the command line argument list
  • getprotobyname - Get protocol number associated with protocol name
  • getprotobynumber - Get protocol name associated with protocol number
  • getrandmax - Show largest possible random value
  • getrusage - Gets the current resource usages
  • getservbyname - Get port number associated with an Internet service and protocol
  • getservbyport - Get Internet service which corresponds to port and protocol
  • getSession - Connect to a MySQL server
  • gettext - Lookup a message in the current domain
  • gettimeofday - Get current time
  • gettype - Get the type of a variable
  • get_browser - Tells what the user's browser is capable of
  • get_called_class - The "Late Static Binding" class name
  • get_cfg_var - Gets the value of a PHP configuration option
  • get_class - Returns the name of the class of an object
  • get_class_methods - Gets the class methods' names
  • get_class_vars - Get the default properties of the class
  • get_current_user - Gets the name of the owner of the current PHP script
  • get_debug_type - Gets the type name of a variable in a way that is suitable for debugging
  • get_declared_classes - Returns an array with the name of the defined classes
  • get_declared_interfaces - Returns an array of all declared interfaces
  • get_declared_traits - Returns an array of all declared traits
  • get_defined_constants - Returns an associative array with the names of all the constants and their values
  • get_defined_functions - Returns an array of all defined functions
  • get_defined_vars - Returns an array of all defined variables
  • get_extension_funcs - Returns an array with the names of the functions of a module
  • get_headers - Fetches all the headers sent by the server in response to an HTTP request
  • get_html_translation_table - Returns the translation table used by htmlspecialchars and htmlentities
  • get_included_files - Returns an array with the names of included or required files
  • get_include_path - Gets the current include_path configuration option
  • get_loaded_extensions - Returns an array with the names of all modules compiled and loaded
  • get_magic_quotes_gpc - Gets the current configuration setting of magic_quotes_gpc
  • get_magic_quotes_runtime - Gets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime
  • get_mangled_object_vars - Returns an array of mangled object properties
  • get_meta_tags - Extracts all meta tag content attributes from a file and returns an array
  • get_object_vars - Gets the properties of the given object
  • get_parent_class - Retrieves the parent class name for object or class
  • get_required_files - Alias of get_included_files
  • get_resources - Returns active resources
  • get_resource_id - Returns an integer identifier for the given resource
  • get_resource_type - Returns the resource type
  • glob - Find pathnames matching a pattern
  • glob:// - Find pathnames matching pattern
  • GlobIterator::count - Get the number of directories and files
  • GlobIterator::__construct - Construct a directory using glob
  • Gmagick::addimage - Adds new image to Gmagick object image list
  • Gmagick::addnoiseimage - Adds random noise to the image
  • Gmagick::annotateimage - Annotates an image with text
  • Gmagick::blurimage - Adds blur filter to image
  • Gmagick::borderimage - Surrounds the image with a border
  • Gmagick::charcoalimage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
  • Gmagick::chopimage - Removes a region of an image and trims
  • Gmagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::commentimage - Adds a comment to your image
  • Gmagick::compositeimage - Composite one image onto another
  • Gmagick::cropimage - Extracts a region of the image
  • Gmagick::cropthumbnailimage - Creates a crop thumbnail
  • Gmagick::current - The current purpose
  • Gmagick::cyclecolormapimage - Displaces an image's colormap
  • Gmagick::deconstructimages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
  • Gmagick::despeckleimage - The despeckleimage purpose
  • Gmagick::destroy - The destroy purpose
  • Gmagick::drawimage - Renders the GmagickDraw object on the current image
  • Gmagick::edgeimage - Enhance edges within the image
  • Gmagick::embossimage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
  • Gmagick::enhanceimage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
  • Gmagick::equalizeimage - Equalizes the image histogram
  • Gmagick::flipimage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Gmagick::flopimage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
  • Gmagick::frameimage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
  • Gmagick::gammaimage - Gamma-corrects an image
  • Gmagick::getcopyright - Returns the GraphicsMagick API copyright as a string
  • Gmagick::getfilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
  • Gmagick::getimagebackgroundcolor - Returns the image background color
  • Gmagick::getimageblueprimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
  • Gmagick::getimagebordercolor - Returns the image border color
  • Gmagick::getimagechanneldepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
  • Gmagick::getimagecolors - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
  • Gmagick::getimagecolorspace - Gets the image colorspace
  • Gmagick::getimagecompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
  • Gmagick::getimagedelay - Gets the image delay
  • Gmagick::getimagedepth - Gets the depth of the image
  • Gmagick::getimagedispose - Gets the image disposal method
  • Gmagick::getimageextrema - Gets the extrema for the image
  • Gmagick::getimagefilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::getimageformat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::getimagegamma - Gets the image gamma
  • Gmagick::getimagegreenprimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
  • Gmagick::getimageheight - Returns the image height
  • Gmagick::getimagehistogram - Gets the image histogram
  • Gmagick::getimageindex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Gmagick::getimageinterlacescheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
  • Gmagick::getimageiterations - Gets the image iterations
  • Gmagick::getimagematte - Check if the image has a matte channel
  • Gmagick::getimagemattecolor - Returns the image matte color
  • Gmagick::getimageprofile - Returns the named image profile
  • Gmagick::getimageredprimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
  • Gmagick::getimagerenderingintent - Gets the image rendering intent
  • Gmagick::getimageresolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
  • Gmagick::getimagescene - Gets the image scene
  • Gmagick::getimagesignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
  • Gmagick::getimagetype - Gets the potential image type
  • Gmagick::getimageunits - Gets the image units of resolution
  • Gmagick::getimagewhitepoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
  • Gmagick::getimagewidth - Returns the width of the image
  • Gmagick::getpackagename - Returns the GraphicsMagick package name
  • Gmagick::getquantumdepth - Returns the Gmagick quantum depth as a string
  • Gmagick::getreleasedate - Returns the GraphicsMagick release date as a string
  • Gmagick::getsamplingfactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor
  • Gmagick::getsize - Returns the size associated with the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::getversion - Returns the GraphicsMagick API version
  • Gmagick::hasnextimage - Checks if the object has more images
  • Gmagick::haspreviousimage - Checks if the object has a previous image
  • Gmagick::implodeimage - Creates a new image as a copy
  • Gmagick::labelimage - Adds a label to an image
  • Gmagick::levelimage - Adjusts the levels of an image
  • Gmagick::magnifyimage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
  • Gmagick::mapimage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image
  • Gmagick::medianfilterimage - Applies a digital filter
  • Gmagick::minifyimage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
  • Gmagick::modulateimage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
  • Gmagick::motionblurimage - Simulates motion blur
  • Gmagick::newimage - Creates a new image
  • Gmagick::nextimage - Moves to the next image
  • Gmagick::normalizeimage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Gmagick::oilpaintimage - Simulates an oil painting
  • Gmagick::previousimage - Move to the previous image in the object
  • Gmagick::profileimage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
  • Gmagick::quantizeimage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
  • Gmagick::quantizeimages - The quantizeimages purpose
  • Gmagick::queryfontmetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
  • Gmagick::queryfonts - Returns the configured fonts
  • Gmagick::queryformats - Returns formats supported by Gmagick
  • Gmagick::radialblurimage - Radial blurs an image
  • Gmagick::raiseimage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
  • Gmagick::read - Reads image from filename
  • Gmagick::readimage - Reads image from filename
  • Gmagick::readimageblob - Reads image from a binary string
  • Gmagick::readimagefile - The readimagefile purpose
  • Gmagick::reducenoiseimage - Smooths the contours of an image
  • Gmagick::removeimage - Removes an image from the image list
  • Gmagick::removeimageprofile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
  • Gmagick::resampleimage - Resample image to desired resolution
  • Gmagick::resizeimage - Scales an image
  • Gmagick::rollimage - Offsets an image
  • Gmagick::rotateimage - Rotates an image
  • Gmagick::scaleimage - Scales the size of an image
  • Gmagick::separateimagechannel - Separates a channel from the image
  • Gmagick::setCompressionQuality - Sets the object's default compression quality
  • Gmagick::setfilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
  • Gmagick::setimagebackgroundcolor - Sets the image background color
  • Gmagick::setimageblueprimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point
  • Gmagick::setimagebordercolor - Sets the image border color
  • Gmagick::setimagechanneldepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
  • Gmagick::setimagecolorspace - Sets the image colorspace
  • Gmagick::setimagecompose - Sets the image composite operator
  • Gmagick::setimagedelay - Sets the image delay
  • Gmagick::setimagedepth - Sets the image depth
  • Gmagick::setimagedispose - Sets the image disposal method
  • Gmagick::setimagefilename - Sets the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::setimageformat - Sets the format of a particular image
  • Gmagick::setimagegamma - Sets the image gamma
  • Gmagick::setimagegreenprimary - Sets the image chromaticity green primary point
  • Gmagick::setimageindex - Set the iterator to the position in the image list specified with the index parameter
  • Gmagick::setimageinterlacescheme - Sets the interlace scheme of the image
  • Gmagick::setimageiterations - Sets the image iterations
  • Gmagick::setimageprofile - Adds a named profile to the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::setimageredprimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point
  • Gmagick::setimagerenderingintent - Sets the image rendering intent
  • Gmagick::setimageresolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Gmagick::setimagescene - Sets the image scene
  • Gmagick::setimagetype - Sets the image type
  • Gmagick::setimageunits - Sets the image units of resolution
  • Gmagick::setimagewhitepoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point
  • Gmagick::setsamplingfactors - Sets the image sampling factors
  • Gmagick::setsize - Sets the size of the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::shearimage - Creating a parallelogram
  • Gmagick::solarizeimage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
  • Gmagick::spreadimage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
  • Gmagick::stripimage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
  • Gmagick::swirlimage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
  • Gmagick::thumbnailimage - Changes the size of an image
  • Gmagick::trimimage - Remove edges from the image
  • Gmagick::write - Alias of Gmagick::writeimage
  • Gmagick::writeimage - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Gmagick::__construct - The Gmagick constructor
  • GmagickDraw::annotate - Draws text on the image
  • GmagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
  • GmagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
  • GmagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
  • GmagickDraw::getfillcolor - Returns the fill color
  • GmagickDraw::getfillopacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
  • GmagickDraw::getfont - Returns the font
  • GmagickDraw::getfontsize - Returns the font pointsize
  • GmagickDraw::getfontstyle - Returns the font style
  • GmagickDraw::getfontweight - Returns the font weight
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokecolor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokeopacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokewidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::gettextdecoration - Returns the text decoration
  • GmagickDraw::gettextencoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
  • GmagickDraw::line - Draws a line
  • GmagickDraw::point - Draws a point
  • GmagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
  • GmagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
  • GmagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
  • GmagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
  • GmagickDraw::roundrectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
  • GmagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
  • GmagickDraw::setfillcolor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects
  • GmagickDraw::setfillopacity - The setfillopacity purpose
  • GmagickDraw::setfont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text
  • GmagickDraw::setfontsize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text
  • GmagickDraw::setfontstyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
  • GmagickDraw::setfontweight - Sets the font weight
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokecolor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokeopacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokewidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::settextdecoration - Specifies a decoration
  • GmagickDraw::settextencoding - Specifies the text code set
  • GmagickPixel::getcolor - Returns the color
  • GmagickPixel::getcolorcount - Returns the color count associated with this color
  • GmagickPixel::getcolorvalue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
  • GmagickPixel::setcolor - Sets the color
  • GmagickPixel::setcolorvalue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
  • GmagickPixel::__construct - The GmagickPixel constructor
  • gmdate - Format a GMT/UTC date/time
  • gmmktime - Get Unix timestamp for a GMT date
  • GMP::__serialize - Serializes the GMP object
  • GMP::__unserialize - Deserializes the data parameter into a GMP object
  • gmp_abs - Absolute value
  • gmp_add - Add numbers
  • gmp_and - Bitwise AND
  • gmp_binomial - Calculates binomial coefficient
  • gmp_clrbit - Clear bit
  • gmp_cmp - Compare numbers
  • gmp_com - Calculates one's complement
  • gmp_div - Alias of gmp_div_q
  • gmp_divexact - Exact division of numbers
  • gmp_div_q - Divide numbers
  • gmp_div_qr - Divide numbers and get quotient and remainder
  • gmp_div_r - Remainder of the division of numbers
  • gmp_export - Export to a binary string
  • gmp_fact - Factorial
  • gmp_gcd - Calculate GCD
  • gmp_gcdext - Calculate GCD and multipliers
  • gmp_hamdist - Hamming distance
  • gmp_import - Import from a binary string
  • gmp_init - Create GMP number
  • gmp_intval - Convert GMP number to integer
  • gmp_invert - Inverse by modulo
  • gmp_jacobi - Jacobi symbol
  • gmp_kronecker - Kronecker symbol
  • gmp_lcm - Calculate LCM
  • gmp_legendre - Legendre symbol
  • gmp_mod - Modulo operation
  • gmp_mul - Multiply numbers
  • gmp_neg - Negate number
  • gmp_nextprime - Find next prime number
  • gmp_or - Bitwise OR
  • gmp_perfect_power - Perfect power check
  • gmp_perfect_square - Perfect square check
  • gmp_popcount - Population count
  • gmp_pow - Raise number into power
  • gmp_powm - Raise number into power with modulo
  • gmp_prob_prime - Check if number is "probably prime"
  • gmp_random - Random number
  • gmp_random_bits - Random number
  • gmp_random_range - Random number
  • gmp_random_seed - Sets the RNG seed
  • gmp_root - Take the integer part of nth root
  • gmp_rootrem - Take the integer part and remainder of nth root
  • gmp_scan0 - Scan for 0
  • gmp_scan1 - Scan for 1
  • gmp_setbit - Set bit
  • gmp_sign - Sign of number
  • gmp_sqrt - Calculate square root
  • gmp_sqrtrem - Square root with remainder
  • gmp_strval - Convert GMP number to string
  • gmp_sub - Subtract numbers
  • gmp_testbit - Tests if a bit is set
  • gmp_xor - Bitwise XOR
  • gmstrftime - Format a GMT/UTC time/date according to locale settings
  • gnupg_adddecryptkey - Add a key for decryption
  • gnupg_addencryptkey - Add a key for encryption
  • gnupg_addsignkey - Add a key for signing
  • gnupg_cleardecryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for decryption before
  • gnupg_clearencryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for encryption before
  • gnupg_clearsignkeys - Removes all keys which were set for signing before
  • gnupg_decrypt - Decrypts a given text
  • gnupg_decryptverify - Decrypts and verifies a given text
  • gnupg_deletekey - Delete a key from the keyring
  • gnupg_encrypt - Encrypts a given text
  • gnupg_encryptsign - Encrypts and signs a given text
  • gnupg_export - Exports a key
  • gnupg_getengineinfo - Returns the engine info
  • gnupg_geterror - Returns the errortext, if a function fails
  • gnupg_geterrorinfo - Returns the error info
  • gnupg_getprotocol - Returns the currently active protocol for all operations
  • gnupg_gettrustlist - Search the trust items
  • gnupg_import - Imports a key
  • gnupg_init - Initialize a connection
  • gnupg_keyinfo - Returns an array with information about all keys that matches the given pattern
  • gnupg_listsignatures - List key signatures
  • gnupg_setarmor - Toggle armored output
  • gnupg_seterrormode - Sets the mode for error_reporting
  • gnupg_setsignmode - Sets the mode for signing
  • gnupg_sign - Signs a given text
  • gnupg_verify - Verifies a signed text
  • grapheme_extract - Function to extract a sequence of default grapheme clusters from a text buffer, which must be encoded in UTF-8
  • grapheme_stripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a case-insensitive string
  • grapheme_stristr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of case-insensitive needle to the end of haystack
  • grapheme_strlen - Get string length in grapheme units
  • grapheme_strpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a string
  • grapheme_strripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a case-insensitive string
  • grapheme_strrpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a string
  • grapheme_strstr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of needle to the end of haystack
  • grapheme_substr - Return part of a string
  • gregoriantojd - Converts a Gregorian date to Julian Day Count
  • gzclose - Close an open gz-file pointer
  • gzcompress - Compress a string
  • gzdecode - Decodes a gzip compressed string
  • gzdeflate - Deflate a string
  • gzencode - Create a gzip compressed string
  • gzeof - Test for EOF on a gz-file pointer
  • gzfile - Read entire gz-file into an array
  • gzgetc - Get character from gz-file pointer
  • gzgets - Get line from file pointer
  • gzgetss - Get line from gz-file pointer and strip HTML tags
  • gzinflate - Inflate a deflated string
  • gzopen - Open gz-file
  • gzpassthru - Output all remaining data on a gz-file pointer
  • gzputs - Alias of gzwrite
  • gzread - Binary-safe gz-file read
  • gzrewind - Rewind the position of a gz-file pointer
  • gzseek - Seek on a gz-file pointer
  • gztell - Tell gz-file pointer read/write position
  • gzuncompress - Uncompress a compressed string
  • gzwrite - Binary-safe gz-file write
• h
  • hash - Generate a hash value (message digest)
  • HashContext::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
  • HashContext::__serialize - Serializes the HashContext object
  • HashContext::__unserialize - Deserializes the data parameter into a HashContext object
  • hash_algos - Return a list of registered hashing algorithms
  • hash_copy - Copy hashing context
  • hash_equals - Timing attack safe string comparison
  • hash_file - Generate a hash value using the contents of a given file
  • hash_final - Finalize an incremental hash and return resulting digest
  • hash_hkdf - Generate a HKDF key derivation of a supplied key input
  • hash_hmac - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method
  • hash_hmac_algos - Return a list of registered hashing algorithms suitable for hash_hmac
  • hash_hmac_file - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method and the contents of a given file
  • hash_init - Initialize an incremental hashing context
  • hash_pbkdf2 - Generate a PBKDF2 key derivation of a supplied password
  • hash_update - Pump data into an active hashing context
  • hash_update_file - Pump data into an active hashing context from a file
  • hash_update_stream - Pump data into an active hashing context from an open stream
  • header - Send a raw HTTP header
  • headers_list - Returns a list of response headers sent (or ready to send)
  • headers_sent - Checks if or where headers have been sent
  • header_register_callback - Call a header function
  • header_remove - Remove previously set headers
  • hebrev - Convert logical Hebrew text to visual text
  • hebrevc - Convert logical Hebrew text to visual text with newline conversion
  • hex2bin - Decodes a hexadecimally encoded binary string
  • hexdec - Hexadecimal to decimal
  • highlight_file - Syntax highlighting of a file
  • highlight_string - Syntax highlighting of a string
  • hrtime - Get the system's high resolution time
  • HRTime\PerformanceCounter::getFrequency - Timer frequency in ticks per second
  • HRTime\PerformanceCounter::getTicks - Current ticks from the system
  • HRTime\PerformanceCounter::getTicksSince - Ticks elapsed since the given value
  • HRTime\StopWatch::getElapsedTicks - Get elapsed ticks for all intervals
  • HRTime\StopWatch::getElapsedTime - Get elapsed time for all intervals
  • HRTime\StopWatch::getLastElapsedTicks - Get elapsed ticks for the last interval
  • HRTime\StopWatch::getLastElapsedTime - Get elapsed time for the last interval
  • HRTime\StopWatch::isRunning - Whether the measurement is running
  • HRTime\StopWatch::start - Start time measurement
  • HRTime\StopWatch::stop - Stop time measurement
  • htmlentities - Convert all applicable characters to HTML entities
  • htmlspecialchars - Convert special characters to HTML entities
  • htmlspecialchars_decode - Convert special HTML entities back to characters
  • html_entity_decode - Convert HTML entities to their corresponding characters
  • http:// - Accessing HTTP(s) URLs
  • HTTP context options - HTTP context option listing
  • http_build_query - Generate URL-encoded query string
  • http_response_code - Get or Set the HTTP response code
  • hypot - Calculate the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angle triangle
• i
  • ibase_add_user - Add a user to a security database
  • ibase_affected_rows - Return the number of rows that were affected by the previous query
  • ibase_backup - Initiates a backup task in the service manager and returns immediately
  • ibase_blob_add - Add data into a newly created blob
  • ibase_blob_cancel - Cancel creating blob
  • ibase_blob_close - Close blob
  • ibase_blob_create - Create a new blob for adding data
  • ibase_blob_echo - Output blob contents to browser
  • ibase_blob_get - Get len bytes data from open blob
  • ibase_blob_import - Create blob, copy file in it, and close it
  • ibase_blob_info - Return blob length and other useful info
  • ibase_blob_open - Open blob for retrieving data parts
  • ibase_close - Close a connection to an InterBase database
  • ibase_commit - Commit a transaction
  • ibase_commit_ret - Commit a transaction without closing it
  • ibase_connect - Open a connection to a database
  • ibase_db_info - Request statistics about a database
  • ibase_delete_user - Delete a user from a security database
  • ibase_drop_db - Drops a database
  • ibase_errcode - Return an error code
  • ibase_errmsg - Return error messages
  • ibase_execute - Execute a previously prepared query
  • ibase_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row from a query as an associative array
  • ibase_fetch_object - Get an object from a InterBase database
  • ibase_fetch_row - Fetch a row from an InterBase database
  • ibase_field_info - Get information about a field
  • ibase_free_event_handler - Cancels a registered event handler
  • ibase_free_query - Free memory allocated by a prepared query
  • ibase_free_result - Free a result set
  • ibase_gen_id - Increments the named generator and returns its new value
  • ibase_maintain_db - Execute a maintenance command on the database server
  • ibase_modify_user - Modify a user to a security database
  • ibase_name_result - Assigns a name to a result set
  • ibase_num_fields - Get the number of fields in a result set
  • ibase_num_params - Return the number of parameters in a prepared query
  • ibase_param_info - Return information about a parameter in a prepared query
  • ibase_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to an InterBase database
  • ibase_prepare - Prepare a query for later binding of parameter placeholders and execution
  • ibase_query - Execute a query on an InterBase database
  • ibase_restore - Initiates a restore task in the service manager and returns immediately
  • ibase_rollback - Roll back a transaction
  • ibase_rollback_ret - Roll back a transaction without closing it
  • ibase_server_info - Request information about a database server
  • ibase_service_attach - Connect to the service manager
  • ibase_service_detach - Disconnect from the service manager
  • ibase_set_event_handler - Register a callback function to be called when events are posted
  • ibase_trans - Begin a transaction
  • ibase_wait_event - Wait for an event to be posted by the database
  • iconv - Convert a string from one character encoding to another
  • iconv_get_encoding - Retrieve internal configuration variables of iconv extension
  • iconv_mime_decode - Decodes a MIME header field
  • iconv_mime_decode_headers - Decodes multiple MIME header fields at once
  • iconv_mime_encode - Composes a MIME header field
  • iconv_set_encoding - Set current setting for character encoding conversion
  • iconv_strlen - Returns the character count of string
  • iconv_strpos - Finds position of first occurrence of a needle within a haystack
  • iconv_strrpos - Finds the last occurrence of a needle within a haystack
  • iconv_substr - Cut out part of a string
  • idate - Format a local time/date part as integer
  • idn_to_ascii - Convert domain name to IDNA ASCII form
  • idn_to_utf8 - Convert domain name from IDNA ASCII to Unicode
  • igbinary_serialize - Generates a compact, storable binary representation of a value
  • igbinary_unserialize - Creates a PHP value from a stored representation from igbinary_serialize
  • ignore_user_abort - Set whether a client disconnect should abort script execution
  • image2wbmp - Output image to browser or file
  • imageaffine - Return an image containing the affine transformed src image, using an optional clipping area
  • imageaffinematrixconcat - Concatenate two affine transformation matrices
  • imageaffinematrixget - Get an affine transformation matrix
  • imagealphablending - Set the blending mode for an image
  • imageantialias - Should antialias functions be used or not
  • imagearc - Draws an arc
  • imageavif - Output image to browser or file
  • imagebmp - Output a BMP image to browser or file
  • imagechar - Draw a character horizontally
  • imagecharup - Draw a character vertically
  • imagecolorallocate - Allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorallocatealpha - Allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorat - Get the index of the color of a pixel
  • imagecolorclosest - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color
  • imagecolorclosestalpha - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color + alpha
  • imagecolorclosesthwb - Get the index of the color which has the hue, white and blackness
  • imagecolordeallocate - De-allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorexact - Get the index of the specified color
  • imagecolorexactalpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha
  • imagecolormatch - Makes the colors of the palette version of an image more closely match the true color version
  • imagecolorresolve - Get the index of the specified color or its closest possible alternative
  • imagecolorresolvealpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha or its closest possible alternative
  • imagecolorset - Set the color for the specified palette index
  • imagecolorsforindex - Get the colors for an index
  • imagecolorstotal - Find out the number of colors in an image's palette
  • imagecolortransparent - Define a color as transparent
  • imageconvolution - Apply a 3x3 convolution matrix, using coefficient and offset
  • imagecopy - Copy part of an image
  • imagecopymerge - Copy and merge part of an image
  • imagecopymergegray - Copy and merge part of an image with gray scale
  • imagecopyresampled - Copy and resize part of an image with resampling
  • imagecopyresized - Copy and resize part of an image
  • imagecreate - Create a new palette based image
  • imagecreatefromavif - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefrombmp - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgd - Create a new image from GD file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgd2 - Create a new image from GD2 file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgd2part - Create a new image from a given part of GD2 file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgif - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromjpeg - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefrompng - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromstring - Create a new image from the image stream in the string
  • imagecreatefromtga - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromwbmp - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromwebp - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromxbm - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromxpm - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatetruecolor - Create a new true color image
  • imagecrop - Crop an image to the given rectangle
  • imagecropauto - Crop an image automatically using one of the available modes
  • imagedashedline - Draw a dashed line
  • imagedestroy - Destroy an image
  • imageellipse - Draw an ellipse
  • imagefill - Flood fill
  • imagefilledarc - Draw a partial arc and fill it
  • imagefilledellipse - Draw a filled ellipse
  • imagefilledpolygon - Draw a filled polygon
  • imagefilledrectangle - Draw a filled rectangle
  • imagefilltoborder - Flood fill to specific color
  • imagefilter - Applies a filter to an image
  • imageflip - Flips an image using a given mode
  • imagefontheight - Get font height
  • imagefontwidth - Get font width
  • imageftbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using fonts via freetype2
  • imagefttext - Write text to the image using fonts using FreeType 2
  • imagegammacorrect - Apply a gamma correction to a GD image
  • imagegd - Output GD image to browser or file
  • imagegd2 - Output GD2 image to browser or file
  • imagegetclip - Get the clipping rectangle
  • imagegetinterpolation - Get the interpolation method
  • imagegif - Output image to browser or file
  • imagegrabscreen - Captures the whole screen
  • imagegrabwindow - Captures a window
  • imageinterlace - Enable or disable interlace
  • imageistruecolor - Finds whether an image is a truecolor image
  • imagejpeg - Output image to browser or file
  • imagelayereffect - Set the alpha blending flag to use layering effects
  • imageline - Draw a line
  • imageloadfont - Load a new font
  • imageopenpolygon - Draws an open polygon
  • imagepalettecopy - Copy the palette from one image to another
  • imagepalettetotruecolor - Converts a palette based image to true color
  • imagepng - Output a PNG image to either the browser or a file
  • imagepolygon - Draws a polygon
  • imagerectangle - Draw a rectangle
  • imageresolution - Get or set the resolution of the image
  • imagerotate - Rotate an image with a given angle
  • imagesavealpha - Whether to retain full alpha channel information when saving PNG images
  • imagescale - Scale an image using the given new width and height
  • imagesetbrush - Set the brush image for line drawing
  • imagesetclip - Set the clipping rectangle
  • imagesetinterpolation - Set the interpolation method
  • imagesetpixel - Set a single pixel
  • imagesetstyle - Set the style for line drawing
  • imagesetthickness - Set the thickness for line drawing
  • imagesettile - Set the tile image for filling
  • imagestring - Draw a string horizontally
  • imagestringup - Draw a string vertically
  • imagesx - Get image width
  • imagesy - Get image height
  • imagetruecolortopalette - Convert a true color image to a palette image
  • imagettfbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using TrueType fonts
  • imagettftext - Write text to the image using TrueType fonts
  • imagetypes - Return the image types supported by this PHP build
  • imagewbmp - Output image to browser or file
  • imagewebp - Output a WebP image to browser or file
  • imagexbm - Output an XBM image to browser or file
  • image_type_to_extension - Get file extension for image type
  • image_type_to_mime_type - Get Mime-Type for image-type returned by getimagesize, exif_read_data, exif_thumbnail, exif_imagetype
  • Imagick::adaptiveBlurImage - Adds adaptive blur filter to image
  • Imagick::adaptiveResizeImage - Adaptively resize image with data dependent triangulation
  • Imagick::adaptiveSharpenImage - Adaptively sharpen the image
  • Imagick::adaptiveThresholdImage - Selects a threshold for each pixel based on a range of intensity
  • Imagick::addImage - Adds new image to Imagick object image list
  • Imagick::addNoiseImage - Adds random noise to the image
  • Imagick::affineTransformImage - Transforms an image
  • Imagick::animateImages - Animates an image or images
  • Imagick::annotateImage - Annotates an image with text
  • Imagick::appendImages - Append a set of images
  • Imagick::autoLevelImage - Description
  • Imagick::averageImages - Average a set of images
  • Imagick::blackThresholdImage - Forces all pixels below the threshold into black
  • Imagick::blueShiftImage - Description
  • Imagick::blurImage - Adds blur filter to image
  • Imagick::borderImage - Surrounds the image with a border
  • Imagick::brightnessContrastImage - Description
  • Imagick::charcoalImage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
  • Imagick::chopImage - Removes a region of an image and trims
  • Imagick::clampImage - Description
  • Imagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Imagick object
  • Imagick::clipImage - Clips along the first path from the 8BIM profile
  • Imagick::clipImagePath - Description
  • Imagick::clipPathImage - Clips along the named paths from the 8BIM profile
  • Imagick::clone - Makes an exact copy of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::clutImage - Replaces colors in the image
  • Imagick::coalesceImages - Composites a set of images
  • Imagick::colorFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::colorizeImage - Blends the fill color with the image
  • Imagick::colorMatrixImage - Description
  • Imagick::combineImages - Combines one or more images into a single image
  • Imagick::commentImage - Adds a comment to your image
  • Imagick::compareImageChannels - Returns the difference in one or more images
  • Imagick::compareImageLayers - Returns the maximum bounding region between images
  • Imagick::compareImages - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::compositeImage - Composite one image onto another
  • Imagick::contrastImage - Change the contrast of the image
  • Imagick::contrastStretchImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Imagick::convolveImage - Applies a custom convolution kernel to the image
  • Imagick::count - Get the number of images
  • Imagick::cropImage - Extracts a region of the image
  • Imagick::cropThumbnailImage - Creates a crop thumbnail
  • Imagick::current - Returns a reference to the current Imagick object
  • Imagick::cycleColormapImage - Displaces an image's colormap
  • Imagick::decipherImage - Deciphers an image
  • Imagick::deconstructImages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
  • Imagick::deleteImageArtifact - Delete image artifact
  • Imagick::deleteImageProperty - Description
  • Imagick::deskewImage - Removes skew from the image
  • Imagick::despeckleImage - Reduces the speckle noise in an image
  • Imagick::destroy - Destroys the Imagick object
  • Imagick::displayImage - Displays an image
  • Imagick::displayImages - Displays an image or image sequence
  • Imagick::distortImage - Distorts an image using various distortion methods
  • Imagick::drawImage - Renders the ImagickDraw object on the current image
  • Imagick::edgeImage - Enhance edges within the image
  • Imagick::embossImage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
  • Imagick::encipherImage - Enciphers an image
  • Imagick::enhanceImage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
  • Imagick::equalizeImage - Equalizes the image histogram
  • Imagick::evaluateImage - Applies an expression to an image
  • Imagick::exportImagePixels - Exports raw image pixels
  • Imagick::extentImage - Set image size
  • Imagick::filter - Description
  • Imagick::flattenImages - Merges a sequence of images
  • Imagick::flipImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Imagick::floodFillPaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::flopImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
  • Imagick::forwardFourierTransformImage - Description
  • Imagick::frameImage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
  • Imagick::functionImage - Applies a function on the image
  • Imagick::fxImage - Evaluate expression for each pixel in the image
  • Imagick::gammaImage - Gamma-corrects an image
  • Imagick::gaussianBlurImage - Blurs an image
  • Imagick::getColorspace - Gets the colorspace
  • Imagick::getCompression - Gets the object compression type
  • Imagick::getCompressionQuality - Gets the object compression quality
  • Imagick::getCopyright - Returns the ImageMagick API copyright as a string
  • Imagick::getFilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
  • Imagick::getFont - Gets font
  • Imagick::getFormat - Returns the format of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::getGravity - Gets the gravity
  • Imagick::getHomeURL - Returns the ImageMagick home URL
  • Imagick::getImage - Returns a new Imagick object
  • Imagick::getImageAlphaChannel - Checks if the image has an alpha channel
  • Imagick::getImageArtifact - Get image artifact
  • Imagick::getImageAttribute - Returns a named attribute
  • Imagick::getImageBackgroundColor - Returns the image background color
  • Imagick::getImageBlob - Returns the image sequence as a blob
  • Imagick::getImageBluePrimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
  • Imagick::getImageBorderColor - Returns the image border color
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortion - Compares image channels of an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortions - Gets channel distortions
  • Imagick::getImageChannelExtrema - Gets the extrema for one or more image channels
  • Imagick::getImageChannelKurtosis - The getImageChannelKurtosis purpose
  • Imagick::getImageChannelMean - Gets the mean and standard deviation
  • Imagick::getImageChannelRange - Gets channel range
  • Imagick::getImageChannelStatistics - Returns statistics for each channel in the image
  • Imagick::getImageClipMask - Gets image clip mask
  • Imagick::getImageColormapColor - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
  • Imagick::getImageColors - Gets the number of unique colors in the image
  • Imagick::getImageColorspace - Gets the image colorspace
  • Imagick::getImageCompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
  • Imagick::getImageCompression - Gets the current image's compression type
  • Imagick::getImageCompressionQuality - Gets the current image's compression quality
  • Imagick::getImageDelay - Gets the image delay
  • Imagick::getImageDepth - Gets the image depth
  • Imagick::getImageDispose - Gets the image disposal method
  • Imagick::getImageDistortion - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::getImageExtrema - Gets the extrema for the image
  • Imagick::getImageFilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Imagick::getImageFormat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
  • Imagick::getImageGamma - Gets the image gamma
  • Imagick::getImageGeometry - Gets the width and height as an associative array
  • Imagick::getImageGravity - Gets the image gravity
  • Imagick::getImageGreenPrimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
  • Imagick::getImageHeight - Returns the image height
  • Imagick::getImageHistogram - Gets the image histogram
  • Imagick::getImageIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Imagick::getImageInterlaceScheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
  • Imagick::getImageInterpolateMethod - Returns the interpolation method
  • Imagick::getImageIterations - Gets the image iterations
  • Imagick::getImageLength - Returns the image length in bytes
  • Imagick::getImageMatte - Return if the image has a matte channel
  • Imagick::getImageMatteColor - Returns the image matte color
  • Imagick::getImageMimeType - Description
  • Imagick::getImageOrientation - Gets the image orientation
  • Imagick::getImagePage - Returns the page geometry
  • Imagick::getImagePixelColor - Returns the color of the specified pixel
  • Imagick::getImageProfile - Returns the named image profile
  • Imagick::getImageProfiles - Returns the image profiles
  • Imagick::getImageProperties - Returns the image properties
  • Imagick::getImageProperty - Returns the named image property
  • Imagick::getImageRedPrimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
  • Imagick::getImageRegion - Extracts a region of the image
  • Imagick::getImageRenderingIntent - Gets the image rendering intent
  • Imagick::getImageResolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
  • Imagick::getImagesBlob - Returns all image sequences as a blob
  • Imagick::getImageScene - Gets the image scene
  • Imagick::getImageSignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
  • Imagick::getImageSize - Returns the image length in bytes
  • Imagick::getImageTicksPerSecond - Gets the image ticks-per-second
  • Imagick::getImageTotalInkDensity - Gets the image total ink density
  • Imagick::getImageType - Gets the potential image type
  • Imagick::getImageUnits - Gets the image units of resolution
  • Imagick::getImageVirtualPixelMethod - Returns the virtual pixel method
  • Imagick::getImageWhitePoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
  • Imagick::getImageWidth - Returns the image width
  • Imagick::getInterlaceScheme - Gets the object interlace scheme
  • Imagick::getIteratorIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Imagick::getNumberImages - Returns the number of images in the object
  • Imagick::getOption - Returns a value associated with the specified key
  • Imagick::getPackageName - Returns the ImageMagick package name
  • Imagick::getPage - Returns the page geometry
  • Imagick::getPixelIterator - Returns a MagickPixelIterator
  • Imagick::getPixelRegionIterator - Get an ImagickPixelIterator for an image section
  • Imagick::getPointSize - Gets point size
  • Imagick::getQuantum - Description
  • Imagick::getQuantumDepth - Gets the quantum depth
  • Imagick::getQuantumRange - Returns the Imagick quantum range
  • Imagick::getRegistry - Description
  • Imagick::getReleaseDate - Returns the ImageMagick release date
  • Imagick::getResource - Returns the specified resource's memory usage
  • Imagick::getResourceLimit - Returns the specified resource limit
  • Imagick::getSamplingFactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor
  • Imagick::getSize - Returns the size associated with the Imagick object
  • Imagick::getSizeOffset - Returns the size offset
  • Imagick::getVersion - Returns the ImageMagick API version
  • Imagick::haldClutImage - Replaces colors in the image
  • Imagick::hasNextImage - Checks if the object has more images
  • Imagick::hasPreviousImage - Checks if the object has a previous image
  • Imagick::identifyFormat - Description
  • Imagick::identifyImage - Identifies an image and fetches attributes
  • Imagick::implodeImage - Creates a new image as a copy
  • Imagick::importImagePixels - Imports image pixels
  • Imagick::inverseFourierTransformImage - Description
  • Imagick::labelImage - Adds a label to an image
  • Imagick::levelImage - Adjusts the levels of an image
  • Imagick::linearStretchImage - Stretches with saturation the image intensity
  • Imagick::liquidRescaleImage - Animates an image or images
  • Imagick::listRegistry - Description
  • Imagick::magnifyImage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
  • Imagick::mapImage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image
  • Imagick::matteFloodfillImage - Changes the transparency value of a color
  • Imagick::medianFilterImage - Applies a digital filter
  • Imagick::mergeImageLayers - Merges image layers
  • Imagick::minifyImage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
  • Imagick::modulateImage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
  • Imagick::montageImage - Creates a composite image
  • Imagick::morphImages - Method morphs a set of images
  • Imagick::morphology - Description
  • Imagick::mosaicImages - Forms a mosaic from images
  • Imagick::motionBlurImage - Simulates motion blur
  • Imagick::negateImage - Negates the colors in the reference image
  • Imagick::newImage - Creates a new image
  • Imagick::newPseudoImage - Creates a new image
  • Imagick::nextImage - Moves to the next image
  • Imagick::normalizeImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Imagick::oilPaintImage - Simulates an oil painting
  • Imagick::opaquePaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::optimizeImageLayers - Removes repeated portions of images to optimize
  • Imagick::orderedPosterizeImage - Performs an ordered dither
  • Imagick::paintFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::paintOpaqueImage - Change any pixel that matches color
  • Imagick::paintTransparentImage - Changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill
  • Imagick::pingImage - Fetch basic attributes about the image
  • Imagick::pingImageBlob - Quickly fetch attributes
  • Imagick::pingImageFile - Get basic image attributes in a lightweight manner
  • Imagick::polaroidImage - Simulates a Polaroid picture
  • Imagick::posterizeImage - Reduces the image to a limited number of color level
  • Imagick::previewImages - Quickly pin-point appropriate parameters for image processing
  • Imagick::previousImage - Move to the previous image in the object
  • Imagick::profileImage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
  • Imagick::quantizeImage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
  • Imagick::quantizeImages - Analyzes the colors within a sequence of images
  • Imagick::queryFontMetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
  • Imagick::queryFonts - Returns the configured fonts
  • Imagick::queryFormats - Returns formats supported by Imagick
  • Imagick::radialBlurImage - Radial blurs an image
  • Imagick::raiseImage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
  • Imagick::randomThresholdImage - Creates a high-contrast, two-color image
  • Imagick::readImage - Reads image from filename
  • Imagick::readImageBlob - Reads image from a binary string
  • Imagick::readImageFile - Reads image from open filehandle
  • Imagick::readimages - Description
  • Imagick::recolorImage - Recolors image
  • Imagick::reduceNoiseImage - Smooths the contours of an image
  • Imagick::remapImage - Remaps image colors
  • Imagick::removeImage - Removes an image from the image list
  • Imagick::removeImageProfile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
  • Imagick::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands
  • Imagick::resampleImage - Resample image to desired resolution
  • Imagick::resetImagePage - Reset image page
  • Imagick::resizeImage - Scales an image
  • Imagick::rollImage - Offsets an image
  • Imagick::rotateImage - Rotates an image
  • Imagick::rotationalBlurImage - Description
  • Imagick::roundCorners - Rounds image corners
  • Imagick::sampleImage - Scales an image with pixel sampling
  • Imagick::scaleImage - Scales the size of an image
  • Imagick::segmentImage - Segments an image
  • Imagick::selectiveBlurImage - Description
  • Imagick::separateImageChannel - Separates a channel from the image
  • Imagick::sepiaToneImage - Sepia tones an image
  • Imagick::setBackgroundColor - Sets the object's default background color
  • Imagick::setColorspace - Set colorspace
  • Imagick::setCompression - Sets the object's default compression type
  • Imagick::setCompressionQuality - Sets the object's default compression quality
  • Imagick::setFilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
  • Imagick::setFirstIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the first image
  • Imagick::setFont - Sets font
  • Imagick::setFormat - Sets the format of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setGravity - Sets the gravity
  • Imagick::setImage - Replaces image in the object
  • Imagick::setImageAlphaChannel - Sets image alpha channel
  • Imagick::setImageArtifact - Set image artifact
  • Imagick::setImageAttribute - Description
  • Imagick::setImageBackgroundColor - Sets the image background color
  • Imagick::setImageBias - Sets the image bias for any method that convolves an image
  • Imagick::setImageBiasQuantum - Description
  • Imagick::setImageBluePrimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point
  • Imagick::setImageBorderColor - Sets the image border color
  • Imagick::setImageChannelDepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
  • Imagick::setImageClipMask - Sets image clip mask
  • Imagick::setImageColormapColor - Sets the color of the specified colormap index
  • Imagick::setImageColorspace - Sets the image colorspace
  • Imagick::setImageCompose - Sets the image composite operator
  • Imagick::setImageCompression - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setImageCompressionQuality - Sets the image compression quality
  • Imagick::setImageDelay - Sets the image delay
  • Imagick::setImageDepth - Sets the image depth
  • Imagick::setImageDispose - Sets the image disposal method
  • Imagick::setImageExtent - Sets the image size
  • Imagick::setImageFilename - Sets the filename of a particular image
  • Imagick::setImageFormat - Sets the format of a particular image
  • Imagick::setImageGamma - Sets the image gamma
  • Imagick::setImageGravity - Sets the image gravity
  • Imagick::setImageGreenPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity green primary point
  • Imagick::setImageIndex - Set the iterator position
  • Imagick::setImageInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setImageInterpolateMethod - Sets the image interpolate pixel method
  • Imagick::setImageIterations - Sets the image iterations
  • Imagick::setImageMatte - Sets the image matte channel
  • Imagick::setImageMatteColor - Sets the image matte color
  • Imagick::setImageOpacity - Sets the image opacity level
  • Imagick::setImageOrientation - Sets the image orientation
  • Imagick::setImagePage - Sets the page geometry of the image
  • Imagick::setImageProfile - Adds a named profile to the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setImageProperty - Sets an image property
  • Imagick::setImageRedPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point
  • Imagick::setImageRenderingIntent - Sets the image rendering intent
  • Imagick::setImageResolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Imagick::setImageScene - Sets the image scene
  • Imagick::setImageTicksPerSecond - Sets the image ticks-per-second
  • Imagick::setImageType - Sets the image type
  • Imagick::setImageUnits - Sets the image units of resolution
  • Imagick::setImageVirtualPixelMethod - Sets the image virtual pixel method
  • Imagick::setImageWhitePoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point
  • Imagick::setInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setIteratorIndex - Set the iterator position
  • Imagick::setLastIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the last image
  • Imagick::setOption - Set an option
  • Imagick::setPage - Sets the page geometry of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setPointSize - Sets point size
  • Imagick::setProgressMonitor - Description
  • Imagick::setRegistry - Description
  • Imagick::setResolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Imagick::setResourceLimit - Sets the limit for a particular resource
  • Imagick::setSamplingFactors - Sets the image sampling factors
  • Imagick::setSize - Sets the size of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setSizeOffset - Sets the size and offset of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setType - Sets the image type attribute
  • Imagick::shadeImage - Creates a 3D effect
  • Imagick::shadowImage - Simulates an image shadow
  • Imagick::sharpenImage - Sharpens an image
  • Imagick::shaveImage - Shaves pixels from the image edges
  • Imagick::shearImage - Creating a parallelogram
  • Imagick::sigmoidalContrastImage - Adjusts the contrast of an image
  • Imagick::sketchImage - Simulates a pencil sketch
  • Imagick::smushImages - Description
  • Imagick::solarizeImage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
  • Imagick::sparseColorImage - Interpolates colors
  • Imagick::spliceImage - Splices a solid color into the image
  • Imagick::spreadImage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
  • Imagick::statisticImage - Description
  • Imagick::steganoImage - Hides a digital watermark within the image
  • Imagick::stereoImage - Composites two images
  • Imagick::stripImage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
  • Imagick::subImageMatch - Description
  • Imagick::swirlImage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
  • Imagick::textureImage - Repeatedly tiles the texture image
  • Imagick::thresholdImage - Changes the value of individual pixels based on a threshold
  • Imagick::thumbnailImage - Changes the size of an image
  • Imagick::tintImage - Applies a color vector to each pixel in the image
  • Imagick::transformImage - Convenience method for setting crop size and the image geometry
  • Imagick::transformImageColorspace - Transforms an image to a new colorspace
  • Imagick::transparentPaintImage - Paints pixels transparent
  • Imagick::transposeImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Imagick::transverseImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
  • Imagick::trimImage - Remove edges from the image
  • Imagick::uniqueImageColors - Discards all but one of any pixel color
  • Imagick::unsharpMaskImage - Sharpens an image
  • Imagick::valid - Checks if the current item is valid
  • Imagick::vignetteImage - Adds vignette filter to the image
  • Imagick::waveImage - Applies wave filter to the image
  • Imagick::whiteThresholdImage - Force all pixels above the threshold into white
  • Imagick::writeImage - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Imagick::writeImageFile - Writes an image to a filehandle
  • Imagick::writeImages - Writes an image or image sequence
  • Imagick::writeImagesFile - Writes frames to a filehandle
  • Imagick::__construct - The Imagick constructor
  • Imagick::__toString - Returns the image as a string
  • ImagickDraw::affine - Adjusts the current affine transformation matrix
  • ImagickDraw::annotation - Draws text on the image
  • ImagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
  • ImagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::circle - Draws a circle
  • ImagickDraw::clear - Clears the ImagickDraw
  • ImagickDraw::clone - Makes an exact copy of the specified ImagickDraw object
  • ImagickDraw::color - Draws color on image
  • ImagickDraw::comment - Adds a comment
  • ImagickDraw::composite - Composites an image onto the current image
  • ImagickDraw::destroy - Frees all associated resources
  • ImagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
  • ImagickDraw::getClipPath - Obtains the current clipping path ID
  • ImagickDraw::getClipRule - Returns the current polygon fill rule
  • ImagickDraw::getClipUnits - Returns the interpretation of clip path units
  • ImagickDraw::getFillColor - Returns the fill color
  • ImagickDraw::getFillOpacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
  • ImagickDraw::getFillRule - Returns the fill rule
  • ImagickDraw::getFont - Returns the font
  • ImagickDraw::getFontFamily - Returns the font family
  • ImagickDraw::getFontSize - Returns the font pointsize
  • ImagickDraw::getFontStretch - Description
  • ImagickDraw::getFontStyle - Returns the font style
  • ImagickDraw::getFontWeight - Returns the font weight
  • ImagickDraw::getGravity - Returns the text placement gravity
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeAntialias - Returns the current stroke antialias setting
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeColor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashArray - Returns an array representing the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashOffset - Returns the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineCap - Returns the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineJoin - Returns the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeMiterLimit - Returns the stroke miter limit
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeOpacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeWidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getTextAlignment - Returns the text alignment
  • ImagickDraw::getTextAntialias - Returns the current text antialias setting
  • ImagickDraw::getTextDecoration - Returns the text decoration
  • ImagickDraw::getTextEncoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
  • ImagickDraw::getTextInterlineSpacing - Description
  • ImagickDraw::getTextInterwordSpacing - Description
  • ImagickDraw::getTextKerning - Description
  • ImagickDraw::getTextUnderColor - Returns the text under color
  • ImagickDraw::getVectorGraphics - Returns a string containing vector graphics
  • ImagickDraw::line - Draws a line
  • ImagickDraw::matte - Paints on the image's opacity channel
  • ImagickDraw::pathClose - Adds a path element to the current path
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcAbsolute - Draws an elliptical arc
  • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcRelative - Draws an elliptical arc
  • ImagickDraw::pathFinish - Terminates the current path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToAbsolute - Draws a line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalAbsolute - Draws a horizontal line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalRelative - Draws a horizontal line
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToRelative - Draws a line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalAbsolute - Draws a vertical line
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalRelative - Draws a vertical line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToAbsolute - Starts a new sub-path
  • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToRelative - Starts a new sub-path
  • ImagickDraw::pathStart - Declares the start of a path drawing list
  • ImagickDraw::point - Draws a point
  • ImagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
  • ImagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
  • ImagickDraw::pop - Destroys the current ImagickDraw in the stack, and returns to the previously pushed ImagickDraw
  • ImagickDraw::popClipPath - Terminates a clip path definition
  • ImagickDraw::popDefs - Terminates a definition list
  • ImagickDraw::popPattern - Terminates a pattern definition
  • ImagickDraw::push - Clones the current ImagickDraw and pushes it to the stack
  • ImagickDraw::pushClipPath - Starts a clip path definition
  • ImagickDraw::pushDefs - Indicates that following commands create named elements for early processing
  • ImagickDraw::pushPattern - Indicates that subsequent commands up to a ImagickDraw::opPattern() command comprise the definition of a named pattern
  • ImagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands onto the image
  • ImagickDraw::resetVectorGraphics - Description
  • ImagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
  • ImagickDraw::roundRectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
  • ImagickDraw::setClipPath - Associates a named clipping path with the image
  • ImagickDraw::setClipRule - Set the polygon fill rule to be used by the clipping path
  • ImagickDraw::setClipUnits - Sets the interpretation of clip path units
  • ImagickDraw::setFillAlpha - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
  • ImagickDraw::setFillColor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects
  • ImagickDraw::setFillOpacity - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
  • ImagickDraw::setFillPatternURL - Sets the URL to use as a fill pattern for filling objects
  • ImagickDraw::setFillRule - Sets the fill rule to use while drawing polygons
  • ImagickDraw::setFont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontFamily - Sets the font family to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontSize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontStretch - Sets the font stretch to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontStyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontWeight - Sets the font weight
  • ImagickDraw::setGravity - Sets the text placement gravity
  • ImagickDraw::setResolution - Description
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAlpha - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAntialias - Controls whether stroked outlines are antialiased
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeColor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashArray - Specifies the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashOffset - Specifies the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineCap - Specifies the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineJoin - Specifies the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeMiterLimit - Specifies the miter limit
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeOpacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokePatternURL - Sets the pattern used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeWidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setTextAlignment - Specifies a text alignment
  • ImagickDraw::setTextAntialias - Controls whether text is antialiased
  • ImagickDraw::setTextDecoration - Specifies a decoration
  • ImagickDraw::setTextEncoding - Specifies the text code set
  • ImagickDraw::setTextInterlineSpacing - Description
  • ImagickDraw::setTextInterwordSpacing - Description
  • ImagickDraw::setTextKerning - Description
  • ImagickDraw::setTextUnderColor - Specifies the color of a background rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::setVectorGraphics - Sets the vector graphics
  • ImagickDraw::setViewbox - Sets the overall canvas size
  • ImagickDraw::skewX - Skews the current coordinate system in the horizontal direction
  • ImagickDraw::skewY - Skews the current coordinate system in the vertical direction
  • ImagickDraw::translate - Applies a translation to the current coordinate system
  • ImagickDraw::__construct - The ImagickDraw constructor
  • ImagickKernel::addKernel - Description
  • ImagickKernel::addUnityKernel - Description
  • ImagickKernel::fromBuiltIn - Description
  • ImagickKernel::fromMatrix - Description
  • ImagickKernel::getMatrix - Description
  • ImagickKernel::scale - Description
  • ImagickKernel::separate - Description
  • ImagickPixel::clear - Clears resources associated with this object
  • ImagickPixel::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with this object
  • ImagickPixel::getColor - Returns the color
  • ImagickPixel::getColorAsString - Returns the color as a string
  • ImagickPixel::getColorCount - Returns the color count associated with this color
  • ImagickPixel::getColorQuantum - Description
  • ImagickPixel::getColorValue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
  • ImagickPixel::getColorValueQuantum - Description
  • ImagickPixel::getHSL - Returns the normalized HSL color of the ImagickPixel object
  • ImagickPixel::getIndex - Description
  • ImagickPixel::isPixelSimilar - Check the distance between this color and another
  • ImagickPixel::isPixelSimilarQuantum - Description
  • ImagickPixel::isSimilar - Check the distance between this color and another
  • ImagickPixel::setColor - Sets the color
  • ImagickPixel::setColorCount - Description
  • ImagickPixel::setColorValue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
  • ImagickPixel::setColorValueQuantum - Description
  • ImagickPixel::setHSL - Sets the normalized HSL color
  • ImagickPixel::setIndex - Description
  • ImagickPixel::__construct - The ImagickPixel constructor
  • ImagickPixelIterator::clear - Clear resources associated with a PixelIterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with a PixelIterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getCurrentIteratorRow - Returns the current row of ImagickPixel objects
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getIteratorRow - Returns the current pixel iterator row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getNextIteratorRow - Returns the next row of the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getPreviousIteratorRow - Returns the previous row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelRegionIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::resetIterator - Resets the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorFirstRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the first pixel row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorLastRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the last pixel row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorRow - Set the pixel iterator row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::syncIterator - Syncs the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::__construct - The ImagickPixelIterator constructor
  • imap_8bit - Convert an 8bit string to a quoted-printable string
  • imap_alerts - Returns all IMAP alert messages that have occurred
  • imap_append - Append a string message to a specified mailbox
  • imap_base64 - Decode BASE64 encoded text
  • imap_binary - Convert an 8bit string to a base64 string
  • imap_body - Read the message body
  • imap_bodystruct - Read the structure of a specified body section of a specific message
  • imap_check - Check current mailbox
  • imap_clearflag_full - Clears flags on messages
  • imap_close - Close an IMAP stream
  • imap_create - Alias of imap_createmailbox
  • imap_createmailbox - Create a new mailbox
  • imap_delete - Mark a message for deletion from current mailbox
  • imap_deletemailbox - Delete a mailbox
  • imap_errors - Returns all of the IMAP errors that have occurred
  • imap_expunge - Delete all messages marked for deletion
  • imap_fetchbody - Fetch a particular section of the body of the message
  • imap_fetchheader - Returns header for a message
  • imap_fetchmime - Fetch MIME headers for a particular section of the message
  • imap_fetchstructure - Read the structure of a particular message
  • imap_fetchtext - Alias of imap_body
  • imap_fetch_overview - Read an overview of the information in the headers of the given message
  • imap_gc - Clears IMAP cache
  • imap_getacl - Gets the ACL for a given mailbox
  • imap_getmailboxes - Read the list of mailboxes, returning detailed information on each one
  • imap_getsubscribed - List all the subscribed mailboxes
  • imap_get_quota - Retrieve the quota level settings, and usage statics per mailbox
  • imap_get_quotaroot - Retrieve the quota settings per user
  • imap_header - Alias of imap_headerinfo
  • imap_headerinfo - Read the header of the message
  • imap_headers - Returns headers for all messages in a mailbox
  • imap_last_error - Gets the last IMAP error that occurred during this page request
  • imap_list - Read the list of mailboxes
  • imap_listmailbox - Alias of imap_list
  • imap_listscan - Returns the list of mailboxes that matches the given text
  • imap_listsubscribed - Alias of imap_lsub
  • imap_lsub - List all the subscribed mailboxes
  • imap_mail - Send an email message
  • imap_mailboxmsginfo - Get information about the current mailbox
  • imap_mail_compose - Create a MIME message based on given envelope and body sections
  • imap_mail_copy - Copy specified messages to a mailbox
  • imap_mail_move - Move specified messages to a mailbox
  • imap_mime_header_decode - Decode MIME header elements
  • imap_msgno - Gets the message sequence number for the given UID
  • imap_mutf7_to_utf8 - Decode a modified UTF-7 string to UTF-8
  • imap_num_msg - Gets the number of messages in the current mailbox
  • imap_num_recent - Gets the number of recent messages in current mailbox
  • imap_open - Open an IMAP stream to a mailbox
  • imap_ping - Check if the IMAP stream is still active
  • imap_qprint - Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
  • imap_rename - Alias of imap_renamemailbox
  • imap_renamemailbox - Rename an old mailbox to new mailbox
  • imap_reopen - Reopen IMAP stream to new mailbox
  • imap_rfc822_parse_adrlist - Parses an address string
  • imap_rfc822_parse_headers - Parse mail headers from a string
  • imap_rfc822_write_address - Returns a properly formatted email address given the mailbox, host, and personal info
  • imap_savebody - Save a specific body section to a file
  • imap_scan - Alias of imap_listscan
  • imap_scanmailbox - Alias of imap_listscan
  • imap_search - This function returns an array of messages matching the given search criteria
  • imap_setacl - Sets the ACL for a given mailbox
  • imap_setflag_full - Sets flags on messages
  • imap_set_quota - Sets a quota for a given mailbox
  • imap_sort - Gets and sort messages
  • imap_status - Returns status information on a mailbox
  • imap_subscribe - Subscribe to a mailbox
  • imap_thread - Returns a tree of threaded message
  • imap_timeout - Set or fetch imap timeout
  • imap_uid - This function returns the UID for the given message sequence number
  • imap_undelete - Unmark the message which is marked deleted
  • imap_unsubscribe - Unsubscribe from a mailbox
  • imap_utf7_decode - Decodes a modified UTF-7 encoded string
  • imap_utf7_encode - Converts ISO-8859-1 string to modified UTF-7 text
  • imap_utf8 - Converts MIME-encoded text to UTF-8
  • imap_utf8_to_mutf7 - Encode a UTF-8 string to modified UTF-7
  • implode - Join array elements with a string
  • inet_ntop - Converts a packed internet address to a human readable representation
  • inet_pton - Converts a human readable IP address to its packed in_addr representation
  • InfiniteIterator::next - Moves the inner Iterator forward or rewinds it
  • InfiniteIterator::__construct - Constructs an InfiniteIterator
  • inflate_add - Incrementally inflate encoded data
  • inflate_get_read_len - Get number of bytes read so far
  • inflate_get_status - Get decompression status
  • inflate_init - Initialize an incremental inflate context
  • ini_alter - Alias of ini_set
  • ini_get - Gets the value of a configuration option
  • ini_get_all - Gets all configuration options
  • ini_restore - Restores the value of a configuration option
  • ini_set - Sets the value of a configuration option
  • inotify_add_watch - Add a watch to an initialized inotify instance
  • inotify_init - Initialize an inotify instance
  • inotify_queue_len - Return a number upper than zero if there are pending events
  • inotify_read - Read events from an inotify instance
  • inotify_rm_watch - Remove an existing watch from an inotify instance
  • intdiv - Integer division
  • interface_exists - Checks if the interface has been defined
  • InternalIterator::current - Return the current element
  • InternalIterator::key - Return the key of the current element
  • InternalIterator::next - Move forward to next element
  • InternalIterator::rewind - Rewind the Iterator to the first element
  • InternalIterator::valid - Check if current position is valid
  • InternalIterator::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
  • IntlBreakIterator::createCharacterInstance - Create break iterator for boundaries of combining character sequences
  • IntlBreakIterator::createCodePointInstance - Create break iterator for boundaries of code points
  • IntlBreakIterator::createLineInstance - Create break iterator for logically possible line breaks
  • IntlBreakIterator::createSentenceInstance - Create break iterator for sentence breaks
  • IntlBreakIterator::createTitleInstance - Create break iterator for title-casing breaks
  • IntlBreakIterator::createWordInstance - Create break iterator for word breaks
  • IntlBreakIterator::current - Get index of current position
  • IntlBreakIterator::first - Set position to the first character in the text
  • IntlBreakIterator::following - Advance the iterator to the first boundary following specified offset
  • IntlBreakIterator::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
  • IntlBreakIterator::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
  • IntlBreakIterator::getLocale - Get the locale associated with the object
  • IntlBreakIterator::getPartsIterator - Create iterator for navigating fragments between boundaries
  • IntlBreakIterator::getText - Get the text being scanned
  • IntlBreakIterator::isBoundary - Tell whether an offset is a boundaryʼs offset
  • IntlBreakIterator::last - Set the iterator position to index beyond the last character
  • IntlBreakIterator::next - Advance the iterator the next boundary
  • IntlBreakIterator::preceding - Set the iterator position to the first boundary before an offset
  • IntlBreakIterator::previous - Set the iterator position to the boundary immediately before the current
  • IntlBreakIterator::setText - Set the text being scanned
  • IntlBreakIterator::__construct - Private constructor for disallowing instantiation
  • IntlCalendar::add - Add a (signed) amount of time to a field
  • IntlCalendar::after - Whether this objectʼs time is after that of the passed object
  • IntlCalendar::before - Whether this objectʼs time is before that of the passed object
  • IntlCalendar::clear - Clear a field or all fields
  • IntlCalendar::createInstance - Create a new IntlCalendar
  • IntlCalendar::equals - Compare time of two IntlCalendar objects for equality
  • IntlCalendar::fieldDifference - Calculate difference between given time and this objectʼs time
  • IntlCalendar::fromDateTime - Create an IntlCalendar from a DateTime object or string
  • IntlCalendar::get - Get the value for a field
  • IntlCalendar::getActualMaximum - The maximum value for a field, considering the objectʼs current time
  • IntlCalendar::getActualMinimum - The minimum value for a field, considering the objectʼs current time
  • IntlCalendar::getAvailableLocales - Get array of locales for which there is data
  • IntlCalendar::getDayOfWeekType - Tell whether a day is a weekday, weekend or a day that has a transition between the two
  • IntlCalendar::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
  • IntlCalendar::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
  • IntlCalendar::getFirstDayOfWeek - Get the first day of the week for the calendarʼs locale
  • IntlCalendar::getGreatestMinimum - Get the largest local minimum value for a field
  • IntlCalendar::getKeywordValuesForLocale - Get set of locale keyword values
  • IntlCalendar::getLeastMaximum - Get the smallest local maximum for a field
  • IntlCalendar::getLocale - Get the locale associated with the object
  • IntlCalendar::getMaximum - Get the global maximum value for a field
  • IntlCalendar::getMinimalDaysInFirstWeek - Get minimal number of days the first week in a year or month can have
  • IntlCalendar::getMinimum - Get the global minimum value for a field
  • IntlCalendar::getNow - Get number representing the current time
  • IntlCalendar::getRepeatedWallTimeOption - Get behavior for handling repeating wall time
  • IntlCalendar::getSkippedWallTimeOption - Get behavior for handling skipped wall time
  • IntlCalendar::getTime - Get time currently represented by the object
  • IntlCalendar::getTimeZone - Get the objectʼs timezone
  • IntlCalendar::getType - Get the calendar type
  • IntlCalendar::getWeekendTransition - Get time of the day at which weekend begins or ends
  • IntlCalendar::inDaylightTime - Whether the objectʼs time is in Daylight Savings Time
  • IntlCalendar::isEquivalentTo - Whether another calendar is equal but for a different time
  • IntlCalendar::isLenient - Whether date/time interpretation is in lenient mode
  • IntlCalendar::isSet - Whether a field is set
  • IntlCalendar::isWeekend - Whether a certain date/time is in the weekend
  • IntlCalendar::roll - Add value to field without carrying into more significant fields
  • IntlCalendar::set - Set a time field or several common fields at once
  • IntlCalendar::setFirstDayOfWeek - Set the day on which the week is deemed to start
  • IntlCalendar::setLenient - Set whether date/time interpretation is to be lenient
  • IntlCalendar::setMinimalDaysInFirstWeek - Set minimal number of days the first week in a year or month can have
  • IntlCalendar::setRepeatedWallTimeOption - Set behavior for handling repeating wall times at negative timezone offset transitions
  • IntlCalendar::setSkippedWallTimeOption - Set behavior for handling skipped wall times at positive timezone offset transitions
  • IntlCalendar::setTime - Set the calendar time in milliseconds since the epoch
  • IntlCalendar::setTimeZone - Set the timezone used by this calendar
  • IntlCalendar::toDateTime - Convert an IntlCalendar into a DateTime object
  • IntlCalendar::__construct - Private constructor for disallowing instantiation
  • IntlChar::charAge - Get the "age" of the code point
  • IntlChar::charDigitValue - Get the decimal digit value of a decimal digit character
  • IntlChar::charDirection - Get bidirectional category value for a code point
  • IntlChar::charFromName - Find Unicode character by name and return its code point value
  • IntlChar::charMirror - Get the "mirror-image" character for a code point
  • IntlChar::charName - Retrieve the name of a Unicode character
  • IntlChar::charType - Get the general category value for a code point
  • IntlChar::chr - Return Unicode character by code point value
  • IntlChar::digit - Get the decimal digit value of a code point for a given radix
  • IntlChar::enumCharNames - Enumerate all assigned Unicode characters within a range
  • IntlChar::enumCharTypes - Enumerate all code points with their Unicode general categories
  • IntlChar::foldCase - Perform case folding on a code point
  • IntlChar::forDigit - Get character representation for a given digit and radix
  • IntlChar::getBidiPairedBracket - Get the paired bracket character for a code point
  • IntlChar::getBlockCode - Get the Unicode allocation block containing a code point
  • IntlChar::getCombiningClass - Get the combining class of a code point
  • IntlChar::getFC_NFKC_Closure - Get the FC_NFKC_Closure property for a code point
  • IntlChar::getIntPropertyMaxValue - Get the max value for a Unicode property
  • IntlChar::getIntPropertyMinValue - Get the min value for a Unicode property
  • IntlChar::getIntPropertyValue - Get the value for a Unicode property for a code point
  • IntlChar::getNumericValue - Get the numeric value for a Unicode code point
  • IntlChar::getPropertyEnum - Get the property constant value for a given property name
  • IntlChar::getPropertyName - Get the Unicode name for a property
  • IntlChar::getPropertyValueEnum - Get the property value for a given value name
  • IntlChar::getPropertyValueName - Get the Unicode name for a property value
  • IntlChar::getUnicodeVersion - Get the Unicode version
  • IntlChar::hasBinaryProperty - Check a binary Unicode property for a code point
  • IntlChar::isalnum - Check if code point is an alphanumeric character
  • IntlChar::isalpha - Check if code point is a letter character
  • IntlChar::isbase - Check if code point is a base character
  • IntlChar::isblank - Check if code point is a "blank" or "horizontal space" character
  • IntlChar::iscntrl - Check if code point is a control character
  • IntlChar::isdefined - Check whether the code point is defined
  • IntlChar::isdigit - Check if code point is a digit character
  • IntlChar::isgraph - Check if code point is a graphic character
  • IntlChar::isIDIgnorable - Check if code point is an ignorable character
  • IntlChar::isIDPart - Check if code point is permissible in an identifier
  • IntlChar::isIDStart - Check if code point is permissible as the first character in an identifier
  • IntlChar::isISOControl - Check if code point is an ISO control code
  • IntlChar::isJavaIDPart - Check if code point is permissible in a Java identifier
  • IntlChar::isJavaIDStart - Check if code point is permissible as the first character in a Java identifier
  • IntlChar::isJavaSpaceChar - Check if code point is a space character according to Java
  • IntlChar::islower - Check if code point is a lowercase letter
  • IntlChar::isMirrored - Check if code point has the Bidi_Mirrored property
  • IntlChar::isprint - Check if code point is a printable character
  • IntlChar::ispunct - Check if code point is punctuation character
  • IntlChar::isspace - Check if code point is a space character
  • IntlChar::istitle - Check if code point is a titlecase letter
  • IntlChar::isUAlphabetic - Check if code point has the Alphabetic Unicode property
  • IntlChar::isULowercase - Check if code point has the Lowercase Unicode property
  • IntlChar::isupper - Check if code point has the general category "Lu" (uppercase letter)
  • IntlChar::isUUppercase - Check if code point has the Uppercase Unicode property
  • IntlChar::isUWhiteSpace - Check if code point has the White_Space Unicode property
  • IntlChar::isWhitespace - Check if code point is a whitespace character according to ICU
  • IntlChar::isxdigit - Check if code point is a hexadecimal digit
  • IntlChar::ord - Return Unicode code point value of character
  • IntlChar::tolower - Make Unicode character lowercase
  • IntlChar::totitle - Make Unicode character titlecase
  • IntlChar::toupper - Make Unicode character uppercase
  • IntlCodePointBreakIterator::getLastCodePoint - Get last code point passed over after advancing or receding the iterator
  • IntlDateFormatter::create - Create a date formatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::format - Format the date/time value as a string
  • IntlDateFormatter::formatObject - Formats an object
  • IntlDateFormatter::getCalendar - Get the calendar type used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getCalendarObject - Get copy of formatterʼs calendar object
  • IntlDateFormatter::getDateType - Get the datetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
  • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation
  • IntlDateFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale used by formatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeType - Get the timetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeZone - Get formatterʼs timezone
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeZoneId - Get the timezone-id used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::isLenient - Get the lenient used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::localtime - Parse string to a field-based time value
  • IntlDateFormatter::parse - Parse string to a timestamp value
  • IntlDateFormatter::setCalendar - Sets the calendar type used by the formatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::setLenient - Set the leniency of the parser
  • IntlDateFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::setTimeZone - Sets formatterʼs timezone
  • IntlDatePatternGenerator::create - Creates a new IntlDatePatternGenerator instance
  • IntlDatePatternGenerator::getBestPattern - Determines the most suitable date/time format
  • IntlGregorianCalendar::getGregorianChange - Get the Gregorian Calendar change date
  • IntlGregorianCalendar::isLeapYear - Determine if the given year is a leap year
  • IntlGregorianCalendar::setGregorianChange - Set the Gregorian Calendar the change date
  • IntlGregorianCalendar::__construct - Create the Gregorian Calendar class
  • IntlIterator::current - Get the current element
  • IntlIterator::key - Get the current key
  • IntlIterator::next - Move forward to the next element
  • IntlIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first element
  • IntlIterator::valid - Check if current position is valid
  • IntlPartsIterator::getBreakIterator - Get IntlBreakIterator backing this parts iterator
  • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getBinaryRules - Get the binary form of compiled rules
  • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getRules - Get the rule set used to create this object
  • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getRuleStatus - Get the largest status value from the break rules that determined the current break position
  • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::getRuleStatusVec - Get the status values from the break rules that determined the current break position
  • IntlRuleBasedBreakIterator::__construct - Create iterator from ruleset
  • IntlTimeZone::countEquivalentIDs - Get the number of IDs in the equivalency group that includes the given ID
  • IntlTimeZone::createDefault - Create a new copy of the default timezone for this host
  • IntlTimeZone::createEnumeration - Get an enumeration over time zone IDs associated with the given country or offset
  • IntlTimeZone::createTimeZone - Create a timezone object for the given ID
  • IntlTimeZone::createTimeZoneIDEnumeration - Get an enumeration over system time zone IDs with the given filter conditions
  • IntlTimeZone::fromDateTimeZone - Create a timezone object from DateTimeZone
  • IntlTimeZone::getCanonicalID - Get the canonical system timezone ID or the normalized custom time zone ID for the given time zone ID
  • IntlTimeZone::getDisplayName - Get a name of this time zone suitable for presentation to the user
  • IntlTimeZone::getDSTSavings - Get the amount of time to be added to local standard time to get local wall clock time
  • IntlTimeZone::getEquivalentID - Get an ID in the equivalency group that includes the given ID
  • IntlTimeZone::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
  • IntlTimeZone::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
  • IntlTimeZone::getGMT - Create GMT (UTC) timezone
  • IntlTimeZone::getID - Get timezone ID
  • IntlTimeZone::getIDForWindowsID - Translate a Windows timezone into a system timezone
  • IntlTimeZone::getOffset - Get the time zone raw and GMT offset for the given moment in time
  • IntlTimeZone::getRawOffset - Get the raw GMT offset (before taking daylight savings time into account
  • IntlTimeZone::getRegion - Get the region code associated with the given system time zone ID
  • IntlTimeZone::getTZDataVersion - Get the timezone data version currently used by ICU
  • IntlTimeZone::getUnknown - Get the "unknown" time zone
  • IntlTimeZone::getWindowsID - Translate a system timezone into a Windows timezone
  • IntlTimeZone::hasSameRules - Check if this zone has the same rules and offset as another zone
  • IntlTimeZone::toDateTimeZone - Convert to DateTimeZone object
  • IntlTimeZone::useDaylightTime - Check if this time zone uses daylight savings time
  • IntlTimeZone::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
  • intl_error_name - Get symbolic name for a given error code
  • intl_get_error_code - Get the last error code
  • intl_get_error_message - Get description of the last error
  • intl_is_failure - Check whether the given error code indicates failure
  • intval - Get the integer value of a variable
  • in_array - Checks if a value exists in an array
  • ip2long - Converts a string containing an (IPv4) Internet Protocol dotted address into a long integer
  • iptcembed - Embeds binary IPTC data into a JPEG image
  • iptcparse - Parse a binary IPTC block into single tags
  • isset - Determine if a variable is declared and is different than null
  • is_a - Checks if the object is of this object type or has this object type as one of its parents
  • is_array - Finds whether a variable is an array
  • is_bool - Finds out whether a variable is a boolean
  • is_callable - Verify that a value can be called as a function from the current scope.
  • is_countable - Verify that the contents of a variable is a countable value
  • is_dir - Tells whether the filename is a directory
  • is_double - Alias of is_float
  • is_executable - Tells whether the filename is executable
  • is_file - Tells whether the filename is a regular file
  • is_finite - Finds whether a value is a legal finite number
  • is_float - Finds whether the type of a variable is float
  • is_infinite - Finds whether a value is infinite
  • is_int - Find whether the type of a variable is integer
  • is_integer - Alias of is_int
  • is_iterable - Verify that the contents of a variable is an iterable value
  • is_link - Tells whether the filename is a symbolic link
  • is_long - Alias of is_int
  • is_nan - Finds whether a value is not a number
  • is_null - Finds whether a variable is null
  • is_numeric - Finds whether a variable is a number or a numeric string
  • is_object - Finds whether a variable is an object
  • is_readable - Tells whether a file exists and is readable
  • is_real - Alias of is_float
  • is_resource - Finds whether a variable is a resource
  • is_scalar - Finds whether a variable is a scalar
  • is_soap_fault - Checks if a SOAP call has failed
  • is_string - Find whether the type of a variable is string
  • is_subclass_of - Checks if the object has this class as one of its parents or implements it
  • is_tainted - Checks whether a string is tainted
  • is_uploaded_file - Tells whether the file was uploaded via HTTP POST
  • is_writable - Tells whether the filename is writable
  • is_writeable - Alias of is_writable
  • Iterator::current - Return the current element
  • Iterator::key - Return the key of the current element
  • Iterator::next - Move forward to next element
  • Iterator::rewind - Rewind the Iterator to the first element
  • Iterator::valid - Checks if current position is valid
  • IteratorAggregate::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
  • IteratorIterator::current - Get the current value
  • IteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • IteratorIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
  • IteratorIterator::next - Forward to the next element
  • IteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
  • IteratorIterator::valid - Checks if the iterator is valid
  • IteratorIterator::__construct - Create an iterator from anything that is traversable
  • iterator_apply - Call a function for every element in an iterator
  • iterator_count - Count the elements in an iterator
  • iterator_to_array - Copy the iterator into an array
• j
  • jddayofweek - Returns the day of the week
  • jdmonthname - Returns a month name
  • jdtofrench - Converts a Julian Day Count to the French Republican Calendar
  • jdtogregorian - Converts Julian Day Count to Gregorian date
  • jdtojewish - Converts a Julian day count to a Jewish calendar date
  • jdtojulian - Converts a Julian Day Count to a Julian Calendar Date
  • jdtounix - Convert Julian Day to Unix timestamp
  • jewishtojd - Converts a date in the Jewish Calendar to Julian Day Count
  • join - Alias of implode
  • jpeg2wbmp - Convert JPEG image file to WBMP image file
  • JsonSerializable::jsonSerialize - Specify data which should be serialized to JSON
  • json_decode - Decodes a JSON string
  • json_encode - Returns the JSON representation of a value
  • json_last_error - Returns the last error occurred
  • json_last_error_msg - Returns the error string of the last json_encode() or json_decode() call
  • juliantojd - Converts a Julian Calendar date to Julian Day Count
• k
  • key - Fetch a key from an array
  • key_exists - Alias of array_key_exists
  • krsort - Sort an array by key in descending order
  • ksort - Sort an array by key in ascending order
• l
  • lcfirst - Make a string's first character lowercase
  • lcg_value - Combined linear congruential generator
  • lchgrp - Changes group ownership of symlink
  • lchown - Changes user ownership of symlink
  • ldap_8859_to_t61 - Translate 8859 characters to t61 characters
  • ldap_add - Add entries to LDAP directory
  • ldap_add_ext - Add entries to LDAP directory
  • ldap_bind - Bind to LDAP directory
  • ldap_bind_ext - Bind to LDAP directory
  • ldap_close - Alias of ldap_unbind
  • ldap_compare - Compare value of attribute found in entry specified with DN
  • ldap_connect - Connect to an LDAP server
  • ldap_control_paged_result - Send LDAP pagination control
  • ldap_control_paged_result_response - Retrieve the LDAP pagination cookie
  • ldap_count_entries - Count the number of entries in a search
  • ldap_count_references - Counts the number of references in a search result
  • ldap_delete - Delete an entry from a directory
  • ldap_delete_ext - Delete an entry from a directory
  • ldap_dn2ufn - Convert DN to User Friendly Naming format
  • ldap_err2str - Convert LDAP error number into string error message
  • ldap_errno - Return the LDAP error number of the last LDAP command
  • ldap_error - Return the LDAP error message of the last LDAP command
  • ldap_escape - Escape a string for use in an LDAP filter or DN
  • ldap_exop - Performs an extended operation
  • ldap_exop_passwd - PASSWD extended operation helper
  • ldap_exop_refresh - Refresh extended operation helper
  • ldap_exop_whoami - WHOAMI extended operation helper
  • ldap_explode_dn - Splits DN into its component parts
  • ldap_first_attribute - Return first attribute
  • ldap_first_entry - Return first result id
  • ldap_first_reference - Return first reference
  • ldap_free_result - Free result memory
  • ldap_get_attributes - Get attributes from a search result entry
  • ldap_get_dn - Get the DN of a result entry
  • ldap_get_entries - Get all result entries
  • ldap_get_option - Get the current value for given option
  • ldap_get_values - Get all values from a result entry
  • ldap_get_values_len - Get all binary values from a result entry
  • ldap_list - Single-level search
  • ldap_modify - Alias of ldap_mod_replace
  • ldap_modify_batch - Batch and execute modifications on an LDAP entry
  • ldap_mod_add - Add attribute values to current attributes
  • ldap_mod_add_ext - Add attribute values to current attributes
  • ldap_mod_del - Delete attribute values from current attributes
  • ldap_mod_del_ext - Delete attribute values from current attributes
  • ldap_mod_replace - Replace attribute values with new ones
  • ldap_mod_replace_ext - Replace attribute values with new ones
  • ldap_next_attribute - Get the next attribute in result
  • ldap_next_entry - Get next result entry
  • ldap_next_reference - Get next reference
  • ldap_parse_exop - Parse result object from an LDAP extended operation
  • ldap_parse_reference - Extract information from reference entry
  • ldap_parse_result - Extract information from result
  • ldap_read - Read an entry
  • ldap_rename - Modify the name of an entry
  • ldap_rename_ext - Modify the name of an entry
  • ldap_sasl_bind - Bind to LDAP directory using SASL
  • ldap_search - Search LDAP tree
  • ldap_set_option - Set the value of the given option
  • ldap_set_rebind_proc - Set a callback function to do re-binds on referral chasing
  • ldap_sort - Sort LDAP result entries on the client side
  • ldap_start_tls - Start TLS
  • ldap_t61_to_8859 - Translate t61 characters to 8859 characters
  • ldap_unbind - Unbind from LDAP directory
  • levenshtein - Calculate Levenshtein distance between two strings
  • libxml_clear_errors - Clear libxml error buffer
  • libxml_disable_entity_loader - Disable the ability to load external entities
  • libxml_get_errors - Retrieve array of errors
  • libxml_get_last_error - Retrieve last error from libxml
  • libxml_set_external_entity_loader - Changes the default external entity loader
  • libxml_set_streams_context - Set the streams context for the next libxml document load or write
  • libxml_use_internal_errors - Disable libxml errors and allow user to fetch error information as needed
  • LimitIterator::current - Get current element
  • LimitIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
  • LimitIterator::getPosition - Return the current position
  • LimitIterator::key - Get current key
  • LimitIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • LimitIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the specified starting offset
  • LimitIterator::seek - Seek to the given position
  • LimitIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • LimitIterator::__construct - Construct a LimitIterator
  • link - Create a hard link
  • linkinfo - Gets information about a link
  • list - Assign variables as if they were an array
  • Locale::acceptFromHttp - Tries to find out best available locale based on HTTP "Accept-Language" header
  • Locale::canonicalize - Canonicalize the locale string
  • Locale::composeLocale - Returns a correctly ordered and delimited locale ID
  • Locale::filterMatches - Checks if a language tag filter matches with locale
  • Locale::getAllVariants - Gets the variants for the input locale
  • Locale::getDefault - Gets the default locale value from the INTL global 'default_locale'
  • Locale::getDisplayLanguage - Returns an appropriately localized display name for language of the inputlocale
  • Locale::getDisplayName - Returns an appropriately localized display name for the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayRegion - Returns an appropriately localized display name for region of the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayScript - Returns an appropriately localized display name for script of the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayVariant - Returns an appropriately localized display name for variants of the input locale
  • Locale::getKeywords - Gets the keywords for the input locale
  • Locale::getPrimaryLanguage - Gets the primary language for the input locale
  • Locale::getRegion - Gets the region for the input locale
  • Locale::getScript - Gets the script for the input locale
  • Locale::lookup - Searches the language tag list for the best match to the language
  • Locale::parseLocale - Returns a key-value array of locale ID subtag elements
  • Locale::setDefault - Sets the default runtime locale
  • localeconv - Get numeric formatting information
  • localtime - Get the local time
  • log - Natural logarithm
  • log1p - Returns log(1 + number), computed in a way that is accurate even when the value of number is close to zero
  • log10 - Base-10 logarithm
  • long2ip - Converts an long integer address into a string in (IPv4) Internet standard dotted format
  • lstat - Gives information about a file or symbolic link
  • ltrim - Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the beginning of a string
  • Lua::assign - Assign a PHP variable to Lua
  • Lua::call - Call Lua functions
  • Lua::eval - Evaluate a string as Lua code
  • Lua::getVersion - The getversion purpose
  • Lua::include - Parse a Lua script file
  • Lua::registerCallback - Register a PHP function to Lua
  • Lua::__construct - Lua constructor
  • LuaClosure::__invoke - Invoke luaclosure
  • LuaSandbox::callFunction - Call a function in a Lua global variable
  • LuaSandbox::disableProfiler - Disable the profiler
  • LuaSandbox::enableProfiler - Enable the profiler.
  • LuaSandbox::getCPUUsage - Fetch the current CPU time usage of the Lua environment
  • LuaSandbox::getMemoryUsage - Fetch the current memory usage of the Lua environment
  • LuaSandbox::getPeakMemoryUsage - Fetch the peak memory usage of the Lua environment
  • LuaSandbox::getProfilerFunctionReport - Fetch profiler data
  • LuaSandbox::getVersionInfo - Return the versions of LuaSandbox and Lua
  • LuaSandbox::loadBinary - Load a precompiled binary chunk into the Lua environment
  • LuaSandbox::loadString - Load Lua code into the Lua environment
  • LuaSandbox::pauseUsageTimer - Pause the CPU usage timer
  • LuaSandbox::registerLibrary - Register a set of PHP functions as a Lua library
  • LuaSandbox::setCPULimit - Set the CPU time limit for the Lua environment
  • LuaSandbox::setMemoryLimit - Set the memory limit for the Lua environment
  • LuaSandbox::unpauseUsageTimer - Unpause the timer paused by LuaSandbox::pauseUsageTimer
  • LuaSandbox::wrapPhpFunction - Wrap a PHP callable in a LuaSandboxFunction
  • LuaSandboxFunction::call - Call a Lua function
  • LuaSandboxFunction::dump - Dump the function as a binary blob
  • LuaSandboxFunction::__construct - Unused
  • lzf_compress - LZF compression
  • lzf_decompress - LZF decompression
  • lzf_optimized_for - Determines what LZF extension was optimized for
• m
  • mail - Send mail
  • mailparse_determine_best_xfer_encoding - Gets the best way of encoding
  • mailparse_msg_create - Create a mime mail resource
  • mailparse_msg_extract_part - Extracts/decodes a message section
  • mailparse_msg_extract_part_file - Extracts/decodes a message section
  • mailparse_msg_extract_whole_part_file - Extracts a message section including headers without decoding the transfer encoding
  • mailparse_msg_free - Frees a MIME resource
  • mailparse_msg_get_part - Returns a handle on a given section in a mimemessage
  • mailparse_msg_get_part_data - Returns an associative array of info about the message
  • mailparse_msg_get_structure - Returns an array of mime section names in the supplied message
  • mailparse_msg_parse - Incrementally parse data into buffer
  • mailparse_msg_parse_file - Parses a file
  • mailparse_rfc822_parse_addresses - Parse RFC 822 compliant addresses
  • mailparse_stream_encode - Streams data from source file pointer, apply encoding and write to destfp
  • mailparse_uudecode_all - Scans the data from fp and extract each embedded uuencoded file
  • max - Find highest value
  • mb_check_encoding - Check if strings are valid for the specified encoding
  • mb_chr - Return character by Unicode code point value
  • mb_convert_case - Perform case folding on a string
  • mb_convert_encoding - Convert a string from one character encoding to another
  • mb_convert_kana - Convert "kana" one from another ("zen-kaku", "han-kaku" and more)
  • mb_convert_variables - Convert character code in variable(s)
  • mb_decode_mimeheader - Decode string in MIME header field
  • mb_decode_numericentity - Decode HTML numeric string reference to character
  • mb_detect_encoding - Detect character encoding
  • mb_detect_order - Set/Get character encoding detection order
  • mb_encode_mimeheader - Encode string for MIME header
  • mb_encode_numericentity - Encode character to HTML numeric string reference
  • mb_encoding_aliases - Get aliases of a known encoding type
  • mb_ereg - Regular expression match with multibyte support
  • mb_eregi - Regular expression match ignoring case with multibyte support
  • mb_eregi_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support ignoring case
  • mb_ereg_match - Regular expression match for multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support
  • mb_ereg_replace_callback - Perform a regular expression search and replace with multibyte support using a callback
  • mb_ereg_search - Multibyte regular expression match for predefined multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_search_getpos - Returns start point for next regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_getregs - Retrieve the result from the last multibyte regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_init - Setup string and regular expression for a multibyte regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_pos - Returns position and length of a matched part of the multibyte regular expression for a predefined multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_search_regs - Returns the matched part of a multibyte regular expression
  • mb_ereg_search_setpos - Set start point of next regular expression match
  • mb_get_info - Get internal settings of mbstring
  • mb_http_input - Detect HTTP input character encoding
  • mb_http_output - Set/Get HTTP output character encoding
  • mb_internal_encoding - Set/Get internal character encoding
  • mb_language - Set/Get current language
  • mb_list_encodings - Returns an array of all supported encodings
  • mb_ord - Get Unicode code point of character
  • mb_output_handler - Callback function converts character encoding in output buffer
  • mb_parse_str - Parse GET/POST/COOKIE data and set global variable
  • mb_preferred_mime_name - Get MIME charset string
  • mb_regex_encoding - Set/Get character encoding for multibyte regex
  • mb_regex_set_options - Set/Get the default options for mbregex functions
  • mb_scrub - Description
  • mb_send_mail - Send encoded mail
  • mb_split - Split multibyte string using regular expression
  • mb_strcut - Get part of string
  • mb_strimwidth - Get truncated string with specified width
  • mb_stripos - Finds position of first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_stristr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strlen - Get string length
  • mb_strpos - Find position of first occurrence of string in a string
  • mb_strrchr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another
  • mb_strrichr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strripos - Finds position of last occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strrpos - Find position of last occurrence of a string in a string
  • mb_strstr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another
  • mb_strtolower - Make a string lowercase
  • mb_strtoupper - Make a string uppercase
  • mb_strwidth - Return width of string
  • mb_str_split - Given a multibyte string, return an array of its characters
  • mb_substitute_character - Set/Get substitution character
  • mb_substr - Get part of string
  • mb_substr_count - Count the number of substring occurrences
  • mcrypt_create_iv - Creates an initialization vector (IV) from a random source
  • mcrypt_decrypt - Decrypts crypttext with given parameters
  • mcrypt_encrypt - Encrypts plaintext with given parameters
  • mcrypt_enc_get_algorithms_name - Returns the name of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_enc_get_modes_name - Returns the name of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_enc_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm - Checks whether the algorithm of the opened mode is a block algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm_mode - Checks whether the encryption of the opened mode works on blocks
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_mode - Checks whether the opened mode outputs blocks
  • mcrypt_enc_self_test - Runs a self test on the opened module
  • mcrypt_generic - This function encrypts data
  • mcrypt_generic_deinit - This function deinitializes an encryption module
  • mcrypt_generic_init - This function initializes all buffers needed for encryption
  • mcrypt_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_get_cipher_name - Gets the name of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV belonging to a specific cipher/mode combination
  • mcrypt_get_key_size - Gets the key size of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_list_algorithms - Gets an array of all supported ciphers
  • mcrypt_list_modes - Gets an array of all supported modes
  • mcrypt_module_close - Closes the mcrypt module
  • mcrypt_module_get_algo_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the specified algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_get_algo_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_module_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm - This function checks whether the specified algorithm is a block algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm_mode - Returns if the specified module is a block algorithm or not
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_mode - Returns if the specified mode outputs blocks or not
  • mcrypt_module_open - Opens the module of the algorithm and the mode to be used
  • mcrypt_module_self_test - This function runs a self test on the specified module
  • md5 - Calculate the md5 hash of a string
  • md5_file - Calculates the md5 hash of a given file
  • mdecrypt_generic - Decrypts data
  • Memcache::add - Add an item to the server
  • Memcache::addServer - Add a memcached server to connection pool
  • Memcache::close - Close memcached server connection
  • Memcache::connect - Open memcached server connection
  • Memcache::decrement - Decrement item's value
  • Memcache::delete - Delete item from the server
  • Memcache::flush - Flush all existing items at the server
  • Memcache::get - Retrieve item from the server
  • Memcache::getExtendedStats - Get statistics from all servers in pool
  • Memcache::getServerStatus - Returns server status
  • Memcache::getStats - Get statistics of the server
  • Memcache::getVersion - Return version of the server
  • Memcache::increment - Increment item's value
  • Memcache::pconnect - Open memcached server persistent connection
  • Memcache::replace - Replace value of the existing item
  • Memcache::set - Store data at the server
  • Memcache::setCompressThreshold - Enable automatic compression of large values
  • Memcache::setServerParams - Changes server parameters and status at runtime
  • Memcached::add - Add an item under a new key
  • Memcached::addByKey - Add an item under a new key on a specific server
  • Memcached::addServer - Add a server to the server pool
  • Memcached::addServers - Add multiple servers to the server pool
  • Memcached::append - Append data to an existing item
  • Memcached::appendByKey - Append data to an existing item on a specific server
  • Memcached::cas - Compare and swap an item
  • Memcached::casByKey - Compare and swap an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::decrement - Decrement numeric item's value
  • Memcached::decrementByKey - Decrement numeric item's value, stored on a specific server
  • Memcached::delete - Delete an item
  • Memcached::deleteByKey - Delete an item from a specific server
  • Memcached::deleteMulti - Delete multiple items
  • Memcached::deleteMultiByKey - Delete multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::fetch - Fetch the next result
  • Memcached::fetchAll - Fetch all the remaining results
  • Memcached::flush - Invalidate all items in the cache
  • Memcached::get - Retrieve an item
  • Memcached::getAllKeys - Gets the keys stored on all the servers
  • Memcached::getByKey - Retrieve an item from a specific server
  • Memcached::getDelayed - Request multiple items
  • Memcached::getDelayedByKey - Request multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::getMulti - Retrieve multiple items
  • Memcached::getMultiByKey - Retrieve multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::getOption - Retrieve a Memcached option value
  • Memcached::getResultCode - Return the result code of the last operation
  • Memcached::getResultMessage - Return the message describing the result of the last operation
  • Memcached::getServerByKey - Map a key to a server
  • Memcached::getServerList - Get the list of the servers in the pool
  • Memcached::getStats - Get server pool statistics
  • Memcached::getVersion - Get server pool version info
  • Memcached::increment - Increment numeric item's value
  • Memcached::incrementByKey - Increment numeric item's value, stored on a specific server
  • Memcached::isPersistent - Check if a persitent connection to memcache is being used
  • Memcached::isPristine - Check if the instance was recently created
  • Memcached::prepend - Prepend data to an existing item
  • Memcached::prependByKey - Prepend data to an existing item on a specific server
  • Memcached::quit - Close any open connections
  • Memcached::replace - Replace the item under an existing key
  • Memcached::replaceByKey - Replace the item under an existing key on a specific server
  • Memcached::resetServerList - Clears all servers from the server list
  • Memcached::set - Store an item
  • Memcached::setByKey - Store an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::setMulti - Store multiple items
  • Memcached::setMultiByKey - Store multiple items on a specific server
  • Memcached::setOption - Set a Memcached option
  • Memcached::setOptions - Set Memcached options
  • Memcached::setSaslAuthData - Set the credentials to use for authentication
  • Memcached::touch - Set a new expiration on an item
  • Memcached::touchByKey - Set a new expiration on an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::__construct - Create a Memcached instance
  • memcache_debug - Turn debug output on/off
  • memory_get_peak_usage - Returns the peak of memory allocated by PHP
  • memory_get_usage - Returns the amount of memory allocated to PHP
  • memory_reset_peak_usage - Reset the peak memory usage
  • MessageFormatter::create - Constructs a new Message Formatter
  • MessageFormatter::format - Format the message
  • MessageFormatter::formatMessage - Quick format message
  • MessageFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
  • MessageFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation
  • MessageFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale for which the formatter was created
  • MessageFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used by the formatter
  • MessageFormatter::parse - Parse input string according to pattern
  • MessageFormatter::parseMessage - Quick parse input string
  • MessageFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used by the formatter
  • metaphone - Calculate the metaphone key of a string
  • method_exists - Checks if the class method exists
  • mhash - Computes hash
  • mhash_count - Gets the highest available hash ID
  • mhash_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified hash
  • mhash_get_hash_name - Gets the name of the specified hash
  • mhash_keygen_s2k - Generates a key
  • microtime - Return current Unix timestamp with microseconds
  • mime_content_type - Detect MIME Content-type for a file
  • min - Find lowest value
  • mkdir - Makes directory
  • mktime - Get Unix timestamp for a date
  • money_format - Formats a number as a currency string
  • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::getData - Returns the Binary's data
  • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::getType - Returns the Binary's type
  • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::serialize - Serialize a Binary
  • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::unserialize - Unserialize a Binary
  • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::__construct - Construct a new Binary
  • MongoDB\BSON\Binary::__toString - Returns the Binary's data
  • MongoDB\BSON\BinaryInterface::getData - Returns the BinaryInterface's data
  • MongoDB\BSON\BinaryInterface::getType - Returns the BinaryInterface's type
  • MongoDB\BSON\BinaryInterface::__toString - Returns the BinaryInterface's data
  • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::serialize - Serialize a DBPointer
  • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::unserialize - Unserialize a DBPointer
  • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::__construct - Construct a new DBPointer (unused)
  • MongoDB\BSON\DBPointer::__toString - Returns an empty string
  • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::serialize - Serialize a Decimal128
  • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::unserialize - Unserialize a Decimal128
  • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::__construct - Construct a new Decimal128
  • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Decimal128
  • MongoDB\BSON\Decimal128Interface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Decimal128Interface
  • MongoDB\BSON\fromJSON - Returns the BSON representation of a JSON value
  • MongoDB\BSON\fromPHP - Returns the BSON representation of a PHP value
  • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::serialize - Serialize an Int64
  • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::unserialize - Unserialize an Int64
  • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::__construct - Construct a new Int64 (unused)
  • MongoDB\BSON\Int64::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Int64
  • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::getCode - Returns the Javascript's code
  • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::getScope - Returns the Javascript's scope document
  • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::serialize - Serialize a Javascript
  • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::unserialize - Unserialize a Javascript
  • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::__construct - Construct a new Javascript
  • MongoDB\BSON\Javascript::__toString - Returns the Javascript's code
  • MongoDB\BSON\JavascriptInterface::getCode - Returns the JavascriptInterface's code
  • MongoDB\BSON\JavascriptInterface::getScope - Returns the JavascriptInterface's scope document
  • MongoDB\BSON\JavascriptInterface::__toString - Returns the JavascriptInterface's code
  • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::serialize - Serialize a MaxKey
  • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::unserialize - Unserialize a MaxKey
  • MongoDB\BSON\MaxKey::__construct - Construct a new MaxKey
  • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::serialize - Serialize a MinKey
  • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::unserialize - Unserialize a MinKey
  • MongoDB\BSON\MinKey::__construct - Construct a new MinKey
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this ObjectId
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::serialize - Serialize an ObjectId
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::unserialize - Unserialize an ObjectId
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::__construct - Construct a new ObjectId
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectId::__toString - Returns the hexidecimal representation of this ObjectId
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectIdInterface::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this ObjectIdInterface
  • MongoDB\BSON\ObjectIdInterface::__toString - Returns the hexidecimal representation of this ObjectIdInterface
  • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::getFlags - Returns the Regex's flags
  • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::getPattern - Returns the Regex's pattern
  • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::serialize - Serialize a Regex
  • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::unserialize - Unserialize a Regex
  • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::__construct - Construct a new Regex
  • MongoDB\BSON\Regex::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Regex
  • MongoDB\BSON\RegexInterface::getFlags - Returns the RegexInterface's flags
  • MongoDB\BSON\RegexInterface::getPattern - Returns the RegexInterface's pattern
  • MongoDB\BSON\RegexInterface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this RegexInterface
  • MongoDB\BSON\Serializable::bsonSerialize - Provides an array or document to serialize as BSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::serialize - Serialize a Symbol
  • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::unserialize - Unserialize a Symbol
  • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::__construct - Construct a new Symbol (unused)
  • MongoDB\BSON\Symbol::__toString - Returns the Symbol as a string
  • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::getIncrement - Returns the increment component of this Timestamp
  • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this Timestamp
  • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::serialize - Serialize a Timestamp
  • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::unserialize - Unserialize a Timestamp
  • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::__construct - Construct a new Timestamp
  • MongoDB\BSON\Timestamp::__toString - Returns the string representation of this Timestamp
  • MongoDB\BSON\TimestampInterface::getIncrement - Returns the increment component of this TimestampInterface
  • MongoDB\BSON\TimestampInterface::getTimestamp - Returns the timestamp component of this TimestampInterface
  • MongoDB\BSON\TimestampInterface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this TimestampInterface
  • MongoDB\BSON\toCanonicalExtendedJSON - Returns the Canonical Extended JSON representation of a BSON value
  • MongoDB\BSON\toJSON - Returns the Legacy Extended JSON representation of a BSON value
  • MongoDB\BSON\toPHP - Returns the PHP representation of a BSON value
  • MongoDB\BSON\toRelaxedExtendedJSON - Returns the Relaxed Extended JSON representation of a BSON value
  • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::serialize - Serialize a Undefined
  • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::unserialize - Unserialize a Undefined
  • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::__construct - Construct a new Undefined (unused)
  • MongoDB\BSON\Undefined::__toString - Returns an empty string
  • MongoDB\BSON\Unserializable::bsonUnserialize - Constructs the object from a BSON array or document
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::jsonSerialize - Returns a representation that can be converted to JSON
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::serialize - Serialize a UTCDateTime
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::toDateTime - Returns the DateTime representation of this UTCDateTime
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::unserialize - Unserialize a UTCDateTime
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::__construct - Construct a new UTCDateTime
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTime::__toString - Returns the string representation of this UTCDateTime
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTimeInterface::toDateTime - Returns the DateTime representation of this UTCDateTimeInterface
  • MongoDB\BSON\UTCDateTimeInterface::__toString - Returns the string representation of this UTCDateTimeInterface
  • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::count - Count number of write operations in the bulk
  • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::delete - Add a delete operation to the bulk
  • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::insert - Add an insert operation to the bulk
  • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::update - Add an update operation to the bulk
  • MongoDB\Driver\BulkWrite::__construct - Create a new BulkWrite
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::addKeyAltName - Adds an alternate name to a key document
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::createDataKey - Creates a key document
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::decrypt - Decrypt a value
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::deleteKey - Deletes a key document
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::encrypt - Encrypt a value
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::getKey - Gets a key document
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::getKeyByAltName - Gets a key document by an alternate name
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::getKeys - Gets all key documents
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::removeKeyAltName - Removes an alternate name from a key document
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::rewrapManyDataKey - Rewraps data keys
  • MongoDB\Driver\ClientEncryption::__construct - Create a new ClientEncryption object
  • MongoDB\Driver\Command::__construct - Create a new Command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::current - Returns the current element
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::getId - Returns the ID for this cursor
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::getServer - Returns the server associated with this cursor
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::isDead - Checks if the cursor is exhausted or may have additional results
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::key - Returns the current result's index within the cursor
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::next - Advances the cursor to the next result
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::rewind - Rewind the cursor to the first result
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::setTypeMap - Sets a type map to use for BSON unserialization
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::toArray - Returns an array containing all results for this cursor
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::valid - Checks if the current position in the cursor is valid
  • MongoDB\Driver\Cursor::__construct - Create a new Cursor (not used)
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::serialize - Serialize a CursorId
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::unserialize - Unserialize a CursorId
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::__construct - Create a new CursorId (not used)
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorId::__toString - String representation of the cursor ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::getId - Returns the ID for this cursor
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::getServer - Returns the server associated with this cursor
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::isDead - Checks if the cursor may have additional results
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::setTypeMap - Sets a type map to use for BSON unserialization
  • MongoDB\Driver\CursorInterface::toArray - Returns an array containing all results for this cursor
  • MongoDB\Driver\Exception\CommandException::getResultDocument - Returns the result document for the failed command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Exception\RuntimeException::hasErrorLabel - Returns whether an error label is associated with an exception
  • MongoDB\Driver\Exception\WriteException::getWriteResult - Returns the WriteResult for the failed write operation
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::addSubscriber - Registers a monitoring event subscriber with this Manager
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::createClientEncryption - Create a new ClientEncryption object
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeBulkWrite - Execute one or more write operations
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeCommand - Execute a database command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeQuery - Execute a database query
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeReadCommand - Execute a database command that reads
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeReadWriteCommand - Execute a database command that reads and writes
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::executeWriteCommand - Execute a database command that writes
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getEncryptedFieldsMap - Return the encryptedFieldsMap auto encryption option for the Manager
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getReadConcern - Return the ReadConcern for the Manager
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getReadPreference - Return the ReadPreference for the Manager
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getServers - Return the servers to which this manager is connected
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::getWriteConcern - Return the WriteConcern for the Manager
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::removeSubscriber - Unregisters a monitoring event subscriber with this Manager
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::selectServer - Select a server matching a read preference
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::startSession - Start a new client session for use with this client
  • MongoDB\Driver\Manager::__construct - Create new MongoDB Manager
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\addSubscriber - Registers a monitoring event subscriber globally
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getCommandName - Returns the command name
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the command's duration in microseconds
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getError - Returns the Exception associated with the failed command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getOperationId - Returns the command's operation ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getReply - Returns the command reply document
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getRequestId - Returns the command's request ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getServer - Returns the Server on which the command was executed
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getServerConnectionId - Returns the server connection ID for the command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandFailedEvent::getServiceId - Returns the load balancer service ID for the command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getCommand - Returns the command document
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getCommandName - Returns the command name
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getDatabaseName - Returns the database on which the command was executed
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getOperationId - Returns the command's operation ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getRequestId - Returns the command's request ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getServer - Returns the Server on which the command was executed
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getServerConnectionId - Returns the server connection ID for the command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandStartedEvent::getServiceId - Returns the load balancer service ID for the command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSubscriber::commandFailed - Notification method for a failed command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSubscriber::commandStarted - Notification method for a started command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSubscriber::commandSucceeded - Notification method for a successful command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getCommandName - Returns the command name
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the command's duration in microseconds
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getOperationId - Returns the command's operation ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getReply - Returns the command reply document
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getRequestId - Returns the command's request ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getServer - Returns the Server on which the command was executed
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getServerConnectionId - Returns the server connection ID for the command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\CommandSucceededEvent::getServiceId - Returns the load balancer service ID for the command
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\removeSubscriber - Unregisters a monitoring event subscriber globally
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverChanged - Notification method for a server description change
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverClosed - Notification method for closing a server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverHeartbeatFailed - Notification method for a failed server heartbeat
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverHeartbeatStarted - Notification method for a started server heartbeat
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverHeartbeatSucceeded - Notification method for a successful server heartbeat
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::serverOpening - Notification method for opening a server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::topologyChanged - Notification method for a topology description change
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::topologyClosed - Notification method for closing the topology
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\SDAMSubscriber::topologyOpening - Notification method for opening the topology
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getNewDescription - Returns the new description for the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getPreviousDescription - Returns the previous description for the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerChangedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID associated with this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerClosedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerClosedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerClosedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID associated with this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the heartbeat's duration in microseconds
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getError - Returns the Exception associated with the failed heartbeat
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatFailedEvent::isAwaited - Returns whether the heartbeat used a streaming protocol
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatStartedEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatStartedEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatStartedEvent::isAwaited - Returns whether the heartbeat used a streaming protocol
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getDurationMicros - Returns the heartbeat's duration in microseconds
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::getReply - Returns the heartbeat reply document
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerHeartbeatSucceededEvent::isAwaited - Returns whether the heartbeat used a streaming protocol
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerOpeningEvent::getHost - Returns the hostname of the server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerOpeningEvent::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\ServerOpeningEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID associated with this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyChangedEvent::getNewDescription - Returns the new description for the topology
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyChangedEvent::getPreviousDescription - Returns the previous description for the topology
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyChangedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyClosedEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Monitoring\TopologyOpeningEvent::getTopologyId - Returns the topology ID
  • MongoDB\Driver\Query::__construct - Create a new Query
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::getLevel - Returns the ReadConcern's "level" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::isDefault - Checks if this is the default read concern
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::serialize - Serialize a ReadConcern
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::unserialize - Unserialize a ReadConcern
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadConcern::__construct - Create a new ReadConcern
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getHedge - Returns the ReadPreference's "hedge" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getMaxStalenessSeconds - Returns the ReadPreference's "maxStalenessSeconds" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getMode - Returns the ReadPreference's "mode" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getModeString - Returns the ReadPreference's "mode" option as a string
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::getTagSets - Returns the ReadPreference's "tagSets" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::serialize - Serialize a ReadPreference
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::unserialize - Unserialize a ReadPreference
  • MongoDB\Driver\ReadPreference::__construct - Create a new ReadPreference
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeBulkWrite - Execute one or more write operations on this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeCommand - Execute a database command on this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeQuery - Execute a database query on this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeReadCommand - Execute a database command that reads on this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeReadWriteCommand - Execute a database command that reads and writes on this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::executeWriteCommand - Execute a database command that writes on this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getHost - Returns the hostname of this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getInfo - Returns an array of information describing this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getLatency - Returns the latency of this server in milliseconds
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getServerDescription - Returns a ServerDescription for this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getTags - Returns an array of tags describing this server in a replica set
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::getType - Returns an integer denoting the type of this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isArbiter - Checks if this server is an arbiter member of a replica set
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isHidden - Checks if this server is a hidden member of a replica set
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isPassive - Checks if this server is a passive member of a replica set
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isPrimary - Checks if this server is a primary member of a replica set
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::isSecondary - Checks if this server is a secondary member of a replica set
  • MongoDB\Driver\Server::__construct - Create a new Server (not used)
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::serialize - Serialize a ServerApi
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::unserialize - Unserialize a ServerApi
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerApi::__construct - Create a new ServerApi instance
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getHelloResponse - Returns the server's most recent "hello" response
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getHost - Returns the hostname of this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getLastUpdateTime - Returns the server's last update time in microseconds
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getPort - Returns the port on which this server is listening
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getRoundTripTime - Returns the server's round trip time in milliseconds
  • MongoDB\Driver\ServerDescription::getType - Returns a string denoting the type of this server
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::abortTransaction - Aborts a transaction
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::advanceClusterTime - Advances the cluster time for this session
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::advanceOperationTime - Advances the operation time for this session
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::commitTransaction - Commits a transaction
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::endSession - Terminates a session
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getClusterTime - Returns the cluster time for this session
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getLogicalSessionId - Returns the logical session ID for this session
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getOperationTime - Returns the operation time for this session
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getServer - Returns the server to which this session is pinned
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getTransactionOptions - Returns options for the currently running transaction
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::getTransactionState - Returns the current transaction state for this session
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::isDirty - Returns whether the session has been marked as dirty
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::isInTransaction - Returns whether a multi-document transaction is in progress
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::startTransaction - Starts a transaction
  • MongoDB\Driver\Session::__construct - Create a new Session (not used)
  • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::getServers - Returns the servers in the topology
  • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::getType - Returns a string denoting the type of this topology
  • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::hasReadableServer - Returns whether the topology has a readable server
  • MongoDB\Driver\TopologyDescription::hasWritableServer - Returns whether the topology has a writable server
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::bsonSerialize - Returns an object for BSON serialization
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::getJournal - Returns the WriteConcern's "journal" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::getW - Returns the WriteConcern's "w" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::getWtimeout - Returns the WriteConcern's "wtimeout" option
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::isDefault - Checks if this is the default write concern
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::serialize - Serialize a WriteConcern
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::unserialize - Unserialize a WriteConcern
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcern::__construct - Create a new WriteConcern
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcernError::getCode - Returns the WriteConcernError's error code
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcernError::getInfo - Returns metadata document for the WriteConcernError
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteConcernError::getMessage - Returns the WriteConcernError's error message
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getCode - Returns the WriteError's error code
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getIndex - Returns the index of the write operation corresponding to this WriteError
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getInfo - Returns metadata document for the WriteError
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteError::getMessage - Returns the WriteError's error message
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getDeletedCount - Returns the number of documents deleted
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getInsertedCount - Returns the number of documents inserted (excluding upserts)
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getMatchedCount - Returns the number of documents selected for update
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getModifiedCount - Returns the number of existing documents updated
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getServer - Returns the server associated with this write result
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getUpsertedCount - Returns the number of documents inserted by an upsert
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getUpsertedIds - Returns an array of identifiers for upserted documents
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getWriteConcernError - Returns any write concern error that occurred
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::getWriteErrors - Returns any write errors that occurred
  • MongoDB\Driver\WriteResult::isAcknowledged - Returns whether the write was acknowledged
  • move_uploaded_file - Moves an uploaded file to a new location
  • mqseries_back - MQSeries MQBACK
  • mqseries_begin - MQseries MQBEGIN
  • mqseries_close - MQSeries MQCLOSE
  • mqseries_cmit - MQSeries MQCMIT
  • mqseries_conn - MQSeries MQCONN
  • mqseries_connx - MQSeries MQCONNX
  • mqseries_disc - MQSeries MQDISC
  • mqseries_get - MQSeries MQGET
  • mqseries_inq - MQSeries MQINQ
  • mqseries_open - MQSeries MQOPEN
  • mqseries_put - MQSeries MQPUT
  • mqseries_put1 - MQSeries MQPUT1
  • mqseries_set - MQSeries MQSET
  • mqseries_strerror - Returns the error message corresponding to a result code (MQRC)
  • msg_get_queue - Create or attach to a message queue
  • msg_queue_exists - Check whether a message queue exists
  • msg_receive - Receive a message from a message queue
  • msg_remove_queue - Destroy a message queue
  • msg_send - Send a message to a message queue
  • msg_set_queue - Set information in the message queue data structure
  • msg_stat_queue - Returns information from the message queue data structure
  • mt_getrandmax - Show largest possible random value
  • mt_rand - Generate a random value via the Mersenne Twister Random Number Generator
  • mt_srand - Seeds the Mersenne Twister Random Number Generator
  • MultipleIterator::attachIterator - Attaches iterator information
  • MultipleIterator::containsIterator - Checks if an iterator is attached
  • MultipleIterator::countIterators - Gets the number of attached iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::current - Gets the registered iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::detachIterator - Detaches an iterator
  • MultipleIterator::getFlags - Gets the flag information
  • MultipleIterator::key - Gets the registered iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::next - Moves all attached iterator instances forward
  • MultipleIterator::rewind - Rewinds all attached iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::setFlags - Sets flags
  • MultipleIterator::valid - Checks the validity of sub iterators
  • MultipleIterator::__construct - Constructs a new MultipleIterator
  • mysqli::$affected_rows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MySQL operation
  • mysqli::$client_info - Get MySQL client info
  • mysqli::$client_version - Returns the MySQL client version as an integer
  • mysqli::$connect_errno - Returns the error code from last connect call
  • mysqli::$connect_error - Returns a description of the last connection error
  • mysqli::$errno - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
  • mysqli::$error - Returns a string description of the last error
  • mysqli::$error_list - Returns a list of errors from the last command executed
  • mysqli::$field_count - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
  • mysqli::$host_info - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
  • mysqli::$info - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
  • mysqli::$insert_id - Returns the value generated for an AUTO_INCREMENT column by the last query
  • mysqli::$protocol_version - Returns the version of the MySQL protocol used
  • mysqli::$server_info - Returns the version of the MySQL server
  • mysqli::$server_version - Returns the version of the MySQL server as an integer
  • mysqli::$sqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MySQL operation
  • mysqli::$thread_id - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
  • mysqli::$warning_count - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
  • mysqli::autocommit - Turns on or off auto-committing database modifications
  • mysqli::begin_transaction - Starts a transaction
  • mysqli::change_user - Changes the user of the specified database connection
  • mysqli::character_set_name - Returns the current character set of the database connection
  • mysqli::close - Closes a previously opened database connection
  • mysqli::commit - Commits the current transaction
  • mysqli::debug - Performs debugging operations
  • mysqli::dump_debug_info - Dump debugging information into the log
  • mysqli::escape_string - Alias of mysqli_real_escape_string
  • mysqli::execute_query - Prepares, binds parameters, and executes SQL statement
  • mysqli::get_charset - Returns a character set object
  • mysqli::get_connection_stats - Returns statistics about the client connection
  • mysqli::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
  • mysqli::init - Initializes MySQLi and returns an object for use with mysqli_real_connect()
  • mysqli::kill - Asks the server to kill a MySQL thread
  • mysqli::more_results - Check if there are any more query results from a multi query
  • mysqli::multi_query - Performs one or more queries on the database
  • mysqli::next_result - Prepare next result from multi_query
  • mysqli::options - Set options
  • mysqli::ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
  • mysqli::poll - Poll connections
  • mysqli::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
  • mysqli::query - Performs a query on the database
  • mysqli::real_connect - Opens a connection to a mysql server
  • mysqli::real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
  • mysqli::real_query - Execute an SQL query
  • mysqli::reap_async_query - Get result from async query
  • mysqli::refresh - Refreshes
  • mysqli::release_savepoint - Removes the named savepoint from the set of savepoints of the current transaction
  • mysqli::rollback - Rolls back current transaction
  • mysqli::savepoint - Set a named transaction savepoint
  • mysqli::select_db - Selects the default database for database queries
  • mysqli::set_charset - Sets the client character set
  • mysqli::set_opt - Alias of mysqli_options
  • mysqli::ssl_set - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
  • mysqli::stat - Gets the current system status
  • mysqli::stmt_init - Initializes a statement and returns an object for use with mysqli_stmt_prepare
  • mysqli::store_result - Transfers a result set from the last query
  • mysqli::thread_safe - Returns whether thread safety is given or not
  • mysqli::use_result - Initiate a result set retrieval
  • mysqli::__construct - Open a new connection to the MySQL server
  • mysqli_connect - Alias of mysqli::__construct
  • mysqli_driver::$report_mode - Sets mysqli error reporting mode
  • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_end - Stop embedded server
  • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_start - Initialize and start embedded server
  • mysqli_execute - Alias of mysqli_stmt_execute
  • mysqli_get_client_stats - Returns client per-process statistics
  • mysqli_get_links_stats - Return information about open and cached links
  • mysqli_report - Alias of mysqli_driver->report_mode
  • mysqli_result::$current_field - Get current field offset of a result pointer
  • mysqli_result::$field_count - Gets the number of fields in the result set
  • mysqli_result::$lengths - Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
  • mysqli_result::$num_rows - Gets the number of rows in the result set
  • mysqli_result::data_seek - Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitrary row in the result
  • mysqli_result::fetch_all - Fetch all result rows as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • mysqli_result::fetch_array - Fetch the next row of a result set as an associative, a numeric array, or both
  • mysqli_result::fetch_assoc - Fetch the next row of a result set as an associative array
  • mysqli_result::fetch_column - Fetch a single column from the next row of a result set
  • mysqli_result::fetch_field - Returns the next field in the result set
  • mysqli_result::fetch_fields - Returns an array of objects representing the fields in a result set
  • mysqli_result::fetch_field_direct - Fetch meta-data for a single field
  • mysqli_result::fetch_object - Fetch the next row of a result set as an object
  • mysqli_result::fetch_row - Fetch the next row of a result set as an enumerated array
  • mysqli_result::field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
  • mysqli_result::free - Frees the memory associated with a result
  • mysqli_result::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
  • mysqli_result::__construct - Constructs a mysqli_result object
  • mysqli_sql_exception::getSqlState - Returns the SQLSTATE error code
  • mysqli_stmt::$affected_rows - Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, inserted, or matched by the last statement executed
  • mysqli_stmt::$errno - Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
  • mysqli_stmt::$error - Returns a string description for last statement error
  • mysqli_stmt::$error_list - Returns a list of errors from the last statement executed
  • mysqli_stmt::$field_count - Returns the number of columns in the given statement
  • mysqli_stmt::$insert_id - Get the ID generated from the previous INSERT operation
  • mysqli_stmt::$num_rows - Returns the number of rows fetched from the server
  • mysqli_stmt::$param_count - Returns the number of parameters for the given statement
  • mysqli_stmt::$sqlstate - Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
  • mysqli_stmt::attr_get - Used to get the current value of a statement attribute
  • mysqli_stmt::attr_set - Used to modify the behavior of a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::bind_param - Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
  • mysqli_stmt::bind_result - Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
  • mysqli_stmt::close - Closes a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::data_seek - Seeks to an arbitrary row in statement result set
  • mysqli_stmt::execute - Executes a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::fetch - Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
  • mysqli_stmt::free_result - Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
  • mysqli_stmt::get_result - Gets a result set from a prepared statement as a mysqli_result object
  • mysqli_stmt::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
  • mysqli_stmt::more_results - Check if there are more query results from a multiple query
  • mysqli_stmt::next_result - Reads the next result from a multiple query
  • mysqli_stmt::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
  • mysqli_stmt::reset - Resets a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::result_metadata - Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::send_long_data - Send data in blocks
  • mysqli_stmt::store_result - Stores a result set in an internal buffer
  • mysqli_stmt::__construct - Constructs a new mysqli_stmt object
  • mysqli_warning::next - Fetch next warning
  • mysqli_warning::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
  • mysql_affected_rows - Get number of affected rows in previous MySQL operation
  • mysql_client_encoding - Returns the name of the character set
  • mysql_close - Close MySQL connection
  • mysql_connect - Open a connection to a MySQL Server
  • mysql_create_db - Create a MySQL database
  • mysql_data_seek - Move internal result pointer
  • mysql_db_name - Retrieves database name from the call to mysql_list_dbs
  • mysql_db_query - Selects a database and executes a query on it
  • mysql_drop_db - Drop (delete) a MySQL database
  • mysql_errno - Returns the numerical value of the error message from previous MySQL operation
  • mysql_error - Returns the text of the error message from previous MySQL operation
  • mysql_escape_string - Escapes a string for use in a mysql_query
  • mysql_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • mysql_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • mysql_fetch_field - Get column information from a result and return as an object
  • mysql_fetch_lengths - Get the length of each output in a result
  • mysql_fetch_object - Fetch a result row as an object
  • mysql_fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • mysql_field_flags - Get the flags associated with the specified field in a result
  • mysql_field_len - Returns the length of the specified field
  • mysql_field_name - Get the name of the specified field in a result
  • mysql_field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
  • mysql_field_table - Get name of the table the specified field is in
  • mysql_field_type - Get the type of the specified field in a result
  • mysql_free_result - Free result memory
  • mysql_get_client_info - Get MySQL client info
  • mysql_get_host_info - Get MySQL host info
  • mysql_get_proto_info - Get MySQL protocol info
  • mysql_get_server_info - Get MySQL server info
  • mysql_info - Get information about the most recent query
  • mysql_insert_id - Get the ID generated in the last query
  • mysql_list_dbs - List databases available on a MySQL server
  • mysql_list_fields - List MySQL table fields
  • mysql_list_processes - List MySQL processes
  • mysql_list_tables - List tables in a MySQL database
  • mysql_num_fields - Get number of fields in result
  • mysql_num_rows - Get number of rows in result
  • mysql_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to a MySQL server
  • mysql_ping - Ping a server connection or reconnect if there is no connection
  • mysql_query - Send a MySQL query
  • mysql_real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement
  • mysql_result - Get result data
  • mysql_select_db - Select a MySQL database
  • mysql_set_charset - Sets the client character set
  • mysql_stat - Get current system status
  • mysql_tablename - Get table name of field
  • mysql_thread_id - Return the current thread ID
  • mysql_unbuffered_query - Send an SQL query to MySQL without fetching and buffering the result rows
  • mysql_xdevapi\Client::close - Close client
• n
  • natcasesort - Sort an array using a case insensitive "natural order" algorithm
  • natsort - Sort an array using a "natural order" algorithm
  • net_get_interfaces - Get network interfaces
  • next - Advance the internal pointer of an array
  • ngettext - Plural version of gettext
  • nl2br - Inserts HTML line breaks before all newlines in a string
  • nl_langinfo - Query language and locale information
  • NoRewindIterator::current - Get the current value
  • NoRewindIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • NoRewindIterator::key - Get the current key
  • NoRewindIterator::next - Forward to the next element
  • NoRewindIterator::rewind - Prevents the rewind operation on the inner iterator
  • NoRewindIterator::valid - Validates the iterator
  • NoRewindIterator::__construct - Construct a NoRewindIterator
  • Normalizer::getRawDecomposition - Gets the Decomposition_Mapping property for the given UTF-8 encoded code point
  • Normalizer::isNormalized - Checks if the provided string is already in the specified normalization form
  • Normalizer::normalize - Normalizes the input provided and returns the normalized string
  • NumberFormatter::create - Create a number formatter
  • NumberFormatter::format - Format a number
  • NumberFormatter::formatCurrency - Format a currency value
  • NumberFormatter::getAttribute - Get an attribute
  • NumberFormatter::getErrorCode - Get formatter's last error code
  • NumberFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get formatter's last error message
  • NumberFormatter::getLocale - Get formatter locale
  • NumberFormatter::getPattern - Get formatter pattern
  • NumberFormatter::getSymbol - Get a symbol value
  • NumberFormatter::getTextAttribute - Get a text attribute
  • NumberFormatter::parse - Parse a number
  • NumberFormatter::parseCurrency - Parse a currency number
  • NumberFormatter::setAttribute - Set an attribute
  • NumberFormatter::setPattern - Set formatter pattern
  • NumberFormatter::setSymbol - Set a symbol value
  • NumberFormatter::setTextAttribute - Set a text attribute
  • number_format - Format a number with grouped thousands
• o
  • OAuth::disableDebug - Turn off verbose debugging
  • OAuth::disableRedirects - Turn off redirects
  • OAuth::disableSSLChecks - Turn off SSL checks
  • OAuth::enableDebug - Turn on verbose debugging
  • OAuth::enableRedirects - Turn on redirects
  • OAuth::enableSSLChecks - Turn on SSL checks
  • OAuth::fetch - Fetch an OAuth protected resource
  • OAuth::generateSignature - Generate a signature
  • OAuth::getAccessToken - Fetch an access token
  • OAuth::getCAPath - Gets CA information
  • OAuth::getLastResponse - Get the last response
  • OAuth::getLastResponseHeaders - Get headers for last response
  • OAuth::getLastResponseInfo - Get HTTP information about the last response
  • OAuth::getRequestHeader - Generate OAuth header string signature
  • OAuth::getRequestToken - Fetch a request token
  • OAuth::setAuthType - Set authorization type
  • OAuth::setCAPath - Set CA path and info
  • OAuth::setNonce - Set the nonce for subsequent requests
  • OAuth::setRequestEngine - The setRequestEngine purpose
  • OAuth::setRSACertificate - Set the RSA certificate
  • OAuth::setSSLChecks - Tweak specific SSL checks for requests
  • OAuth::setTimestamp - Set the timestamp
  • OAuth::setToken - Sets the token and secret
  • OAuth::setVersion - Set the OAuth version
  • OAuth::__construct - Create a new OAuth object
  • OAuth::__destruct - The destructor
  • OAuthProvider::addRequiredParameter - Add required parameters
  • OAuthProvider::callconsumerHandler - Calls the consumerNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::callTimestampNonceHandler - Calls the timestampNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::calltokenHandler - Calls the tokenNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::checkOAuthRequest - Check an oauth request
  • OAuthProvider::consumerHandler - Set the consumerHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::generateToken - Generate a random token
  • OAuthProvider::is2LeggedEndpoint - is2LeggedEndpoint
  • OAuthProvider::isRequestTokenEndpoint - Sets isRequestTokenEndpoint
  • OAuthProvider::removeRequiredParameter - Remove a required parameter
  • OAuthProvider::reportProblem - Report a problem
  • OAuthProvider::setParam - Set a parameter
  • OAuthProvider::setRequestTokenPath - Set request token path
  • OAuthProvider::timestampNonceHandler - Set the timestampNonceHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::tokenHandler - Set the tokenHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::__construct - Constructs a new OAuthProvider object
  • oauth_get_sbs - Generate a Signature Base String
  • oauth_urlencode - Encode a URI to RFC 3986
  • ob_clean - Clean (erase) the output buffer
  • ob_end_clean - Clean (erase) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
  • ob_end_flush - Flush (send) the output buffer and turn off output buffering
  • ob_flush - Flush (send) the output buffer
  • ob_get_clean - Get current buffer contents and delete current output buffer
  • ob_get_contents - Return the contents of the output buffer
  • ob_get_flush - Flush the output buffer, return it as a string and turn off output buffering
  • ob_get_length - Return the length of the output buffer
  • ob_get_level - Return the nesting level of the output buffering mechanism
  • ob_get_status - Get status of output buffers
  • ob_gzhandler - ob_start callback function to gzip output buffer
  • ob_iconv_handler - Convert character encoding as output buffer handler
  • ob_implicit_flush - Turn implicit flush on/off
  • ob_list_handlers - List all output handlers in use
  • ob_start - Turn on output buffering
  • ob_tidyhandler - ob_start callback function to repair the buffer
  • ocibindbyname - Alias of oci_bind_by_name
  • ocicancel - Alias of oci_cancel
  • ocicloselob - Alias of OCILob::close
  • ocicollappend - Alias of OCICollection::append
  • ocicollassign - Alias of OCICollection::assign
  • ocicollassignelem - Alias of OCICollection::assignElem
  • OCICollection::append - Appends element to the collection
  • OCICollection::assign - Assigns a value to the collection from another existing collection
  • OCICollection::assignElem - Assigns a value to the element of the collection
  • OCICollection::free - Frees the resources associated with the collection object
  • OCICollection::getElem - Returns value of the element
  • OCICollection::max - Returns the maximum number of elements in the collection
  • OCICollection::size - Returns size of the collection
  • OCICollection::trim - Trims elements from the end of the collection
  • ocicollgetelem - Alias of OCICollection::getElem
  • ocicollmax - Alias of OCICollection::max
  • ocicollsize - Alias of OCICollection::size
  • ocicolltrim - Alias of OCICollection::trim
  • ocicolumnisnull - Alias of oci_field_is_null
  • ocicolumnname - Alias of oci_field_name
  • ocicolumnprecision - Alias of oci_field_precision
  • ocicolumnscale - Alias of oci_field_scale
  • ocicolumnsize - Alias of oci_field_size
  • ocicolumntype - Alias of oci_field_type
  • ocicolumntyperaw - Alias of oci_field_type_raw
  • ocicommit - Alias of oci_commit
  • ocidefinebyname - Alias of oci_define_by_name
  • ocierror - Alias of oci_error
  • ociexecute - Alias of oci_execute
  • ocifetch - Alias of oci_fetch
  • ocifetchinto - Obsolete variant of oci_fetch_array, oci_fetch_object, oci_fetch_assoc and oci_fetch_row
  • ocifetchstatement - Alias of oci_fetch_all
  • ocifreecollection - Alias of OCICollection::free
  • ocifreecursor - Alias of oci_free_statement
  • ocifreedesc - Alias of OCILob::free
  • ocifreestatement - Alias of oci_free_statement
  • ociinternaldebug - Alias of oci_internal_debug
  • ociloadlob - Alias of OCILob::load
  • OCILob::append - Appends data from the large object to another large object
  • OCILob::close - Closes LOB descriptor
  • OCILob::eof - Tests for end-of-file on a large object's descriptor
  • OCILob::erase - Erases a specified portion of the internal LOB data
  • OCILob::export - Exports LOB's contents to a file
  • OCILob::flush - Flushes/writes buffer of the LOB to the server
  • OCILob::free - Frees resources associated with the LOB descriptor
  • OCILob::getBuffering - Returns current state of buffering for the large object
  • OCILob::import - Imports file data to the LOB
  • OCILob::load - Returns large object's contents
  • OCILob::read - Reads part of the large object
  • OCILob::rewind - Moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the large object
  • OCILob::save - Saves data to the large object
  • OCILob::saveFile - Alias of OCILob::import
  • OCILob::seek - Sets the internal pointer of the large object
  • OCILob::setBuffering - Changes current state of buffering for the large object
  • OCILob::size - Returns size of large object
  • OCILob::tell - Returns the current position of internal pointer of large object
  • OCILob::truncate - Truncates large object
  • OCILob::write - Writes data to the large object
  • OCILob::writeTemporary - Writes a temporary large object
  • OCILob::writeToFile - Alias of OCILob::export
  • ocilogoff - Alias of oci_close
  • ocilogon - Alias of oci_connect
  • ocinewcollection - Alias of oci_new_collection
  • ocinewcursor - Alias of oci_new_cursor
  • ocinewdescriptor - Alias of oci_new_descriptor
  • ocinlogon - Alias of oci_new_connect
  • ocinumcols - Alias of oci_num_fields
  • ociparse - Alias of oci_parse
  • ociplogon - Alias of oci_pconnect
  • ociresult - Alias of oci_result
  • ocirollback - Alias of oci_rollback
  • ocirowcount - Alias of oci_num_rows
  • ocisavelob - Alias of OCILob::save
  • ocisavelobfile - Alias of OCILob::import
  • ociserverversion - Alias of oci_server_version
  • ocisetprefetch - Alias of oci_set_prefetch
  • ocistatementtype - Alias of oci_statement_type
  • ociwritelobtofile - Alias of OCILob::export
  • ociwritetemporarylob - Alias of OCILob::writeTemporary
  • oci_bind_array_by_name - Binds a PHP array to an Oracle PL/SQL array parameter
  • oci_bind_by_name - Binds a PHP variable to an Oracle placeholder
  • oci_cancel - Cancels reading from cursor
  • oci_client_version - Returns the Oracle client library version
  • oci_close - Closes an Oracle connection
  • oci_commit - Commits the outstanding database transaction
  • oci_connect - Connect to an Oracle database
  • oci_define_by_name - Associates a PHP variable with a column for query fetches
  • oci_error - Returns the last error found
  • oci_execute - Executes a statement
  • oci_fetch - Fetches the next row from a query into internal buffers
  • oci_fetch_all - Fetches multiple rows from a query into a two-dimensional array
  • oci_fetch_array - Returns the next row from a query as an associative or numeric array
  • oci_fetch_assoc - Returns the next row from a query as an associative array
  • oci_fetch_object - Returns the next row from a query as an object
  • oci_fetch_row - Returns the next row from a query as a numeric array
  • oci_field_is_null - Checks if a field in the currently fetched row is null
  • oci_field_name - Returns the name of a field from the statement
  • oci_field_precision - Tell the precision of a field
  • oci_field_scale - Tell the scale of the field
  • oci_field_size - Returns field's size
  • oci_field_type - Returns a field's data type name
  • oci_field_type_raw - Tell the raw Oracle data type of the field
  • oci_free_descriptor - Frees a descriptor
  • oci_free_statement - Frees all resources associated with statement or cursor
  • oci_get_implicit_resultset - Returns the next child statement resource from a parent statement resource that has Oracle Database Implicit Result Sets
  • oci_internal_debug - Enables or disables internal debug output
  • oci_lob_copy - Copies large object
  • oci_lob_is_equal - Compares two LOB/FILE locators for equality
  • oci_new_collection - Allocates new collection object
  • oci_new_connect - Connect to the Oracle server using a unique connection
  • oci_new_cursor - Allocates and returns a new cursor (statement handle)
  • oci_new_descriptor - Initializes a new empty LOB or FILE descriptor
  • oci_num_fields - Returns the number of result columns in a statement
  • oci_num_rows - Returns number of rows affected during statement execution
  • oci_parse - Prepares an Oracle statement for execution
  • oci_password_change - Changes password of Oracle's user
  • oci_pconnect - Connect to an Oracle database using a persistent connection
  • oci_register_taf_callback - Register a user-defined callback function for Oracle Database TAF
  • oci_result - Returns field's value from the fetched row
  • oci_rollback - Rolls back the outstanding database transaction
  • oci_server_version - Returns the Oracle Database version
  • oci_set_action - Sets the action name
  • oci_set_call_timeout - Sets a millisecond timeout for database calls
  • oci_set_client_identifier - Sets the client identifier
  • oci_set_client_info - Sets the client information
  • oci_set_db_operation - Sets the database operation
  • oci_set_edition - Sets the database edition
  • oci_set_module_name - Sets the module name
  • oci_set_prefetch - Sets number of rows to be prefetched by queries
  • oci_set_prefetch_lob - Sets the amount of data prefetched for each CLOB or BLOB.
  • oci_statement_type - Returns the type of a statement
  • oci_unregister_taf_callback - Unregister a user-defined callback function for Oracle Database TAF
  • octdec - Octal to decimal
  • odbc_autocommit - Toggle autocommit behaviour
  • odbc_binmode - Handling of binary column data
  • odbc_close - Close an ODBC connection
  • odbc_close_all - Close all ODBC connections
  • odbc_columnprivileges - Lists columns and associated privileges for the given table
  • odbc_columns - Lists the column names in specified tables
  • odbc_commit - Commit an ODBC transaction
  • odbc_connect - Connect to a datasource
  • odbc_cursor - Get cursorname
  • odbc_data_source - Returns information about available DSNs
  • odbc_do - Alias of odbc_exec
  • odbc_error - Get the last error code
  • odbc_errormsg - Get the last error message
  • odbc_exec - Directly execute an SQL statement
  • odbc_execute - Execute a prepared statement
  • odbc_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • odbc_fetch_into - Fetch one result row into array
  • odbc_fetch_object - Fetch a result row as an object
  • odbc_fetch_row - Fetch a row
  • odbc_field_len - Get the length (precision) of a field
  • odbc_field_name - Get the columnname
  • odbc_field_num - Return column number
  • odbc_field_precision - Alias of odbc_field_len
  • odbc_field_scale - Get the scale of a field
  • odbc_field_type - Datatype of a field
  • odbc_foreignkeys - Retrieves a list of foreign keys
  • odbc_free_result - Free resources associated with a result
  • odbc_gettypeinfo - Retrieves information about data types supported by the data source
  • odbc_longreadlen - Handling of LONG columns
  • odbc_next_result - Checks if multiple results are available
  • odbc_num_fields - Number of columns in a result
  • odbc_num_rows - Number of rows in a result
  • odbc_pconnect - Open a persistent database connection
  • odbc_prepare - Prepares a statement for execution
  • odbc_primarykeys - Gets the primary keys for a table
  • odbc_procedurecolumns - Retrieve information about parameters to procedures
  • odbc_procedures - Get the list of procedures stored in a specific data source
  • odbc_result - Get result data
  • odbc_result_all - Print result as HTML table
  • odbc_rollback - Rollback a transaction
  • odbc_setoption - Adjust ODBC settings
  • odbc_specialcolumns - Retrieves special columns
  • odbc_statistics - Retrieve statistics about a table
  • odbc_tableprivileges - Lists tables and the privileges associated with each table
  • odbc_tables - Get the list of table names stored in a specific data source
  • ogg:// - Audio streams
  • opcache_compile_file - Compiles and caches a PHP script without executing it
  • opcache_get_configuration - Get configuration information about the cache
  • opcache_get_status - Get status information about the cache
  • opcache_invalidate - Invalidates a cached script
  • opcache_is_script_cached - Tells whether a script is cached in OPCache
  • opcache_reset - Resets the contents of the opcode cache
  • openal_buffer_create - Generate OpenAL buffer
  • openal_buffer_data - Load a buffer with data
  • openal_buffer_destroy - Destroys an OpenAL buffer
  • openal_buffer_get - Retrieve an OpenAL buffer property
  • openal_buffer_loadwav - Load a .wav file into a buffer
  • openal_context_create - Create an audio processing context
  • openal_context_current - Make the specified context current
  • openal_context_destroy - Destroys a context
  • openal_context_process - Process the specified context
  • openal_context_suspend - Suspend the specified context
  • openal_device_close - Close an OpenAL device
  • openal_device_open - Initialize the OpenAL audio layer
  • openal_listener_get - Retrieve a listener property
  • openal_listener_set - Set a listener property
  • openal_source_create - Generate a source resource
  • openal_source_destroy - Destroy a source resource
  • openal_source_get - Retrieve an OpenAL source property
  • openal_source_pause - Pause the source
  • openal_source_play - Start playing the source
  • openal_source_rewind - Rewind the source
  • openal_source_set - Set source property
  • openal_source_stop - Stop playing the source
  • openal_stream - Begin streaming on a source
  • opendir - Open directory handle
  • openlog - Open connection to system logger
  • openssl_cipher_iv_length - Gets the cipher iv length
  • openssl_cipher_key_length - Gets the cipher key length
  • openssl_cms_decrypt - Decrypt a CMS message
  • openssl_cms_encrypt - Encrypt a CMS message
  • openssl_cms_read - Export the CMS file to an array of PEM certificates
  • openssl_cms_sign - Sign a file
  • openssl_cms_verify - Verify a CMS signature
  • openssl_csr_export - Exports a CSR as a string
  • openssl_csr_export_to_file - Exports a CSR to a file
  • openssl_csr_get_public_key - Returns the public key of a CSR
  • openssl_csr_get_subject - Returns the subject of a CSR
  • openssl_csr_new - Generates a CSR
  • openssl_csr_sign - Sign a CSR with another certificate (or itself) and generate a certificate
  • openssl_decrypt - Decrypts data
  • openssl_dh_compute_key - Computes shared secret for public value of remote DH public key and local DH key
  • openssl_digest - Computes a digest
  • openssl_encrypt - Encrypts data
  • openssl_error_string - Return openSSL error message
  • openssl_free_key - Free key resource
  • openssl_get_cert_locations - Retrieve the available certificate locations
  • openssl_get_cipher_methods - Gets available cipher methods
  • openssl_get_curve_names - Gets list of available curve names for ECC
  • openssl_get_md_methods - Gets available digest methods
  • openssl_get_privatekey - Alias of openssl_pkey_get_private
  • openssl_get_publickey - Alias of openssl_pkey_get_public
  • openssl_open - Open sealed data
  • openssl_pbkdf2 - Generates a PKCS5 v2 PBKDF2 string
  • openssl_pkcs7_decrypt - Decrypts an S/MIME encrypted message
  • openssl_pkcs7_encrypt - Encrypt an S/MIME message
  • openssl_pkcs7_read - Export the PKCS7 file to an array of PEM certificates
  • openssl_pkcs7_sign - Sign an S/MIME message
  • openssl_pkcs7_verify - Verifies the signature of an S/MIME signed message
  • openssl_pkcs12_export - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File to variable
  • openssl_pkcs12_export_to_file - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File
  • openssl_pkcs12_read - Parse a PKCS#12 Certificate Store into an array
  • openssl_pkey_derive - Computes shared secret for public value of remote and local DH or ECDH key
  • openssl_pkey_export - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a string
  • openssl_pkey_export_to_file - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a file
  • openssl_pkey_free - Frees a private key
  • openssl_pkey_get_details - Returns an array with the key details
  • openssl_pkey_get_private - Get a private key
  • openssl_pkey_get_public - Extract public key from certificate and prepare it for use
  • openssl_pkey_new - Generates a new private key
  • openssl_private_decrypt - Decrypts data with private key
  • openssl_private_encrypt - Encrypts data with private key
  • openssl_public_decrypt - Decrypts data with public key
  • openssl_public_encrypt - Encrypts data with public key
  • openssl_random_pseudo_bytes - Generate a pseudo-random string of bytes
  • openssl_seal - Seal (encrypt) data
  • openssl_sign - Generate signature
  • openssl_spki_export - Exports a valid PEM formatted public key signed public key and challenge
  • openssl_spki_export_challenge - Exports the challenge associated with a signed public key and challenge
  • openssl_spki_new - Generate a new signed public key and challenge
  • openssl_spki_verify - Verifies a signed public key and challenge
  • openssl_verify - Verify signature
  • openssl_x509_checkpurpose - Verifies if a certificate can be used for a particular purpose
  • openssl_x509_check_private_key - Checks if a private key corresponds to a certificate
  • openssl_x509_export - Exports a certificate as a string
  • openssl_x509_export_to_file - Exports a certificate to file
  • openssl_x509_fingerprint - Calculates the fingerprint, or digest, of a given X.509 certificate
  • openssl_x509_free - Free certificate resource
  • openssl_x509_parse - Parse an X509 certificate and return the information as an array
  • openssl_x509_read - Parse an X.509 certificate and return an object for it
  • openssl_x509_verify - Verifies digital signature of x509 certificate against a public key
  • ord - Convert the first byte of a string to a value between 0 and 255
  • OuterIterator::getInnerIterator - Returns the inner iterator for the current entry
  • output_add_rewrite_var - Add URL rewriter values
  • output_reset_rewrite_vars - Reset URL rewriter values
• p
  • pack - Pack data into binary string
  • parallel\bootstrap - Bootstrapping
  • parallel\Channel::close - Closing
  • parallel\Channel::make - Access
  • parallel\Channel::open - Access
  • parallel\Channel::recv - Sharing
  • parallel\Channel::send - Sharing
  • parallel\Channel::__construct - Channel Construction
  • parallel\Events::addChannel - Targets
  • parallel\Events::addFuture - Targets
  • parallel\Events::poll - Polling
  • parallel\Events::remove - Targets
  • parallel\Events::setBlocking - Behaviour
  • parallel\Events::setInput - Input
  • parallel\Events::setTimeout - Behaviour
  • parallel\Events\Input::add - Inputs
  • parallel\Events\Input::clear - Inputs
  • parallel\Events\Input::remove - Inputs
  • parallel\Future::cancel - Cancellation
  • parallel\Future::cancelled - State Detection
  • parallel\Future::done - State Detection
  • parallel\Future::value - Resolution
  • parallel\run - Execution
  • parallel\Runtime::close - Runtime Graceful Join
  • parallel\Runtime::kill - Runtime Join
  • parallel\Runtime::run - Execution
  • parallel\Runtime::__construct - Runtime Construction
  • parallel\Sync::get - Access
  • parallel\Sync::notify - Synchronization
  • parallel\Sync::set - Access
  • parallel\Sync::wait - Synchronization
  • parallel\Sync::__construct - Construction
  • parallel\Sync::__invoke - Synchronization
  • ParentIterator::accept - Determines acceptability
  • ParentIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a ParentIterator
  • ParentIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • ParentIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • ParentIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
  • ParentIterator::__construct - Constructs a ParentIterator
  • Parle\Lexer::advance - Process next lexer rule
  • Parle\Lexer::build - Finalize the lexer rule set
  • Parle\Lexer::callout - Define token callback
  • Parle\Lexer::consume - Pass the data for processing
  • Parle\Lexer::dump - Dump the state machine
  • Parle\Lexer::getToken - Retrieve the current token
  • Parle\Lexer::insertMacro - Insert regex macro
  • Parle\Lexer::push - Add a lexer rule
  • Parle\Lexer::reset - Reset lexer
  • Parle\Parser::advance - Process next parser rule
  • Parle\Parser::build - Finalize the grammar rules
  • Parle\Parser::consume - Consume the data for processing
  • Parle\Parser::dump - Dump the grammar
  • Parle\Parser::errorInfo - Retrieve the error information
  • Parle\Parser::left - Declare a token with left-associativity
  • Parle\Parser::nonassoc - Declare a token with no associativity
  • Parle\Parser::precedence - Declare a precedence rule
  • Parle\Parser::push - Add a grammar rule
  • Parle\Parser::reset - Reset parser state
  • Parle\Parser::right - Declare a token with right-associativity
  • Parle\Parser::sigil - Retrieve a matching part of a rule
  • Parle\Parser::token - Declare a token
  • Parle\Parser::tokenId - Get token id
  • Parle\Parser::trace - Trace the parser operation
  • Parle\Parser::validate - Validate input
  • Parle\RLexer::advance - Process next lexer rule
  • Parle\RLexer::build - Finalize the lexer rule set
  • Parle\RLexer::callout - Define token callback
  • Parle\RLexer::consume - Pass the data for processing
  • Parle\RLexer::dump - Dump the state machine
  • Parle\RLexer::getToken - Retrieve the current token
  • Parle\RLexer::insertMacro - Insert regex macro
  • Parle\RLexer::push - Add a lexer rule
  • Parle\RLexer::pushState - Push a new start state
  • Parle\RLexer::reset - Reset lexer
  • Parle\RParser::advance - Process next parser rule
  • Parle\RParser::build - Finalize the grammar rules
  • Parle\RParser::consume - Consume the data for processing
  • Parle\RParser::dump - Dump the grammar
  • Parle\RParser::errorInfo - Retrieve the error information
  • Parle\RParser::left - Declare a token with left-associativity
  • Parle\RParser::nonassoc - Declare a token with no associativity
  • Parle\RParser::precedence - Declare a precedence rule
  • Parle\RParser::push - Add a grammar rule
  • Parle\RParser::reset - Reset parser state
  • Parle\RParser::right - Declare a token with right-associativity
  • Parle\RParser::sigil - Retrieve a matching part of a rule
  • Parle\RParser::token - Declare a token
  • Parle\RParser::tokenId - Get token id
  • Parle\RParser::trace - Trace the parser operation
  • Parle\RParser::validate - Validate input
  • Parle\Stack::pop - Pop an item from the stack
  • Parle\Stack::push - Push an item into the stack
  • parse_ini_file - Parse a configuration file
  • parse_ini_string - Parse a configuration string
  • parse_str - Parses the string into variables
  • parse_url - Parse a URL and return its components
  • passthru - Execute an external program and display raw output
  • password_algos - Get available password hashing algorithm IDs
  • password_get_info - Returns information about the given hash
  • password_hash - Creates a password hash
  • password_needs_rehash - Checks if the given hash matches the given options
  • password_verify - Verifies that a password matches a hash
  • pathinfo - Returns information about a file path
  • pclose - Closes process file pointer
  • pcntl_alarm - Set an alarm clock for delivery of a signal
  • pcntl_async_signals - Enable/disable asynchronous signal handling or return the old setting
  • pcntl_errno - Alias of pcntl_get_last_error
  • pcntl_exec - Executes specified program in current process space
  • pcntl_fork - Forks the currently running process
  • pcntl_getpriority - Get the priority of any process
  • pcntl_get_last_error - Retrieve the error number set by the last pcntl function which failed
  • pcntl_rfork - Manipulates process resources
  • pcntl_setpriority - Change the priority of any process
  • pcntl_signal - Installs a signal handler
  • pcntl_signal_dispatch - Calls signal handlers for pending signals
  • pcntl_signal_get_handler - Get the current handler for specified signal
  • pcntl_sigprocmask - Sets and retrieves blocked signals
  • pcntl_sigtimedwait - Waits for signals, with a timeout
  • pcntl_sigwaitinfo - Waits for signals
  • pcntl_strerror - Retrieve the system error message associated with the given errno
  • pcntl_unshare - Dissociates parts of the process execution context
  • pcntl_wait - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
  • pcntl_waitpid - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
  • pcntl_wexitstatus - Returns the return code of a terminated child
  • pcntl_wifexited - Checks if status code represents a normal exit
  • pcntl_wifsignaled - Checks whether the status code represents a termination due to a signal
  • pcntl_wifstopped - Checks whether the child process is currently stopped
  • pcntl_wstopsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to stop
  • pcntl_wtermsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to terminate
  • PDO::beginTransaction - Initiates a transaction
  • PDO::commit - Commits a transaction
  • PDO::cubrid_schema - Get the requested schema information
  • PDO::errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the database handle
  • PDO::errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the database handle
  • PDO::exec - Execute an SQL statement and return the number of affected rows
  • PDO::getAttribute - Retrieve a database connection attribute
  • PDO::getAvailableDrivers - Return an array of available PDO drivers
  • PDO::inTransaction - Checks if inside a transaction
  • PDO::lastInsertId - Returns the ID of the last inserted row or sequence value
  • PDO::pgsqlCopyFromArray - Copy data from PHP array into table
  • PDO::pgsqlCopyFromFile - Copy data from file into table
  • PDO::pgsqlCopyToArray - Copy data from database table into PHP array
  • PDO::pgsqlCopyToFile - Copy data from table into file
  • PDO::pgsqlGetNotify - Get asynchronous notification
  • PDO::pgsqlGetPid - Get the server PID
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBCreate - Creates a new large object
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBOpen - Opens an existing large object stream
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBUnlink - Deletes the large object
  • PDO::prepare - Prepares a statement for execution and returns a statement object
  • PDO::query - Prepares and executes an SQL statement without placeholders
  • PDO::quote - Quotes a string for use in a query
  • PDO::rollBack - Rolls back a transaction
  • PDO::setAttribute - Set an attribute
  • PDO::sqliteCreateAggregate - Registers an aggregating User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
  • PDO::sqliteCreateCollation - Registers a User Defined Function for use as a collating function in SQL statements
  • PDO::sqliteCreateFunction - Registers a User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
  • PDO::__construct - Creates a PDO instance representing a connection to a database
  • PDOStatement::bindColumn - Bind a column to a PHP variable
  • PDOStatement::bindParam - Binds a parameter to the specified variable name
  • PDOStatement::bindValue - Binds a value to a parameter
  • PDOStatement::closeCursor - Closes the cursor, enabling the statement to be executed again
  • PDOStatement::columnCount - Returns the number of columns in the result set
  • PDOStatement::debugDumpParams - Dump an SQL prepared command
  • PDOStatement::errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the statement handle
  • PDOStatement::errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the statement handle
  • PDOStatement::execute - Executes a prepared statement
  • PDOStatement::fetch - Fetches the next row from a result set
  • PDOStatement::fetchAll - Fetches the remaining rows from a result set
  • PDOStatement::fetchColumn - Returns a single column from the next row of a result set
  • PDOStatement::fetchObject - Fetches the next row and returns it as an object
  • PDOStatement::getAttribute - Retrieve a statement attribute
  • PDOStatement::getColumnMeta - Returns metadata for a column in a result set
  • PDOStatement::getIterator - Gets result set iterator
  • PDOStatement::nextRowset - Advances to the next rowset in a multi-rowset statement handle
  • PDOStatement::rowCount - Returns the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
  • PDOStatement::setAttribute - Set a statement attribute
  • PDOStatement::setFetchMode - Set the default fetch mode for this statement
  • PDO_CUBRID DSN - Connecting to CUBRID databases
  • PDO_DBLIB DSN - Connecting to Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase databases
  • PDO_FIREBIRD DSN - Connecting to Firebird databases
  • PDO_IBM DSN - Connecting to IBM databases
  • PDO_INFORMIX DSN - Connecting to Informix databases
  • PDO_MYSQL DSN - Connecting to MySQL databases
  • PDO_OCI DSN - Connecting to Oracle databases
  • PDO_ODBC DSN - Connecting to ODBC or DB2 databases
  • PDO_PGSQL DSN - Connecting to PostgreSQL databases
  • PDO_SQLITE DSN - Connecting to SQLite databases
  • PDO_SQLSRV DSN - Connecting to MS SQL Server and SQL Azure databases
  • pfsockopen - Open persistent Internet or Unix domain socket connection
  • pg_affected_rows - Returns number of affected records (tuples)
  • pg_cancel_query - Cancel an asynchronous query
  • pg_client_encoding - Gets the client encoding
  • pg_close - Closes a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_connect - Open a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_connection_busy - Get connection is busy or not
  • pg_connection_reset - Reset connection (reconnect)
  • pg_connection_status - Get connection status
  • pg_connect_poll - Poll the status of an in-progress asynchronous PostgreSQL connection attempt
  • pg_consume_input - Reads input on the connection
  • pg_convert - Convert associative array values into forms suitable for SQL statements
  • pg_copy_from - Insert records into a table from an array
  • pg_copy_to - Copy a table to an array
  • pg_dbname - Get the database name
  • pg_delete - Deletes records
  • pg_end_copy - Sync with PostgreSQL backend
  • pg_escape_bytea - Escape a string for insertion into a bytea field
  • pg_escape_identifier - Escape a identifier for insertion into a text field
  • pg_escape_literal - Escape a literal for insertion into a text field
  • pg_escape_string - Escape a string for query
  • pg_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, and waits for the result
  • pg_fetch_all - Fetches all rows from a result as an array
  • pg_fetch_all_columns - Fetches all rows in a particular result column as an array
  • pg_fetch_array - Fetch a row as an array
  • pg_fetch_assoc - Fetch a row as an associative array
  • pg_fetch_object - Fetch a row as an object
  • pg_fetch_result - Returns values from a result instance
  • pg_fetch_row - Get a row as an enumerated array
  • pg_field_is_null - Test if a field is SQL NULL
  • pg_field_name - Returns the name of a field
  • pg_field_num - Returns the field number of the named field
  • pg_field_prtlen - Returns the printed length
  • pg_field_size - Returns the internal storage size of the named field
  • pg_field_table - Returns the name or oid of the tables field
  • pg_field_type - Returns the type name for the corresponding field number
  • pg_field_type_oid - Returns the type ID (OID) for the corresponding field number
  • pg_flush - Flush outbound query data on the connection
  • pg_free_result - Free result memory
  • pg_get_notify - Gets SQL NOTIFY message
  • pg_get_pid - Gets the backend's process ID
  • pg_get_result - Get asynchronous query result
  • pg_host - Returns the host name associated with the connection
  • pg_insert - Insert array into table
  • pg_last_error - Get the last error message string of a connection
  • pg_last_notice - Returns the last notice message from PostgreSQL server
  • pg_last_oid - Returns the last row's OID
  • pg_lo_close - Close a large object
  • pg_lo_create - Create a large object
  • pg_lo_export - Export a large object to file
  • pg_lo_import - Import a large object from file
  • pg_lo_open - Open a large object
  • pg_lo_read - Read a large object
  • pg_lo_read_all - Reads an entire large object and send straight to browser
  • pg_lo_seek - Seeks position within a large object
  • pg_lo_tell - Returns current seek position a of large object
  • pg_lo_truncate - Truncates a large object
  • pg_lo_unlink - Delete a large object
  • pg_lo_write - Write to a large object
  • pg_meta_data - Get meta data for table
  • pg_num_fields - Returns the number of fields in a result
  • pg_num_rows - Returns the number of rows in a result
  • pg_options - Get the options associated with the connection
  • pg_parameter_status - Looks up a current parameter setting of the server
  • pg_pconnect - Open a persistent PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_ping - Ping database connection
  • pg_port - Return the port number associated with the connection
  • pg_prepare - Submits a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, and waits for completion
  • pg_put_line - Send a NULL-terminated string to PostgreSQL backend
  • pg_query - Execute a query
  • pg_query_params - Submits a command to the server and waits for the result, with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL command text
  • pg_result_error - Get error message associated with result
  • pg_result_error_field - Returns an individual field of an error report
  • pg_result_seek - Set internal row offset in result instance
  • pg_result_status - Get status of query result
  • pg_select - Select records
  • pg_send_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, without waiting for the result(s)
  • pg_send_prepare - Sends a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, without waiting for completion
  • pg_send_query - Sends asynchronous query
  • pg_send_query_params - Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without waiting for the result(s)
  • pg_set_client_encoding - Set the client encoding
  • pg_set_error_verbosity - Determines the verbosity of messages returned by pg_last_error and pg_result_error
  • pg_socket - Get a read only handle to the socket underlying a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_trace - Enable tracing a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_transaction_status - Returns the current in-transaction status of the server
  • pg_tty - Return the TTY name associated with the connection
  • pg_unescape_bytea - Unescape binary for bytea type
  • pg_untrace - Disable tracing of a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_update - Update table
  • pg_version - Returns an array with client, protocol and server version (when available)
  • phar:// - PHP Archive
  • Phar::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the phar archive
  • Phar::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the phar archive
  • Phar::addFromString - Add a file from a string to the phar archive
  • Phar::apiVersion - Returns the api version
  • Phar::buildFromDirectory - Construct a phar archive from the files within a directory
  • Phar::buildFromIterator - Construct a phar archive from an iterator
  • Phar::canCompress - Returns whether phar extension supports compression using either zlib or bzip2
  • Phar::canWrite - Returns whether phar extension supports writing and creating phars
  • Phar::compress - Compresses the entire Phar archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
  • Phar::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
  • Phar::convertToExecutable - Convert a phar archive to another executable phar archive file format
  • Phar::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
  • Phar::count - Returns the number of entries (files) in the Phar archive
  • Phar::createDefaultStub - Create a phar-file format specific stub
  • Phar::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
  • Phar::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::delete - Delete a file within a phar archive
  • Phar::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of the phar
  • Phar::extractTo - Extract the contents of a phar archive to a directory
  • Phar::getAlias - Get the alias for Phar
  • Phar::getMetadata - Returns phar archive meta-data
  • Phar::getModified - Return whether phar was modified
  • Phar::getPath - Get the real path to the Phar archive on disk
  • Phar::getSignature - Return MD5/SHA1/SHA256/SHA512/OpenSSL signature of a Phar archive
  • Phar::getStub - Return the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
  • Phar::getSupportedCompression - Return array of supported compression algorithms
  • Phar::getSupportedSignatures - Return array of supported signature types
  • Phar::getVersion - Return version info of Phar archive
  • Phar::hasMetadata - Returns whether phar has global meta-data
  • Phar::interceptFileFuncs - Instructs phar to intercept fopen, file_get_contents, opendir, and all of the stat-related functions
  • Phar::isBuffering - Used to determine whether Phar write operations are being buffered, or are flushing directly to disk
  • Phar::isCompressed - Returns Phar::GZ or PHAR::BZ2 if the entire phar archive is compressed (.tar.gz/tar.bz and so on)
  • Phar::isFileFormat - Returns true if the phar archive is based on the tar/phar/zip file format depending on the parameter
  • Phar::isValidPharFilename - Returns whether the given filename is a valid phar filename
  • Phar::isWritable - Returns true if the phar archive can be modified
  • Phar::loadPhar - Loads any phar archive with an alias
  • Phar::mapPhar - Reads the currently executed file (a phar) and registers its manifest
  • Phar::mount - Mount an external path or file to a virtual location within the phar archive
  • Phar::mungServer - Defines a list of up to 4 $_SERVER variables that should be modified for execution
  • Phar::offsetExists - Determines whether a file exists in the phar
  • Phar::offsetGet - Gets a PharFileInfo object for a specific file
  • Phar::offsetSet - Set the contents of an internal file to those of an external file
  • Phar::offsetUnset - Remove a file from a phar
  • Phar::running - Returns the full path on disk or full phar URL to the currently executing Phar archive
  • Phar::setAlias - Set the alias for the Phar archive
  • Phar::setDefaultStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive to the default loader
  • Phar::setMetadata - Sets phar archive meta-data
  • Phar::setSignatureAlgorithm - Set the signature algorithm for a phar and apply it
  • Phar::setStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
  • Phar::startBuffering - Start buffering Phar write operations, do not modify the Phar object on disk
  • Phar::stopBuffering - Stop buffering write requests to the Phar archive, and save changes to disk
  • Phar::unlinkArchive - Completely remove a phar archive from disk and from memory
  • Phar::webPhar - Routes a request from a web browser to an internal file within the phar archive
  • Phar::__construct - Construct a Phar archive object
  • Phar::__destruct - Destructs a Phar archive object
  • Phar context options - Phar context option listing
  • PharData::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::addFromString - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::buildFromDirectory - Construct a tar/zip archive from the files within a directory
  • PharData::buildFromIterator - Construct a tar or zip archive from an iterator
  • PharData::compress - Compresses the entire tar/zip archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
  • PharData::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current tar/zip archive
  • PharData::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
  • PharData::convertToExecutable - Convert a non-executable tar/zip archive to an executable phar archive
  • PharData::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
  • PharData::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
  • PharData::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current zip archive
  • PharData::delete - Delete a file within a tar/zip archive
  • PharData::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of a zip archive
  • PharData::extractTo - Extract the contents of a tar/zip archive to a directory
  • PharData::isWritable - Returns true if the tar/zip archive can be modified
  • PharData::offsetSet - Set the contents of a file within the tar/zip to those of an external file or string
  • PharData::offsetUnset - Remove a file from a tar/zip archive
  • PharData::setAlias - Dummy function (Phar::setAlias is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::setDefaultStub - Dummy function (Phar::setDefaultStub is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::setMetadata - Sets phar archive meta-data
  • PharData::setSignatureAlgorithm - Set the signature algorithm for a phar and apply it
  • PharData::setStub - Dummy function (Phar::setStub is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::__construct - Construct a non-executable tar or zip archive object
  • PharData::__destruct - Destructs a non-executable tar or zip archive object
  • PharFileInfo::chmod - Sets file-specific permission bits
  • PharFileInfo::compress - Compresses the current Phar entry with either zlib or bzip2 compression
  • PharFileInfo::decompress - Decompresses the current Phar entry within the phar
  • PharFileInfo::delMetadata - Deletes the metadata of the entry
  • PharFileInfo::getCompressedSize - Returns the actual size of the file (with compression) inside the Phar archive
  • PharFileInfo::getContent - Get the complete file contents of the entry
  • PharFileInfo::getCRC32 - Returns CRC32 code or throws an exception if CRC has not been verified
  • PharFileInfo::getMetadata - Returns file-specific meta-data saved with a file
  • PharFileInfo::getPharFlags - Returns the Phar file entry flags
  • PharFileInfo::hasMetadata - Returns the metadata of the entry
  • PharFileInfo::isCompressed - Returns whether the entry is compressed
  • PharFileInfo::isCRCChecked - Returns whether file entry has had its CRC verified
  • PharFileInfo::setMetadata - Sets file-specific meta-data saved with a file
  • PharFileInfo::__construct - Construct a Phar entry object
  • PharFileInfo::__destruct - Destructs a Phar entry object
  • php:// - Accessing various I/O streams
  • phpcredits - Prints out the credits for PHP
  • phpdbg_break_file - Inserts a breakpoint at a line in a file
  • phpdbg_break_function - Inserts a breakpoint at entry to a function
  • phpdbg_break_method - Inserts a breakpoint at entry to a method
  • phpdbg_break_next - Inserts a breakpoint at the next opcode
  • phpdbg_clear - Clears all breakpoints
  • phpdbg_color - Sets the color of certain elements
  • phpdbg_end_oplog - Description
  • phpdbg_exec - Attempts to set the execution context
  • phpdbg_get_executable - Description
  • phpdbg_prompt - Sets the command prompt
  • phpdbg_start_oplog - Description
  • phpinfo - Outputs information about PHP's configuration
  • PhpToken::getTokenName - Returns the name of the token.
  • PhpToken::is - Tells whether the token is of given kind.
  • PhpToken::isIgnorable - Tells whether the token would be ignored by the PHP parser.
  • PhpToken::tokenize - Splits given source into PHP tokens, represented by PhpToken objects.
  • PhpToken::__construct - Returns a new PhpToken object
  • PhpToken::__toString - Returns the textual content of the token.
  • phpversion - Gets the current PHP version
  • php_ini_loaded_file - Retrieve a path to the loaded php.ini file
  • php_ini_scanned_files - Return a list of .ini files parsed from the additional ini dir
  • php_sapi_name - Returns the type of interface between web server and PHP
  • php_strip_whitespace - Return source with stripped comments and whitespace
  • php_uname - Returns information about the operating system PHP is running on
  • php_user_filter::filter - Called when applying the filter
  • php_user_filter::onClose - Called when closing the filter
  • php_user_filter::onCreate - Called when creating the filter
  • pi - Get value of pi
  • png2wbmp - Convert PNG image file to WBMP image file
  • Pool::collect - Collect references to completed tasks
  • Pool::resize - Resize the Pool
  • Pool::shutdown - Shutdown all workers
  • Pool::submit - Submits an object for execution
  • Pool::submitTo - Submits a task to a specific worker for execution
  • Pool::__construct - Creates a new Pool of Workers
  • popen - Opens process file pointer
  • pos - Alias of current
  • posix_access - Determine accessibility of a file
  • posix_ctermid - Get path name of controlling terminal
  • posix_errno - Alias of posix_get_last_error
  • posix_getcwd - Pathname of current directory
  • posix_getegid - Return the effective group ID of the current process
  • posix_geteuid - Return the effective user ID of the current process
  • posix_getgid - Return the real group ID of the current process
  • posix_getgrgid - Return info about a group by group id
  • posix_getgrnam - Return info about a group by name
  • posix_getgroups - Return the group set of the current process
  • posix_getlogin - Return login name
  • posix_getpgid - Get process group id for job control
  • posix_getpgrp - Return the current process group identifier
  • posix_getpid - Return the current process identifier
  • posix_getppid - Return the parent process identifier
  • posix_getpwnam - Return info about a user by username
  • posix_getpwuid - Return info about a user by user id
  • posix_getrlimit - Return info about system resource limits
  • posix_getsid - Get the current sid of the process
  • posix_getuid - Return the real user ID of the current process
  • posix_get_last_error - Retrieve the error number set by the last posix function that failed
  • posix_initgroups - Calculate the group access list
  • posix_isatty - Determine if a file descriptor is an interactive terminal
  • posix_kill - Send a signal to a process
  • posix_mkfifo - Create a fifo special file (a named pipe)
  • posix_mknod - Create a special or ordinary file (POSIX.1)
  • posix_setegid - Set the effective GID of the current process
  • posix_seteuid - Set the effective UID of the current process
  • posix_setgid - Set the GID of the current process
  • posix_setpgid - Set process group id for job control
  • posix_setrlimit - Set system resource limits
  • posix_setsid - Make the current process a session leader
  • posix_setuid - Set the UID of the current process
  • posix_strerror - Retrieve the system error message associated with the given errno
  • posix_times - Get process times
  • posix_ttyname - Determine terminal device name
  • posix_uname - Get system name
  • pow - Exponential expression
  • preg_filter - Perform a regular expression search and replace
  • preg_grep - Return array entries that match the pattern
  • preg_last_error - Returns the error code of the last PCRE regex execution
  • preg_last_error_msg - Returns the error message of the last PCRE regex execution
  • preg_match - Perform a regular expression match
  • preg_match_all - Perform a global regular expression match
  • preg_quote - Quote regular expression characters
  • preg_replace - Perform a regular expression search and replace
  • preg_replace_callback - Perform a regular expression search and replace using a callback
  • preg_replace_callback_array - Perform a regular expression search and replace using callbacks
  • preg_split - Split string by a regular expression
  • prev - Rewind the internal array pointer
  • print - Output a string
  • printf - Output a formatted string
  • print_r - Prints human-readable information about a variable
  • proc_close - Close a process opened by proc_open and return the exit code of that process
  • proc_get_status - Get information about a process opened by proc_open
  • proc_nice - Change the priority of the current process
  • proc_open - Execute a command and open file pointers for input/output
  • proc_terminate - Kills a process opened by proc_open
  • property_exists - Checks if the object or class has a property
  • pspell_add_to_personal - Add the word to a personal wordlist
  • pspell_add_to_session - Add the word to the wordlist in the current session
  • pspell_check - Check a word
  • pspell_clear_session - Clear the current session
  • pspell_config_create - Create a config used to open a dictionary
  • pspell_config_data_dir - Location of language data files
  • pspell_config_dict_dir - Location of the main word list
  • pspell_config_ignore - Ignore words less than N characters long
  • pspell_config_mode - Change the mode number of suggestions returned
  • pspell_config_personal - Set a file that contains personal wordlist
  • pspell_config_repl - Set a file that contains replacement pairs
  • pspell_config_runtogether - Consider run-together words as valid compounds
  • pspell_config_save_repl - Determine whether to save a replacement pairs list along with the wordlist
  • pspell_new - Load a new dictionary
  • pspell_new_config - Load a new dictionary with settings based on a given config
  • pspell_new_personal - Load a new dictionary with personal wordlist
  • pspell_save_wordlist - Save the personal wordlist to a file
  • pspell_store_replacement - Store a replacement pair for a word
  • pspell_suggest - Suggest spellings of a word
  • ps_add_bookmark - Add bookmark to current page
  • ps_add_launchlink - Adds link which launches file
  • ps_add_locallink - Adds link to a page in the same document
  • ps_add_note - Adds note to current page
  • ps_add_pdflink - Adds link to a page in a second pdf document
  • ps_add_weblink - Adds link to a web location
  • ps_arc - Draws an arc counterclockwise
  • ps_arcn - Draws an arc clockwise
  • ps_begin_page - Start a new page
  • ps_begin_pattern - Start a new pattern
  • ps_begin_template - Start a new template
  • ps_circle - Draws a circle
  • ps_clip - Clips drawing to current path
  • ps_close - Closes a PostScript document
  • ps_closepath - Closes path
  • ps_closepath_stroke - Closes and strokes path
  • ps_close_image - Closes image and frees memory
  • ps_continue_text - Continue text in next line
  • ps_curveto - Draws a curve
  • ps_delete - Deletes all resources of a PostScript document
  • ps_end_page - End a page
  • ps_end_pattern - End a pattern
  • ps_end_template - End a template
  • ps_fill - Fills the current path
  • ps_fill_stroke - Fills and strokes the current path
  • ps_findfont - Loads a font
  • ps_get_buffer - Fetches the full buffer containig the generated PS data
  • ps_get_parameter - Gets certain parameters
  • ps_get_value - Gets certain values
  • ps_hyphenate - Hyphenates a word
  • ps_include_file - Reads an external file with raw PostScript code
  • ps_lineto - Draws a line
  • ps_makespotcolor - Create spot color
  • ps_moveto - Sets current point
  • ps_new - Creates a new PostScript document object
  • ps_open_file - Opens a file for output
  • ps_open_image - Reads an image for later placement
  • ps_open_image_file - Opens image from file
  • ps_open_memory_image - Takes an GD image and returns an image for placement in a PS document
  • ps_place_image - Places image on the page
  • ps_rect - Draws a rectangle
  • ps_restore - Restore previously save context
  • ps_rotate - Sets rotation factor
  • ps_save - Save current context
  • ps_scale - Sets scaling factor
  • ps_setcolor - Sets current color
  • ps_setdash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
  • ps_setflat - Sets flatness
  • ps_setfont - Sets font to use for following output
  • ps_setgray - Sets gray value
  • ps_setlinecap - Sets appearance of line ends
  • ps_setlinejoin - Sets how contected lines are joined
  • ps_setlinewidth - Sets width of a line
  • ps_setmiterlimit - Sets the miter limit
  • ps_setoverprintmode - Sets overprint mode
  • ps_setpolydash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
  • ps_set_border_color - Sets color of border for annotations
  • ps_set_border_dash - Sets length of dashes for border of annotations
  • ps_set_border_style - Sets border style of annotations
  • ps_set_info - Sets information fields of document
  • ps_set_parameter - Sets certain parameters
  • ps_set_text_pos - Sets position for text output
  • ps_set_value - Sets certain values
  • ps_shading - Creates a shading for later use
  • ps_shading_pattern - Creates a pattern based on a shading
  • ps_shfill - Fills an area with a shading
  • ps_show - Output text
  • ps_show2 - Output a text at current position
  • ps_show_boxed - Output text in a box
  • ps_show_xy - Output text at given position
  • ps_show_xy2 - Output text at position
  • ps_stringwidth - Gets width of a string
  • ps_string_geometry - Gets geometry of a string
  • ps_stroke - Draws the current path
  • ps_symbol - Output a glyph
  • ps_symbol_name - Gets name of a glyph
  • ps_symbol_width - Gets width of a glyph
  • ps_translate - Sets translation
  • putenv - Sets the value of an environment variable
• q
  • QuickHashIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::delete - This method deletes an entry from the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntHash object
  • QuickHashIntSet::add - This method adds a new entry to the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::delete - This method deletes an entry from the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a set from a file
  • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromString - This factory method creates a set from a string
  • QuickHashIntSet::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory set to disk
  • QuickHashIntSet::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntSet object
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::delete - This method deletes an entry from the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntStringHash object
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::delete - This method deletes an entry from the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashStringIntHash object
  • quoted_printable_decode - Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
  • quoted_printable_encode - Convert a 8 bit string to a quoted-printable string
  • quotemeta - Quote meta characters
• r
  • rad2deg - Converts the radian number to the equivalent number in degrees
  • radius_acct_open - Creates a Radius handle for accounting
  • radius_add_server - Adds a server
  • radius_auth_open - Creates a Radius handle for authentication
  • radius_close - Frees all ressources
  • radius_config - Causes the library to read the given configuration file
  • radius_create_request - Create accounting or authentication request
  • radius_cvt_addr - Converts raw data to IP-Address
  • radius_cvt_int - Converts raw data to integer
  • radius_cvt_string - Converts raw data to string
  • radius_demangle - Demangles data
  • radius_demangle_mppe_key - Derives mppe-keys from mangled data
  • radius_get_attr - Extracts an attribute
  • radius_get_tagged_attr_data - Extracts the data from a tagged attribute
  • radius_get_tagged_attr_tag - Extracts the tag from a tagged attribute
  • radius_get_vendor_attr - Extracts a vendor specific attribute
  • radius_put_addr - Attaches an IP address attribute
  • radius_put_attr - Attaches a binary attribute
  • radius_put_int - Attaches an integer attribute
  • radius_put_string - Attaches a string attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_addr - Attaches a vendor specific IP address attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_attr - Attaches a vendor specific binary attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_int - Attaches a vendor specific integer attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_string - Attaches a vendor specific string attribute
  • radius_request_authenticator - Returns the request authenticator
  • radius_salt_encrypt_attr - Salt-encrypts a value
  • radius_send_request - Sends the request and waits for a reply
  • radius_server_secret - Returns the shared secret
  • radius_strerror - Returns an error message
  • rand - Generate a random integer
  • random_bytes - Generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes
  • random_int - Generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random integers
  • range - Create an array containing a range of elements
  • rar:// - RAR
  • RarArchive::close - Close RAR archive and free all resources
  • RarArchive::getComment - Get comment text from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::getEntries - Get full list of entries from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::getEntry - Get entry object from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::isBroken - Test whether an archive is broken (incomplete)
  • RarArchive::isSolid - Check whether the RAR archive is solid
  • RarArchive::open - Open RAR archive
  • RarArchive::setAllowBroken - Whether opening broken archives is allowed
  • RarArchive::__toString - Get text representation
  • RarEntry::extract - Extract entry from the archive
  • RarEntry::getAttr - Get attributes of the entry
  • RarEntry::getCrc - Get CRC of the entry
  • RarEntry::getFileTime - Get entry last modification time
  • RarEntry::getHostOs - Get entry host OS
  • RarEntry::getMethod - Get pack method of the entry
  • RarEntry::getName - Get name of the entry
  • RarEntry::getPackedSize - Get packed size of the entry
  • RarEntry::getStream - Get file handler for entry
  • RarEntry::getUnpackedSize - Get unpacked size of the entry
  • RarEntry::getVersion - Get minimum version of RAR program required to unpack the entry
  • RarEntry::isDirectory - Test whether an entry represents a directory
  • RarEntry::isEncrypted - Test whether an entry is encrypted
  • RarEntry::__toString - Get text representation of entry
  • RarException::isUsingExceptions - Check whether error handling with exceptions is in use
  • RarException::setUsingExceptions - Activate and deactivate error handling with exceptions
  • rar_wrapper_cache_stats - Cache hits and misses for the URL wrapper
  • rawurldecode - Decode URL-encoded strings
  • rawurlencode - URL-encode according to RFC 3986
  • readdir - Read entry from directory handle
  • readfile - Outputs a file
  • readgzfile - Output a gz-file
  • readline - Reads a line
  • readline_add_history - Adds a line to the history
  • readline_callback_handler_install - Initializes the readline callback interface and terminal, prints the prompt and returns immediately
  • readline_callback_handler_remove - Removes a previously installed callback handler and restores terminal settings
  • readline_callback_read_char - Reads a character and informs the readline callback interface when a line is received
  • readline_clear_history - Clears the history
  • readline_completion_function - Registers a completion function
  • readline_info - Gets/sets various internal readline variables
  • readline_list_history - Lists the history
  • readline_on_new_line - Inform readline that the cursor has moved to a new line
  • readline_read_history - Reads the history
  • readline_redisplay - Redraws the display
  • readline_write_history - Writes the history
  • readlink - Returns the target of a symbolic link
  • read_exif_data - Alias of exif_read_data
  • realpath - Returns canonicalized absolute pathname
  • realpath_cache_get - Get realpath cache entries
  • realpath_cache_size - Get realpath cache size
  • recode - Alias of recode_string
  • recode_file - Recode from file to file according to recode request
  • recode_string - Recode a string according to a recode request
  • RecursiveArrayIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is an array or an object
  • RecursiveArrayIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is an array or an object
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children as a RecursiveCachingIterator
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the current element of the inner iterator has children
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::__construct - Construct
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is a directory
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPath - Get sub path
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPathname - Get sub path and name
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is a directory and not '.' or '..'
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::key - Return path and filename of current dir entry
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::next - Move to next entry
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::rewind - Rewind dir back to the start
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::__construct - Constructs a RecursiveDirectoryIterator
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveFilterIterator
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
  • RecursiveIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry
  • RecursiveIterator::hasChildren - Returns if an iterator can be created for the current entry
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginIteration - Begin Iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::current - Access the current element value
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endChildren - End children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endIteration - End Iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getDepth - Get the current depth of the recursive iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getMaxDepth - Get max depth
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getSubIterator - The current active sub iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::key - Access the current key
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::next - Move forward to the next element
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::nextElement - Next element
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first element of the top level inner iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::setMaxDepth - Set max depth
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::valid - Check whether the current position is valid
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveIteratorIterator
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether an iterator can be obtained for the current entry
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::__construct - Creates a new RecursiveRegexIterator
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginIteration - Begin iteration
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::current - Get current element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::endChildren - End children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::endIteration - End iteration
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getEntry - Get current entry
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPostfix - Get the postfix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPrefix - Get the prefix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::next - Move to next element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::nextElement - Next element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::rewind - Rewind iterator
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::setPostfix - Set postfix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::setPrefixPart - Set a part of the prefix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::valid - Check validity
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveTreeIterator
  • Reflection::export - Exports
  • Reflection::getModifierNames - Gets modifier names
  • ReflectionAttribute::getArguments - Gets arguments passed to attribute
  • ReflectionAttribute::getName - Gets attribute name
  • ReflectionAttribute::getTarget - Returns the target of the attribute as bitmask
  • ReflectionAttribute::isRepeated - Returns whether the attribute of this name has been repeated on a code element
  • ReflectionAttribute::newInstance - Instantiates the attribute class represented by this ReflectionAttribute class and arguments
  • ReflectionAttribute::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
  • ReflectionClass::export - Exports a class
  • ReflectionClass::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
  • ReflectionClass::getConstant - Gets defined constant
  • ReflectionClass::getConstants - Gets constants
  • ReflectionClass::getConstructor - Gets the constructor of the class
  • ReflectionClass::getDefaultProperties - Gets default properties
  • ReflectionClass::getDocComment - Gets doc comments
  • ReflectionClass::getEndLine - Gets end line
  • ReflectionClass::getExtension - Gets a ReflectionExtension object for the extension which defined the class
  • ReflectionClass::getExtensionName - Gets the name of the extension which defined the class
  • ReflectionClass::getFileName - Gets the filename of the file in which the class has been defined
  • ReflectionClass::getInterfaceNames - Gets the interface names
  • ReflectionClass::getInterfaces - Gets the interfaces
  • ReflectionClass::getMethod - Gets a ReflectionMethod for a class method
  • ReflectionClass::getMethods - Gets an array of methods
  • ReflectionClass::getModifiers - Gets the class modifiers
  • ReflectionClass::getName - Gets class name
  • ReflectionClass::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
  • ReflectionClass::getParentClass - Gets parent class
  • ReflectionClass::getProperties - Gets properties
  • ReflectionClass::getProperty - Gets a ReflectionProperty for a class's property
  • ReflectionClass::getReflectionConstant - Gets a ReflectionClassConstant for a class's constant
  • ReflectionClass::getReflectionConstants - Gets class constants
  • ReflectionClass::getShortName - Gets short name
  • ReflectionClass::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
  • ReflectionClass::getStaticProperties - Gets static properties
  • ReflectionClass::getStaticPropertyValue - Gets static property value
  • ReflectionClass::getTraitAliases - Returns an array of trait aliases
  • ReflectionClass::getTraitNames - Returns an array of names of traits used by this class
  • ReflectionClass::getTraits - Returns an array of traits used by this class
  • ReflectionClass::hasConstant - Checks if constant is defined
  • ReflectionClass::hasMethod - Checks if method is defined
  • ReflectionClass::hasProperty - Checks if property is defined
  • ReflectionClass::implementsInterface - Implements interface
  • ReflectionClass::inNamespace - Checks if in namespace
  • ReflectionClass::isAbstract - Checks if class is abstract
  • ReflectionClass::isAnonymous - Checks if class is anonymous
  • ReflectionClass::isCloneable - Returns whether this class is cloneable
  • ReflectionClass::isEnum - Returns whether this is an enum
  • ReflectionClass::isFinal - Checks if class is final
  • ReflectionClass::isInstance - Checks class for instance
  • ReflectionClass::isInstantiable - Checks if the class is instantiable
  • ReflectionClass::isInterface - Checks if the class is an interface
  • ReflectionClass::isInternal - Checks if class is defined internally by an extension, or the core
  • ReflectionClass::isIterable - Check whether this class is iterable
  • ReflectionClass::isIterateable - Alias of ReflectionClass::isIterable
  • ReflectionClass::isSubclassOf - Checks if a subclass
  • ReflectionClass::isTrait - Returns whether this is a trait
  • ReflectionClass::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
  • ReflectionClass::newInstance - Creates a new class instance from given arguments
  • ReflectionClass::newInstanceArgs - Creates a new class instance from given arguments
  • ReflectionClass::newInstanceWithoutConstructor - Creates a new class instance without invoking the constructor
  • ReflectionClass::setStaticPropertyValue - Sets static property value
  • ReflectionClass::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionClass
  • ReflectionClass::__toString - Returns the string representation of the ReflectionClass object
  • ReflectionClassConstant::export - Export
  • ReflectionClassConstant::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
  • ReflectionClassConstant::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
  • ReflectionClassConstant::getDocComment - Gets doc comments
  • ReflectionClassConstant::getModifiers - Gets the class constant modifiers
  • ReflectionClassConstant::getName - Get name of the constant
  • ReflectionClassConstant::getValue - Gets value
  • ReflectionClassConstant::isEnumCase - Checks if class constant is an Enum case
  • ReflectionClassConstant::isFinal - Checks if class constant is final
  • ReflectionClassConstant::isPrivate - Checks if class constant is private
  • ReflectionClassConstant::isProtected - Checks if class constant is protected
  • ReflectionClassConstant::isPublic - Checks if class constant is public
  • ReflectionClassConstant::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionClassConstant
  • ReflectionClassConstant::__toString - Returns the string representation of the ReflectionClassConstant object
  • ReflectionEnum::getBackingType - Gets the backing type of an Enum, if any
  • ReflectionEnum::getCase - Returns a specific case of an Enum
  • ReflectionEnum::getCases - Returns a list of all cases on an Enum
  • ReflectionEnum::hasCase - Checks for a case on an Enum
  • ReflectionEnum::isBacked - Determines if an Enum is a Backed Enum
  • ReflectionEnum::__construct - Instantiates a ReflectionEnum object
  • ReflectionEnumBackedCase::getBackingValue - Gets the scalar value backing this Enum case
  • ReflectionEnumBackedCase::__construct - Instantiates a ReflectionEnumBackedCase object
  • ReflectionEnumUnitCase::getEnum - Gets the reflection of the enum of this case
  • ReflectionEnumUnitCase::getValue - Gets the enum case object described by this reflection object
  • ReflectionEnumUnitCase::__construct - Instantiates a ReflectionEnumUnitCase object
  • ReflectionExtension::export - Export
  • ReflectionExtension::getClasses - Gets classes
  • ReflectionExtension::getClassNames - Gets class names
  • ReflectionExtension::getConstants - Gets constants
  • ReflectionExtension::getDependencies - Gets dependencies
  • ReflectionExtension::getFunctions - Gets extension functions
  • ReflectionExtension::getINIEntries - Gets extension ini entries
  • ReflectionExtension::getName - Gets extension name
  • ReflectionExtension::getVersion - Gets extension version
  • ReflectionExtension::info - Print extension info
  • ReflectionExtension::isPersistent - Returns whether this extension is persistent
  • ReflectionExtension::isTemporary - Returns whether this extension is temporary
  • ReflectionExtension::__clone - Clones
  • ReflectionExtension::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionExtension
  • ReflectionExtension::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionFiber::getCallable - Gets the callable used to create the Fiber
  • ReflectionFiber::getExecutingFile - Get the file name of the current execution point
  • ReflectionFiber::getExecutingLine - Get the line number of the current execution point
  • ReflectionFiber::getFiber - Get the reflected Fiber instance
  • ReflectionFiber::getTrace - Get the backtrace of the current execution point
  • ReflectionFiber::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionFiber object
  • ReflectionFunction::export - Exports function
  • ReflectionFunction::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the function
  • ReflectionFunction::invoke - Invokes function
  • ReflectionFunction::invokeArgs - Invokes function args
  • ReflectionFunction::isAnonymous - Checks if a function is anonymous
  • ReflectionFunction::isDisabled - Checks if function is disabled
  • ReflectionFunction::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionFunction object
  • ReflectionFunction::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureScopeClass - Returns the scope associated to the closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureThis - Returns this pointer bound to closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureUsedVariables - Returns an array of the used variables in the Closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getDocComment - Gets doc comment
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getEndLine - Gets end line number
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtension - Gets extension info
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtensionName - Gets extension name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getFileName - Gets file name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getName - Gets function name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfParameters - Gets number of parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfRequiredParameters - Gets number of required parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getParameters - Gets parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getReturnType - Gets the specified return type of a function
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getShortName - Gets function short name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStaticVariables - Gets static variables
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getTentativeReturnType - Returns the tentative return type associated with the function
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::hasReturnType - Checks if the function has a specified return type
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::hasTentativeReturnType - Returns whether the function has a tentative return type
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::inNamespace - Checks if function in namespace
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isClosure - Checks if closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isDeprecated - Checks if deprecated
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isGenerator - Returns whether this function is a generator
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isInternal - Checks if is internal
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isVariadic - Checks if the function is variadic
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::returnsReference - Checks if returns reference
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__clone - Clones function
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionGenerator::getExecutingFile - Gets the file name of the currently executing generator
  • ReflectionGenerator::getExecutingGenerator - Gets the executing Generator object
  • ReflectionGenerator::getExecutingLine - Gets the currently executing line of the generator
  • ReflectionGenerator::getFunction - Gets the function name of the generator
  • ReflectionGenerator::getThis - Gets the $this value of the generator
  • ReflectionGenerator::getTrace - Gets the trace of the executing generator
  • ReflectionGenerator::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionGenerator object
  • ReflectionIntersectionType::getTypes - Returns the types included in the intersection type
  • ReflectionMethod::export - Export a reflection method
  • ReflectionMethod::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the method
  • ReflectionMethod::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class for the reflected method
  • ReflectionMethod::getModifiers - Gets the method modifiers
  • ReflectionMethod::getPrototype - Gets the method prototype (if there is one)
  • ReflectionMethod::hasPrototype - Returns whether a method has a prototype
  • ReflectionMethod::invoke - Invoke
  • ReflectionMethod::invokeArgs - Invoke args
  • ReflectionMethod::isAbstract - Checks if method is abstract
  • ReflectionMethod::isConstructor - Checks if method is a constructor
  • ReflectionMethod::isDestructor - Checks if method is a destructor
  • ReflectionMethod::isFinal - Checks if method is final
  • ReflectionMethod::isPrivate - Checks if method is private
  • ReflectionMethod::isProtected - Checks if method is protected
  • ReflectionMethod::isPublic - Checks if method is public
  • ReflectionMethod::isStatic - Checks if method is static
  • ReflectionMethod::setAccessible - Set method accessibility
  • ReflectionMethod::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionMethod
  • ReflectionMethod::__toString - Returns the string representation of the Reflection method object
  • ReflectionNamedType::getName - Get the name of the type as a string
  • ReflectionNamedType::isBuiltin - Checks if it is a built-in type
  • ReflectionObject::export - Export
  • ReflectionObject::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionObject
  • ReflectionParameter::allowsNull - Checks if null is allowed
  • ReflectionParameter::canBePassedByValue - Returns whether this parameter can be passed by value
  • ReflectionParameter::export - Exports
  • ReflectionParameter::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
  • ReflectionParameter::getClass - Get a ReflectionClass object for the parameter being reflected or null
  • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
  • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringFunction - Gets declaring function
  • ReflectionParameter::getDefaultValue - Gets default parameter value
  • ReflectionParameter::getDefaultValueConstantName - Returns the default value's constant name if default value is constant or null
  • ReflectionParameter::getName - Gets parameter name
  • ReflectionParameter::getPosition - Gets parameter position
  • ReflectionParameter::getType - Gets a parameter's type
  • ReflectionParameter::hasType - Checks if parameter has a type
  • ReflectionParameter::isArray - Checks if parameter expects an array
  • ReflectionParameter::isCallable - Returns whether parameter MUST be callable
  • ReflectionParameter::isDefaultValueAvailable - Checks if a default value is available
  • ReflectionParameter::isDefaultValueConstant - Returns whether the default value of this parameter is a constant
  • ReflectionParameter::isOptional - Checks if optional
  • ReflectionParameter::isPassedByReference - Checks if passed by reference
  • ReflectionParameter::isVariadic - Checks if the parameter is variadic
  • ReflectionParameter::__clone - Clone
  • ReflectionParameter::__construct - Construct
  • ReflectionParameter::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionProperty::export - Export
  • ReflectionProperty::getAttributes - Gets Attributes
  • ReflectionProperty::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
  • ReflectionProperty::getDefaultValue - Returns the default value declared for a property
  • ReflectionProperty::getDocComment - Gets the property doc comment
  • ReflectionProperty::getModifiers - Gets the property modifiers
  • ReflectionProperty::getName - Gets property name
  • ReflectionProperty::getType - Gets a property's type
  • ReflectionProperty::getValue - Gets value
  • ReflectionProperty::hasDefaultValue - Checks if property has a default value declared
  • ReflectionProperty::hasType - Checks if property has a type
  • ReflectionProperty::isDefault - Checks if property is a default property
  • ReflectionProperty::isInitialized - Checks whether a property is initialized
  • ReflectionProperty::isPrivate - Checks if property is private
  • ReflectionProperty::isPromoted - Checks if property is promoted
  • ReflectionProperty::isProtected - Checks if property is protected
  • ReflectionProperty::isPublic - Checks if property is public
  • ReflectionProperty::isReadOnly - Checks if property is readonly
  • ReflectionProperty::isStatic - Checks if property is static
  • ReflectionProperty::setAccessible - Set property accessibility
  • ReflectionProperty::setValue - Set property value
  • ReflectionProperty::__clone - Clone
  • ReflectionProperty::__construct - Construct a ReflectionProperty object
  • ReflectionProperty::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionReference::fromArrayElement - Create a ReflectionReference from an array element
  • ReflectionReference::getId - Get unique ID of a reference
  • ReflectionReference::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
  • ReflectionType::allowsNull - Checks if null is allowed
  • ReflectionType::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionUnionType::getTypes - Returns the types included in the union type
  • ReflectionZendExtension::export - Export
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getAuthor - Gets author
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getCopyright - Gets copyright
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getName - Gets name
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getURL - Gets URL
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getVersion - Gets version
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__clone - Clone handler
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__construct - Constructor
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__toString - To string handler
  • Reflector::export - Exports
  • Reflector::__toString - To string
  • RegexIterator::accept - Get accept status
  • RegexIterator::getFlags - Get flags
  • RegexIterator::getMode - Returns operation mode
  • RegexIterator::getPregFlags - Returns the regular expression flags
  • RegexIterator::getRegex - Returns current regular expression
  • RegexIterator::setFlags - Sets the flags
  • RegexIterator::setMode - Sets the operation mode
  • RegexIterator::setPregFlags - Sets the regular expression flags
  • RegexIterator::__construct - Create a new RegexIterator
  • register_shutdown_function - Register a function for execution on shutdown
  • register_tick_function - Register a function for execution on each tick
  • rename - Renames a file or directory
  • reset - Set the internal pointer of an array to its first element
  • ResourceBundle::count - Get number of elements in the bundle
  • ResourceBundle::create - Create a resource bundle
  • ResourceBundle::get - Get data from the bundle
  • ResourceBundle::getErrorCode - Get bundle's last error code
  • ResourceBundle::getErrorMessage - Get bundle's last error message
  • ResourceBundle::getLocales - Get supported locales
  • restore_error_handler - Restores the previous error handler function
  • restore_exception_handler - Restores the previously defined exception handler function
  • restore_include_path - Restores the value of the include_path configuration option
  • Result::getAffectedItemsCount - Get affected row count
  • Result::getAutoIncrementValue - Get autoincremented value
  • Result::getGeneratedIds - Get generated ids
  • Result::getWarnings - Get warnings from last operation
  • Result::getWarningsCount - Get warning count from last operation
  • Result::__construct - Result constructor
  • rewind - Rewind the position of a file pointer
  • rewinddir - Rewind directory handle
  • rmdir - Removes directory
  • round - Rounds a float
  • RowResult::fetchAll - Get all rows from result
  • RowResult::fetchOne - Get row from result
  • RowResult::getColumnNames - Get all column names
  • RowResult::getColumns - Get column metadata
  • RowResult::getColumnsCount - Get column count
  • RowResult::getWarnings - Get warnings from last operation
  • RowResult::getWarningsCount - Get warning count from last operation
  • RowResult::__construct - RowResult constructor
  • rpmaddtag - Add tag retrieved in query
  • rpmdbinfo - Get information from installed RPM
  • rpmdbsearch - Search RPM packages
  • rpminfo - Get information from a RPM file
  • rpmvercmp - RPM version comparison
  • RRDCreator::addArchive - Adds RRA - archive of data values for each data source
  • RRDCreator::addDataSource - Adds data source definition for RRD database
  • RRDCreator::save - Saves the RRD database to a file
  • RRDCreator::__construct - Creates new RRDCreator instance
  • rrdc_disconnect - Close any outstanding connection to rrd caching daemon
  • RRDGraph::save - Saves the result of query into image
  • RRDGraph::saveVerbose - Saves the RRD database query into image and returns the verbose information about generated graph
  • RRDGraph::setOptions - Sets the options for rrd graph export
  • RRDGraph::__construct - Creates new RRDGraph instance
  • RRDUpdater::update - Update the RRD database file
  • RRDUpdater::__construct - Creates new RRDUpdater instance
  • rrd_create - Creates rrd database file
  • rrd_error - Gets latest error message
  • rrd_fetch - Fetch the data for graph as array
  • rrd_first - Gets the timestamp of the first sample from rrd file
  • rrd_graph - Creates image from a data
  • rrd_info - Gets information about rrd file
  • rrd_last - Gets unix timestamp of the last sample
  • rrd_lastupdate - Gets information about last updated data
  • rrd_restore - Restores the RRD file from XML dump
  • rrd_tune - Tunes some RRD database file header options
  • rrd_update - Updates the RRD database
  • rrd_version - Gets information about underlying rrdtool library
  • rrd_xport - Exports the information about RRD database
  • rsort - Sort an array in descending order
  • rtrim - Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the end of a string
  • runkit7_constant_add - Similar to define(), but allows defining in class definitions as well
  • runkit7_constant_redefine - Redefine an already defined constant
  • runkit7_constant_remove - Remove/Delete an already defined constant
  • runkit7_function_add - Add a new function, similar to create_function
  • runkit7_function_copy - Copy a function to a new function name
  • runkit7_function_redefine - Replace a function definition with a new implementation
  • runkit7_function_remove - Remove a function definition
  • runkit7_function_rename - Change a function's name
  • runkit7_import - Process a PHP file importing function and class definitions, overwriting where appropriate
  • runkit7_method_add - Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
  • runkit7_method_copy - Copies a method from class to another
  • runkit7_method_redefine - Dynamically changes the code of the given method
  • runkit7_method_remove - Dynamically removes the given method
  • runkit7_method_rename - Dynamically changes the name of the given method
  • runkit7_object_id - Return the integer object handle for given object
  • runkit7_superglobals - Return numerically indexed array of registered superglobals
  • runkit7_zval_inspect - Returns information about the passed in value with data types, reference counts, etc
• s
  • sapi_windows_cp_conv - Convert string from one codepage to another
  • sapi_windows_cp_get - Get current codepage
  • sapi_windows_cp_is_utf8 - Indicates whether the codepage is UTF-8 compatible
  • sapi_windows_cp_set - Set process codepage
  • sapi_windows_generate_ctrl_event - Send a CTRL event to another process
  • sapi_windows_set_ctrl_handler - Set or remove a CTRL event handler
  • sapi_windows_vt100_support - Get or set VT100 support for the specified stream associated to an output buffer of a Windows console.
  • scandir - List files and directories inside the specified path
  • Schema::createCollection - Add collection to schema
  • Schema::dropCollection - Drop collection from schema
  • Schema::existsInDatabase - Check if exists in database
  • Schema::getCollection - Get collection from schema
  • Schema::getCollectionAsTable - Get collection table object
  • Schema::getCollections - Get all schema collections
  • Schema::getName - Get schema name
  • Schema::getSession - Get schema session
  • Schema::getTable - Get schema table
  • Schema::getTables - Get schema tables
  • Schema::__construct - constructor
  • SchemaObject::getSchema - Get schema object
  • scoutapm_get_calls - Returns a list of instrumented calls that have occurred
  • scoutapm_list_instrumented_functions - List functions scoutapm will instrument.
  • SeasLog::alert - Record alert log information
  • SeasLog::analyzerCount - Get log count by level, log_path and key_word
  • SeasLog::analyzerDetail - Get log detail by level, log_path, key_word, start, limit, order
  • SeasLog::closeLoggerStream - Manually release stream flow from logger
  • SeasLog::critical - Record critical log information
  • SeasLog::debug - Record debug log information
  • SeasLog::emergency - Record emergency log information
  • SeasLog::error - Record error log information
  • SeasLog::flushBuffer - Flush logs buffer, dump to appender file, or send to remote api with tcp/udp
  • SeasLog::getBasePath - Get SeasLog base path.
  • SeasLog::getBuffer - Get the logs buffer in memory as array
  • SeasLog::getBufferEnabled - Determin if buffer enabled
  • SeasLog::getDatetimeFormat - Get SeasLog datetime format style
  • SeasLog::getLastLogger - Get SeasLog last logger path
  • SeasLog::getRequestID - Get SeasLog request_id differentiated requests
  • SeasLog::getRequestVariable - Get SeasLog request variable
  • SeasLog::info - Record info log information
  • SeasLog::log - The Common Record Log Function
  • SeasLog::notice - Record notice log information
  • SeasLog::setBasePath - Set SeasLog base path
  • SeasLog::setDatetimeFormat - Set SeasLog datetime format style
  • SeasLog::setLogger - Set SeasLog logger name
  • SeasLog::setRequestID - Set SeasLog request_id differentiated requests
  • SeasLog::setRequestVariable - Manually set SeasLog request variable
  • SeasLog::warning - Record warning log information
  • SeasLog::__construct - Description
  • SeasLog::__destruct - Description
  • seaslog_get_author - Get SeasLog author.
  • seaslog_get_version - Get SeasLog version.
  • SeekableIterator::seek - Seeks to a position
  • sem_acquire - Acquire a semaphore
  • sem_get - Get a semaphore id
  • sem_release - Release a semaphore
  • sem_remove - Remove a semaphore
  • Serializable::serialize - String representation of object
  • Serializable::unserialize - Constructs the object
  • serialize - Generates a storable representation of a value
  • Session::close - Close session
  • Session::createSchema - Create new schema
  • Session::dropSchema - Drop a schema
  • Session::generateUUID - Get new UUID
  • Session::getDefaultSchema - Get default schema name
  • Session::getSchema - Get a new schema object
  • Session::getSchemas - Get the schemas
  • Session::getServerVersion - Get server version
  • Session::listClients - Get client list
  • Session::quoteName - Add quotes
  • Session::releaseSavepoint - Release set savepoint
  • Session::rollback - Rollback transaction
  • Session::rollbackTo - Rollback transaction to savepoint
  • Session::setSavepoint - Create savepoint
  • Session::sql - Execute SQL query
  • Session::startTransaction - Start transaction
  • Session::__construct - Description constructor
  • SessionHandler::close - Close the session
  • SessionHandler::create_sid - Return a new session ID
  • SessionHandler::destroy - Destroy a session
  • SessionHandler::gc - Cleanup old sessions
  • SessionHandler::open - Initialize session
  • SessionHandler::read - Read session data
  • SessionHandler::write - Write session data
  • SessionHandlerInterface::close - Close the session
  • SessionHandlerInterface::destroy - Destroy a session
  • SessionHandlerInterface::gc - Cleanup old sessions
  • SessionHandlerInterface::open - Initialize session
  • SessionHandlerInterface::read - Read session data
  • SessionHandlerInterface::write - Write session data
  • SessionIdInterface::create_sid - Create session ID
  • SessionUpdateTimestampHandlerInterface::updateTimestamp - Update timestamp
  • SessionUpdateTimestampHandlerInterface::validateId - Validate ID
  • session_abort - Discard session array changes and finish session
  • session_cache_expire - Get and/or set current cache expire
  • session_cache_limiter - Get and/or set the current cache limiter
  • session_commit - Alias of session_write_close
  • session_create_id - Create new session id
  • session_decode - Decodes session data from a session encoded string
  • session_destroy - Destroys all data registered to a session
  • session_encode - Encodes the current session data as a session encoded string
  • session_gc - Perform session data garbage collection
  • session_get_cookie_params - Get the session cookie parameters
  • session_id - Get and/or set the current session id
  • session_module_name - Get and/or set the current session module
  • session_name - Get and/or set the current session name
  • session_regenerate_id - Update the current session id with a newly generated one
  • session_register_shutdown - Session shutdown function
  • session_reset - Re-initialize session array with original values
  • session_save_path - Get and/or set the current session save path
  • session_set_cookie_params - Set the session cookie parameters
  • session_set_save_handler - Sets user-level session storage functions
  • session_start - Start new or resume existing session
  • session_status - Returns the current session status
  • session_unset - Free all session variables
  • session_write_close - Write session data and end session
  • setcookie - Send a cookie
  • setlocale - Set locale information
  • setrawcookie - Send a cookie without urlencoding the cookie value
  • settype - Set the type of a variable
  • set_error_handler - Sets a user-defined error handler function
  • set_exception_handler - Sets a user-defined exception handler function
  • set_file_buffer - Alias of stream_set_write_buffer
  • set_include_path - Sets the include_path configuration option
  • set_time_limit - Limits the maximum execution time
  • sha1 - Calculate the sha1 hash of a string
  • sha1_file - Calculate the sha1 hash of a file
  • shell_exec - Execute command via shell and return the complete output as a string
  • shmop_close - Close shared memory block
  • shmop_delete - Delete shared memory block
  • shmop_open - Create or open shared memory block
  • shmop_read - Read data from shared memory block
  • shmop_size - Get size of shared memory block
  • shmop_write - Write data into shared memory block
  • shm_attach - Creates or open a shared memory segment
  • shm_detach - Disconnects from shared memory segment
  • shm_get_var - Returns a variable from shared memory
  • shm_has_var - Check whether a specific entry exists
  • shm_put_var - Inserts or updates a variable in shared memory
  • shm_remove - Removes shared memory from Unix systems
  • shm_remove_var - Removes a variable from shared memory
  • show_source - Alias of highlight_file
  • shuffle - Shuffle an array
  • similar_text - Calculate the similarity between two strings
  • SimpleXMLElement::addAttribute - Adds an attribute to the SimpleXML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::addChild - Adds a child element to the XML node
  • SimpleXMLElement::asXML - Return a well-formed XML string based on SimpleXML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::attributes - Identifies an element's attributes
  • SimpleXMLElement::children - Finds children of given node
  • SimpleXMLElement::count - Counts the children of an element
  • SimpleXMLElement::getDocNamespaces - Returns namespaces declared in document
  • SimpleXMLElement::getName - Gets the name of the XML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::getNamespaces - Returns namespaces used in document
  • SimpleXMLElement::registerXPathNamespace - Creates a prefix/ns context for the next XPath query
  • SimpleXMLElement::saveXML - Alias of SimpleXMLElement::asXML
  • SimpleXMLElement::xpath - Runs XPath query on XML data
  • SimpleXMLElement::__construct - Creates a new SimpleXMLElement object
  • SimpleXMLElement::__toString - Returns the string content
  • SimpleXMLIterator::current - Returns the current element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::getChildren - Returns the sub-elements of the current element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::hasChildren - Checks whether the current element has sub elements
  • SimpleXMLIterator::key - Return current key
  • SimpleXMLIterator::next - Move to next element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • simplexml_import_dom - Get a SimpleXMLElement object from a DOM node
  • simplexml_load_file - Interprets an XML file into an object
  • simplexml_load_string - Interprets a string of XML into an object
  • sin - Sine
  • sinh - Hyperbolic sine
  • sizeof - Alias of count
  • sleep - Delay execution
  • snmp2_get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmp2_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmp2_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmp2_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmp2_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • snmp3_get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmp3_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmp3_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmp3_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmp3_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • SNMP::close - Close SNMP session
  • SNMP::get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • SNMP::getErrno - Get last error code
  • SNMP::getError - Get last error message
  • SNMP::getnext - Fetch an SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • SNMP::set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • SNMP::setSecurity - Configures security-related SNMPv3 session parameters
  • SNMP::walk - Fetch SNMP object subtree
  • SNMP::__construct - Creates SNMP instance representing session to remote SNMP agent
  • snmpget - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmpgetnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmprealwalk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmpset - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmpwalk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • snmpwalkoid - Query for a tree of information about a network entity
  • snmp_get_quick_print - Fetches the current value of the NET-SNMP library's quick_print setting
  • snmp_get_valueretrieval - Return the method how the SNMP values will be returned
  • snmp_read_mib - Reads and parses a MIB file into the active MIB tree
  • snmp_set_enum_print - Return all values that are enums with their enum value instead of the raw integer
  • snmp_set_oid_numeric_print - Alias of snmp_set_oid_output_format
  • snmp_set_oid_output_format - Set the OID output format
  • snmp_set_quick_print - Set the value of enable within the NET-SNMP library
  • snmp_set_valueretrieval - Specify the method how the SNMP values will be returned
  • SoapClient::__call - Calls a SOAP function (deprecated)
  • SoapClient::__construct - SoapClient constructor
  • SoapClient::__doRequest - Performs a SOAP request
  • SoapClient::__getCookies - Get list of cookies
  • SoapClient::__getFunctions - Returns list of available SOAP functions
  • SoapClient::__getLastRequest - Returns last SOAP request
  • SoapClient::__getLastRequestHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last request
  • SoapClient::__getLastResponse - Returns last SOAP response
  • SoapClient::__getLastResponseHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last response
  • SoapClient::__getTypes - Returns a list of SOAP types
  • SoapClient::__setCookie - Defines a cookie for SOAP requests
  • SoapClient::__setLocation - Sets the location of the Web service to use
  • SoapClient::__setSoapHeaders - Sets SOAP headers for subsequent calls
  • SoapClient::__soapCall - Calls a SOAP function
  • SoapFault::__construct - SoapFault constructor
  • SoapFault::__toString - Obtain a string representation of a SoapFault
  • SoapHeader::__construct - SoapHeader constructor
  • SoapParam::__construct - SoapParam constructor
  • SoapServer::addFunction - Adds one or more functions to handle SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::addSoapHeader - Add a SOAP header to the response
  • SoapServer::fault - Issue SoapServer fault indicating an error
  • SoapServer::getFunctions - Returns list of defined functions
  • SoapServer::handle - Handles a SOAP request
  • SoapServer::setClass - Sets the class which handles SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::setObject - Sets the object which will be used to handle SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::setPersistence - Sets SoapServer persistence mode
  • SoapServer::__construct - SoapServer constructor
  • SoapVar::__construct - SoapVar constructor
  • Socket context options - Socket context option listing
  • socket_accept - Accepts a connection on a socket
  • socket_addrinfo_bind - Create and bind to a socket from a given addrinfo
  • socket_addrinfo_connect - Create and connect to a socket from a given addrinfo
  • socket_addrinfo_explain - Get information about addrinfo
  • socket_addrinfo_lookup - Get array with contents of getaddrinfo about the given hostname
  • socket_bind - Binds a name to a socket
  • socket_clear_error - Clears the error on the socket or the last error code
  • socket_close - Closes a Socket instance
  • socket_cmsg_space - Calculate message buffer size
  • socket_connect - Initiates a connection on a socket
  • socket_create - Create a socket (endpoint for communication)
  • socket_create_listen - Opens a socket on port to accept connections
  • socket_create_pair - Creates a pair of indistinguishable sockets and stores them in an array
  • socket_export_stream - Export a socket into a stream that encapsulates a socket
  • socket_getopt - Alias of socket_get_option
  • socket_getpeername - Queries the remote side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
  • socket_getsockname - Queries the local side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
  • socket_get_option - Gets socket options for the socket
  • socket_get_status - Alias of stream_get_meta_data
  • socket_import_stream - Import a stream
  • socket_last_error - Returns the last error on the socket
  • socket_listen - Listens for a connection on a socket
  • socket_read - Reads a maximum of length bytes from a socket
  • socket_recv - Receives data from a connected socket
  • socket_recvfrom - Receives data from a socket whether or not it is connection-oriented
  • socket_recvmsg - Read a message
  • socket_select - Runs the select() system call on the given arrays of sockets with a specified timeout
  • socket_send - Sends data to a connected socket
  • socket_sendmsg - Send a message
  • socket_sendto - Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
  • socket_setopt - Alias of socket_set_option
  • socket_set_block - Sets blocking mode on a socket
  • socket_set_blocking - Alias of stream_set_blocking
  • socket_set_nonblock - Sets nonblocking mode for file descriptor fd
  • socket_set_option - Sets socket options for the socket
  • socket_set_timeout - Alias of stream_set_timeout
  • socket_shutdown - Shuts down a socket for receiving, sending, or both
  • socket_strerror - Return a string describing a socket error
  • socket_write - Write to a socket
  • socket_wsaprotocol_info_export - Exports the WSAPROTOCOL_INFO Structure
  • socket_wsaprotocol_info_import - Imports a Socket from another Process
  • socket_wsaprotocol_info_release - Releases an exported WSAPROTOCOL_INFO Structure
  • sodium_add - Add large numbers
  • sodium_base642bin - Decodes a base64-encoded string into raw binary.
  • sodium_bin2base64 - Encodes a raw binary string with base64.
  • sodium_bin2hex - Encode to hexadecimal
  • sodium_compare - Compare large numbers
  • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_decrypt - Verify then decrypt a message with AES-256-GCM
  • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_encrypt - Encrypt then authenticate with AES-256-GCM
  • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_is_available - Check if hardware supports AES256-GCM
  • sodium_crypto_aead_aes256gcm_keygen - Generate a random AES-256-GCM key
  • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_decrypt - Verify then decrypt with ChaCha20-Poly1305
  • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_encrypt - Encrypt then authenticate with ChaCha20-Poly1305
  • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_ietf_decrypt - Verify that the ciphertext includes a valid tag
  • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_ietf_encrypt - Encrypt a message
  • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_ietf_keygen - Generate a random ChaCha20-Poly1305 (IETF) key.
  • sodium_crypto_aead_chacha20poly1305_keygen - Generate a random ChaCha20-Poly1305 key.
  • sodium_crypto_aead_xchacha20poly1305_ietf_decrypt - (Preferred) Verify then decrypt with XChaCha20-Poly1305
  • sodium_crypto_aead_xchacha20poly1305_ietf_encrypt - (Preferred) Encrypt then authenticate with XChaCha20-Poly1305
  • sodium_crypto_aead_xchacha20poly1305_ietf_keygen - Generate a random XChaCha20-Poly1305 key.
  • sodium_crypto_auth - Compute a tag for the message
  • sodium_crypto_auth_keygen - Generate a random key for sodium_crypto_auth
  • sodium_crypto_auth_verify - Verifies that the tag is valid for the message
  • sodium_crypto_box - Authenticated public-key encryption
  • sodium_crypto_box_keypair - Randomly generate a secret key and a corresponding public key
  • sodium_crypto_box_keypair_from_secretkey_and_publickey - Create a unified keypair string from a secret key and public key
  • sodium_crypto_box_open - Authenticated public-key decryption
  • sodium_crypto_box_publickey - Extract the public key from a crypto_box keypair
  • sodium_crypto_box_publickey_from_secretkey - Calculate the public key from a secret key
  • sodium_crypto_box_seal - Anonymous public-key encryption
  • sodium_crypto_box_seal_open - Anonymous public-key decryption
  • sodium_crypto_box_secretkey - Extracts the secret key from a crypto_box keypair
  • sodium_crypto_box_seed_keypair - Deterministically derive the key pair from a single key
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_add - Adds an element
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_from_hash - Maps a vector
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_is_valid_point - Determines if a point on the ristretto255 curve
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_random - Generates a random key
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_add - Adds a scalar value
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_complement - The sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_complement purpose
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_invert - Inverts a scalar value
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_mul - Multiplies a scalar value
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_negate - Negates a scalar value
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_random - Generates a random key
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_reduce - Reduces a scalar value
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_scalar_sub - Subtracts a scalar value
  • sodium_crypto_core_ristretto255_sub - Subtracts an element
  • sodium_crypto_generichash - Get a hash of the message
  • sodium_crypto_generichash_final - Complete the hash
  • sodium_crypto_generichash_init - Initialize a hash for streaming
  • sodium_crypto_generichash_keygen - Generate a random generichash key
  • sodium_crypto_generichash_update - Add message to a hash
  • sodium_crypto_kdf_derive_from_key - Derive a subkey
  • sodium_crypto_kdf_keygen - Generate a random root key for the KDF interface
  • sodium_crypto_kx_client_session_keys - Calculate the client-side session keys.
  • sodium_crypto_kx_keypair - Creates a new sodium keypair
  • sodium_crypto_kx_publickey - Extract the public key from a crypto_kx keypair
  • sodium_crypto_kx_secretkey - Extract the secret key from a crypto_kx keypair.
  • sodium_crypto_kx_seed_keypair - Description
  • sodium_crypto_kx_server_session_keys - Calculate the server-side session keys.
  • sodium_crypto_pwhash - Derive a key from a password, using Argon2
  • sodium_crypto_pwhash_scryptsalsa208sha256 - Derives a key from a password, using scrypt
  • sodium_crypto_pwhash_scryptsalsa208sha256_str - Get an ASCII encoded hash
  • sodium_crypto_pwhash_scryptsalsa208sha256_str_verify - Verify that the password is a valid password verification string
  • sodium_crypto_pwhash_str - Get an ASCII-encoded hash
  • sodium_crypto_pwhash_str_needs_rehash - Determine whether or not to rehash a password
  • sodium_crypto_pwhash_str_verify - Verifies that a password matches a hash
  • sodium_crypto_scalarmult - Compute a shared secret given a user's secret key and another user's public key
  • sodium_crypto_scalarmult_base - Alias of sodium_crypto_box_publickey_from_secretkey
  • sodium_crypto_scalarmult_ristretto255 - Computes a shared secret
  • sodium_crypto_scalarmult_ristretto255_base - Calculates the public key from a secret key
  • sodium_crypto_secretbox - Authenticated shared-key encryption
  • sodium_crypto_secretbox_keygen - Generate random key for sodium_crypto_secretbox
  • sodium_crypto_secretbox_open - Authenticated shared-key decryption
  • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_init_pull - Initialize a secretstream context for decryption
  • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_init_push - Initialize a secretstream context for encryption
  • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_keygen - Generate a random secretstream key.
  • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_pull - Decrypt a chunk of data from an encrypted stream
  • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_push - Encrypt a chunk of data so that it can safely be decrypted in a streaming API
  • sodium_crypto_secretstream_xchacha20poly1305_rekey - Explicitly rotate the key in the secretstream state
  • sodium_crypto_shorthash - Compute a short hash of a message and key
  • sodium_crypto_shorthash_keygen - Get random bytes for key
  • sodium_crypto_sign - Sign a message
  • sodium_crypto_sign_detached - Sign the message
  • sodium_crypto_sign_ed25519_pk_to_curve25519 - Convert an Ed25519 public key to a Curve25519 public key
  • sodium_crypto_sign_ed25519_sk_to_curve25519 - Convert an Ed25519 secret key to a Curve25519 secret key
  • sodium_crypto_sign_keypair - Randomly generate a secret key and a corresponding public key
  • sodium_crypto_sign_keypair_from_secretkey_and_publickey - Join a secret key and public key together
  • sodium_crypto_sign_open - Check that the signed message has a valid signature
  • sodium_crypto_sign_publickey - Extract the Ed25519 public key from a keypair
  • sodium_crypto_sign_publickey_from_secretkey - Extract the Ed25519 public key from the secret key
  • sodium_crypto_sign_secretkey - Extract the Ed25519 secret key from a keypair
  • sodium_crypto_sign_seed_keypair - Deterministically derive the key pair from a single key
  • sodium_crypto_sign_verify_detached - Verify signature for the message
  • sodium_crypto_stream - Generate a deterministic sequence of bytes from a seed
  • sodium_crypto_stream_keygen - Generate a random sodium_crypto_stream key.
  • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20 - Expands the key and nonce into a keystream of pseudorandom bytes
  • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20_keygen - Returns a secure random key
  • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20_xor - Encrypts a message using a nonce and a secret key (no authentication)
  • sodium_crypto_stream_xchacha20_xor_ic - Encrypts a message using a nonce and a secret key (no authentication)
  • sodium_crypto_stream_xor - Encrypt a message without authentication
  • sodium_hex2bin - Decodes a hexadecimally encoded binary string
  • sodium_increment - Increment large number
  • sodium_memcmp - Test for equality in constant-time
  • sodium_memzero - Overwrite a string with NUL characters
  • sodium_pad - Add padding data
  • sodium_unpad - Remove padding data
  • SolrClient::addDocument - Adds a document to the index
  • SolrClient::addDocuments - Adds a collection of SolrInputDocument instances to the index
  • SolrClient::commit - Finalizes all add/deletes made to the index
  • SolrClient::deleteById - Delete by Id
  • SolrClient::deleteByIds - Deletes by Ids
  • SolrClient::deleteByQueries - Removes all documents matching any of the queries
  • SolrClient::deleteByQuery - Deletes all documents matching the given query
  • SolrClient::getById - Get Document By Id. Utilizes Solr Realtime Get (RTG)
  • SolrClient::getByIds - Get Documents by their Ids. Utilizes Solr Realtime Get (RTG)
  • SolrClient::getDebug - Returns the debug data for the last connection attempt
  • SolrClient::getOptions - Returns the client options set internally
  • SolrClient::optimize - Defragments the index
  • SolrClient::ping - Checks if Solr server is still up
  • SolrClient::query - Sends a query to the server
  • SolrClient::request - Sends a raw update request
  • SolrClient::rollback - Rollbacks all add/deletes made to the index since the last commit
  • SolrClient::setResponseWriter - Sets the response writer used to prepare the response from Solr
  • SolrClient::setServlet - Changes the specified servlet type to a new value
  • SolrClient::system - Retrieve Solr Server information
  • SolrClient::threads - Checks the threads status
  • SolrClient::__construct - Constructor for the SolrClient object
  • SolrClient::__destruct - Destructor for SolrClient
  • SolrClientException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrCollapseFunction::getField - Returns the field that is being collapsed on
  • SolrCollapseFunction::getHint - Returns collapse hint
  • SolrCollapseFunction::getMax - Returns max parameter
  • SolrCollapseFunction::getMin - Returns min parameter
  • SolrCollapseFunction::getNullPolicy - Returns null policy
  • SolrCollapseFunction::getSize - Returns size parameter
  • SolrCollapseFunction::setField - Sets the field to collapse on
  • SolrCollapseFunction::setHint - Sets collapse hint
  • SolrCollapseFunction::setMax - Selects the group heads by the max value of a numeric field or function query
  • SolrCollapseFunction::setMin - Sets the initial size of the collapse data structures when collapsing on a numeric field only
  • SolrCollapseFunction::setNullPolicy - Sets the NULL Policy
  • SolrCollapseFunction::setSize - Sets the initial size of the collapse data structures when collapsing on a numeric field only
  • SolrCollapseFunction::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrCollapseFunction::__toString - Returns a string representing the constructed collapse function
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::addBigramPhraseField - Adds a Phrase Bigram Field (pf2 parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::addBoostQuery - Adds a boost query field with value and optional boost (bq parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::addPhraseField - Adds a Phrase Field (pf parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::addQueryField - Add a query field with optional boost (qf parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::addTrigramPhraseField - Adds a Trigram Phrase Field (pf3 parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::addUserField - Adds a field to User Fields Parameter (uf)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeBigramPhraseField - Removes phrase bigram field (pf2 parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeBoostQuery - Removes a boost query partial by field name (bq)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::removePhraseField - Removes a Phrase Field (pf parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeQueryField - Removes a Query Field (qf parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeTrigramPhraseField - Removes a Trigram Phrase Field (pf3 parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::removeUserField - Removes a field from The User Fields Parameter (uf)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBigramPhraseFields - Sets Bigram Phrase Fields and their boosts (and slops) using pf2 parameter
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBigramPhraseSlop - Sets Bigram Phrase Slop (ps2 parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBoostFunction - Sets a Boost Function (bf parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setBoostQuery - Directly Sets Boost Query Parameter (bq)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setMinimumMatch - Set Minimum "Should" Match (mm)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setPhraseFields - Sets Phrase Fields and their boosts (and slops) using pf2 parameter
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setPhraseSlop - Sets the default slop on phrase queries (ps parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setQueryAlt - Set Query Alternate (q.alt parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setQueryPhraseSlop - Specifies the amount of slop permitted on phrase queries explicitly included in the user's query string (qf parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setTieBreaker - Sets Tie Breaker parameter (tie parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setTrigramPhraseFields - Directly Sets Trigram Phrase Fields (pf3 parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setTrigramPhraseSlop - Sets Trigram Phrase Slop (ps3 parameter)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::setUserFields - Sets User Fields parameter (uf)
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::useDisMaxQueryParser - Switch QueryParser to be DisMax Query Parser
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::useEDisMaxQueryParser - Switch QueryParser to be EDisMax
  • SolrDisMaxQuery::__construct - Class Constructor
  • SolrDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrDocument::clear - Drops all the fields in the document
  • SolrDocument::current - Retrieves the current field
  • SolrDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists in the document
  • SolrDocument::getChildDocuments - Returns an array of child documents (SolrDocument)
  • SolrDocument::getChildDocumentsCount - Returns the number of child documents
  • SolrDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
  • SolrDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in this document
  • SolrDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array of fields names in the document
  • SolrDocument::getInputDocument - Returns a SolrInputDocument equivalent of the object
  • SolrDocument::hasChildDocuments - Checks whether the document has any child documents
  • SolrDocument::key - Retrieves the current key
  • SolrDocument::merge - Merges source to the current SolrDocument
  • SolrDocument::next - Moves the internal pointer to the next field
  • SolrDocument::offsetExists - Checks if a particular field exists
  • SolrDocument::offsetGet - Retrieves a field
  • SolrDocument::offsetSet - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrDocument::offsetUnset - Removes a field
  • SolrDocument::reset - Alias of SolrDocument::clear
  • SolrDocument::rewind - Resets the internal pointer to the beginning
  • SolrDocument::serialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrDocument::sort - Sorts the fields in the document
  • SolrDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the document
  • SolrDocument::unserialize - Custom serialization of SolrDocument objects
  • SolrDocument::valid - Checks if the current position internally is still valid
  • SolrDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument object
  • SolrDocument::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrDocument::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrDocument::__get - Access the field as a property
  • SolrDocument::__isset - Checks if a field exists
  • SolrDocument::__set - Adds another field to the document
  • SolrDocument::__unset - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrDocumentField::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrDocumentField::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrGenericResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrGenericResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrIllegalArgumentException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrIllegalOperationException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrInputDocument::addChildDocument - Adds a child document for block indexing
  • SolrInputDocument::addChildDocuments - Adds an array of child documents
  • SolrInputDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrInputDocument::clear - Resets the input document
  • SolrInputDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrInputDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists
  • SolrInputDocument::getBoost - Retrieves the current boost value for the document
  • SolrInputDocument::getChildDocuments - Returns an array of child documents (SolrInputDocument)
  • SolrInputDocument::getChildDocumentsCount - Returns the number of child documents
  • SolrInputDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldBoost - Retrieves the boost value for a particular field
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in the document
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array containing all the fields in the document
  • SolrInputDocument::hasChildDocuments - Returns true if the document has any child documents
  • SolrInputDocument::merge - Merges one input document into another
  • SolrInputDocument::reset - Alias of SolrInputDocument::clear
  • SolrInputDocument::setBoost - Sets the boost value for this document
  • SolrInputDocument::setFieldBoost - Sets the index-time boost value for a field
  • SolrInputDocument::sort - Sorts the fields within the document
  • SolrInputDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the input document
  • SolrInputDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument
  • SolrInputDocument::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrInputDocument::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrModifiableParams::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrModifiableParams::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrObject::getPropertyNames - Returns an array of all the names of the properties
  • SolrObject::offsetExists - Checks if the property exists
  • SolrObject::offsetGet - Used to retrieve a property
  • SolrObject::offsetSet - Sets the value for a property
  • SolrObject::offsetUnset - Unsets the value for the property
  • SolrObject::__construct - Creates Solr object
  • SolrObject::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrParams::add - Alias of SolrParams::addParam
  • SolrParams::addParam - Adds a parameter to the object
  • SolrParams::get - Alias of SolrParams::getParam
  • SolrParams::getParam - Returns a parameter value
  • SolrParams::getParams - Returns an array of non URL-encoded parameters
  • SolrParams::getPreparedParams - Returns an array of URL-encoded parameters
  • SolrParams::serialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrParams::set - Alias of SolrParams::setParam
  • SolrParams::setParam - Sets the parameter to the specified value
  • SolrParams::toString - Returns all the name-value pair parameters in the object
  • SolrParams::unserialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrPingResponse::getResponse - Returns the response from the server
  • SolrPingResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrPingResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrQuery::addExpandFilterQuery - Overrides main filter query, determines which documents to include in the main group
  • SolrQuery::addExpandSortField - Orders the documents within the expanded groups (expand.sort parameter)
  • SolrQuery::addFacetDateField - Maps to facet.date
  • SolrQuery::addFacetDateOther - Adds another facet.date.other parameter
  • SolrQuery::addFacetField - Adds another field to the facet
  • SolrQuery::addFacetQuery - Adds a facet query
  • SolrQuery::addField - Specifies which fields to return in the result
  • SolrQuery::addFilterQuery - Specifies a filter query
  • SolrQuery::addGroupField - Add a field to be used to group results
  • SolrQuery::addGroupFunction - Allows grouping results based on the unique values of a function query (group.func parameter)
  • SolrQuery::addGroupQuery - Allows grouping of documents that match the given query
  • SolrQuery::addGroupSortField - Add a group sort field (group.sort parameter)
  • SolrQuery::addHighlightField - Maps to hl.fl
  • SolrQuery::addMltField - Sets a field to use for similarity
  • SolrQuery::addMltQueryField - Maps to mlt.qf
  • SolrQuery::addSortField - Used to control how the results should be sorted
  • SolrQuery::addStatsFacet - Requests a return of sub results for values within the given facet
  • SolrQuery::addStatsField - Maps to stats.field parameter
  • SolrQuery::collapse - Collapses the result set to a single document per group
  • SolrQuery::getExpand - Returns true if group expanding is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getExpandFilterQueries - Returns the expand filter queries
  • SolrQuery::getExpandQuery - Returns the expand query expand.q parameter
  • SolrQuery::getExpandRows - Returns The number of rows to display in each group (expand.rows)
  • SolrQuery::getExpandSortFields - Returns an array of fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacet - Returns the value of the facet parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateEnd - Returns the value for the facet.date.end parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateFields - Returns all the facet.date fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateGap - Returns the value of the facet.date.gap parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateHardEnd - Returns the value of the facet.date.hardend parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateOther - Returns the value for the facet.date.other parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateStart - Returns the lower bound for the first date range for all date faceting on this field
  • SolrQuery::getFacetFields - Returns all the facet fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetLimit - Returns the maximum number of constraint counts that should be returned for the facet fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMethod - Returns the value of the facet.method parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMinCount - Returns the minimum counts for facet fields should be included in the response
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMissing - Returns the current state of the facet.missing parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetOffset - Returns an offset into the list of constraints to be used for pagination
  • SolrQuery::getFacetPrefix - Returns the facet prefix
  • SolrQuery::getFacetQueries - Returns all the facet queries
  • SolrQuery::getFacetSort - Returns the facet sort type
  • SolrQuery::getFields - Returns the list of fields that will be returned in the response
  • SolrQuery::getFilterQueries - Returns an array of filter queries
  • SolrQuery::getGroup - Returns true if grouping is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getGroupCachePercent - Returns group cache percent value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupFacet - Returns the group.facet parameter value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupFields - Returns group fields (group.field parameter values)
  • SolrQuery::getGroupFormat - Returns the group.format value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupFunctions - Returns group functions (group.func parameter values)
  • SolrQuery::getGroupLimit - Returns the group.limit value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupMain - Returns the group.main value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupNGroups - Returns the group.ngroups value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupOffset - Returns the group.offset value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupQueries - Returns all the group.query parameter values
  • SolrQuery::getGroupSortFields - Returns the group.sort value
  • SolrQuery::getGroupTruncate - Returns the group.truncate value
  • SolrQuery::getHighlight - Returns the state of the hl parameter
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightAlternateField - Returns the highlight field to use as backup or default
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFields - Returns all the fields that Solr should generate highlighted snippets for
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFormatter - Returns the formatter for the highlighted output
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragmenter - Returns the text snippet generator for highlighted text
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragsize - Returns the number of characters of fragments to consider for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Returns whether or not to enable highlighting for range/wildcard/fuzzy/prefix queries
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Returns the maximum number of characters of the field to return
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMergeContiguous - Returns whether or not the collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters from a field when using the regex fragmenter
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexPattern - Returns the regular expression for fragmenting
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexSlop - Returns the deviation factor from the ideal fragment size
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Returns if a field will only be highlighted if the query matched in this particular field
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePost - Returns the text which appears after a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePre - Returns the text which appears before a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSnippets - Returns the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Returns the state of the hl.usePhraseHighlighter parameter
  • SolrQuery::getMlt - Returns whether or not MoreLikeThis results should be enabled
  • SolrQuery::getMltBoost - Returns whether or not the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
  • SolrQuery::getMltCount - Returns the number of similar documents to return for each result
  • SolrQuery::getMltFields - Returns all the fields to use for similarity
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Returns the maximum number of query terms that will be included in any generated query
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumTokens - Returns the maximum number of tokens to parse in each document field that is not stored with TermVector support
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxWordLength - Returns the maximum word length above which words will be ignored
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinDocFrequency - Returns the treshold frequency at which words will be ignored which do not occur in at least this many docs
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinTermFrequency - Returns the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source document
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinWordLength - Returns the minimum word length below which words will be ignored
  • SolrQuery::getMltQueryFields - Returns the query fields and their boosts
  • SolrQuery::getQuery - Returns the main query
  • SolrQuery::getRows - Returns the maximum number of documents
  • SolrQuery::getSortFields - Returns all the sort fields
  • SolrQuery::getStart - Returns the offset in the complete result set
  • SolrQuery::getStats - Returns whether or not stats is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getStatsFacets - Returns all the stats facets that were set
  • SolrQuery::getStatsFields - Returns all the statistics fields
  • SolrQuery::getTerms - Returns whether or not the TermsComponent is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getTermsField - Returns the field from which the terms are retrieved
  • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeLowerBound - Returns whether or not to include the lower bound in the result set
  • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeUpperBound - Returns whether or not to include the upper bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::getTermsLimit - Returns the maximum number of terms Solr should return
  • SolrQuery::getTermsLowerBound - Returns the term to start at
  • SolrQuery::getTermsMaxCount - Returns the maximum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::getTermsMinCount - Returns the minimum document frequency to return in order to be included
  • SolrQuery::getTermsPrefix - Returns the term prefix
  • SolrQuery::getTermsReturnRaw - Whether or not to return raw characters
  • SolrQuery::getTermsSort - Returns an integer indicating how terms are sorted
  • SolrQuery::getTermsUpperBound - Returns the term to stop at
  • SolrQuery::getTimeAllowed - Returns the time in milliseconds allowed for the query to finish
  • SolrQuery::removeExpandFilterQuery - Removes an expand filter query
  • SolrQuery::removeExpandSortField - Removes an expand sort field from the expand.sort parameter
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateField - Removes one of the facet date fields
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateOther - Removes one of the facet.date.other parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetField - Removes one of the facet.date parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetQuery - Removes one of the facet.query parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeField - Removes a field from the list of fields
  • SolrQuery::removeFilterQuery - Removes a filter query
  • SolrQuery::removeHighlightField - Removes one of the fields used for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::removeMltField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis fields
  • SolrQuery::removeMltQueryField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis query fields
  • SolrQuery::removeSortField - Removes one of the sort fields
  • SolrQuery::removeStatsFacet - Removes one of the stats.facet parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeStatsField - Removes one of the stats.field parameters
  • SolrQuery::setEchoHandler - Toggles the echoHandler parameter
  • SolrQuery::setEchoParams - Determines what kind of parameters to include in the response
  • SolrQuery::setExpand - Enables/Disables the Expand Component
  • SolrQuery::setExpandQuery - Sets the expand.q parameter
  • SolrQuery::setExpandRows - Sets the number of rows to display in each group (expand.rows). Server Default 5
  • SolrQuery::setExplainOther - Sets the explainOther common query parameter
  • SolrQuery::setFacet - Maps to the facet parameter. Enables or disables facetting
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateEnd - Maps to facet.date.end
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateGap - Maps to facet.date.gap
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateHardEnd - Maps to facet.date.hardend
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateStart - Maps to facet.date.start
  • SolrQuery::setFacetEnumCacheMinDefaultFrequency - Sets the minimum document frequency used for determining term count
  • SolrQuery::setFacetLimit - Maps to facet.limit
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMethod - Specifies the type of algorithm to use when faceting a field
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMinCount - Maps to facet.mincount
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMissing - Maps to facet.missing
  • SolrQuery::setFacetOffset - Sets the offset into the list of constraints to allow for pagination
  • SolrQuery::setFacetPrefix - Specifies a string prefix with which to limits the terms on which to facet
  • SolrQuery::setFacetSort - Determines the ordering of the facet field constraints
  • SolrQuery::setGroup - Enable/Disable result grouping (group parameter)
  • SolrQuery::setGroupCachePercent - Enables caching for result grouping
  • SolrQuery::setGroupFacet - Sets group.facet parameter
  • SolrQuery::setGroupFormat - Sets the group format, result structure (group.format parameter)
  • SolrQuery::setGroupLimit - Specifies the number of results to return for each group. The server default value is 1
  • SolrQuery::setGroupMain - If true, the result of the first field grouping command is used as the main result list in the response, using group.format=simple
  • SolrQuery::setGroupNGroups - If true, Solr includes the number of groups that have matched the query in the results
  • SolrQuery::setGroupOffset - Sets the group.offset parameter
  • SolrQuery::setGroupTruncate - If true, facet counts are based on the most relevant document of each group matching the query
  • SolrQuery::setHighlight - Enables or disables highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightAlternateField - Specifies the backup field to use
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFormatter - Specify a formatter for the highlight output
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragmenter - Sets a text snippet generator for highlighted text
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragsize - The size of fragments to consider for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Use SpanScorer to highlight phrase terms
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Sets the maximum number of characters of the field to return
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Specifies the number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMergeContiguous - Whether or not to collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Specify the maximum number of characters to analyze
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexPattern - Specify the regular expression for fragmenting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexSlop - Sets the factor by which the regex fragmenter can stray from the ideal fragment size
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Require field matching during highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePost - Sets the text which appears after a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePre - Sets the text which appears before a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSnippets - Sets the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Whether to highlight phrase terms only when they appear within the query phrase
  • SolrQuery::setMlt - Enables or disables moreLikeThis
  • SolrQuery::setMltBoost - Set if the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
  • SolrQuery::setMltCount - Set the number of similar documents to return for each result
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Sets the maximum number of query terms included
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumTokens - Specifies the maximum number of tokens to parse
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxWordLength - Sets the maximum word length
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinDocFrequency - Sets the mltMinDoc frequency
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinTermFrequency - Sets the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source docs
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinWordLength - Sets the minimum word length
  • SolrQuery::setOmitHeader - Exclude the header from the returned results
  • SolrQuery::setQuery - Sets the search query
  • SolrQuery::setRows - Specifies the maximum number of rows to return in the result
  • SolrQuery::setShowDebugInfo - Flag to show debug information
  • SolrQuery::setStart - Specifies the number of rows to skip
  • SolrQuery::setStats - Enables or disables the Stats component
  • SolrQuery::setTerms - Enables or disables the TermsComponent
  • SolrQuery::setTermsField - Sets the name of the field to get the Terms from
  • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeLowerBound - Include the lower bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeUpperBound - Include the upper bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::setTermsLimit - Sets the maximum number of terms to return
  • SolrQuery::setTermsLowerBound - Specifies the Term to start from
  • SolrQuery::setTermsMaxCount - Sets the maximum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::setTermsMinCount - Sets the minimum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::setTermsPrefix - Restrict matches to terms that start with the prefix
  • SolrQuery::setTermsReturnRaw - Return the raw characters of the indexed term
  • SolrQuery::setTermsSort - Specifies how to sort the returned terms
  • SolrQuery::setTermsUpperBound - Sets the term to stop at
  • SolrQuery::setTimeAllowed - The time allowed for search to finish
  • SolrQuery::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrQuery::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrQueryResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrQueryResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrResponse::getDigestedResponse - Returns the XML response as serialized PHP data
  • SolrResponse::getHttpStatus - Returns the HTTP status of the response
  • SolrResponse::getHttpStatusMessage - Returns more details on the HTTP status
  • SolrResponse::getRawRequest - Returns the raw request sent to the Solr server
  • SolrResponse::getRawRequestHeaders - Returns the raw request headers sent to the Solr server
  • SolrResponse::getRawResponse - Returns the raw response from the server
  • SolrResponse::getRawResponseHeaders - Returns the raw response headers from the server
  • SolrResponse::getRequestUrl - Returns the full URL the request was sent to
  • SolrResponse::getResponse - Returns a SolrObject representing the XML response from the server
  • SolrResponse::setParseMode - Sets the parse mode
  • SolrResponse::success - Was the request a success
  • SolrServerException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrUpdateResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrUpdateResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrUtils::digestXmlResponse - Parses an response XML string into a SolrObject
  • SolrUtils::escapeQueryChars - Escapes a lucene query string
  • SolrUtils::getSolrVersion - Returns the current version of the Solr extension
  • SolrUtils::queryPhrase - Prepares a phrase from an unescaped lucene string
  • solr_get_version - Returns the current version of the Apache Solr extension
  • sort - Sort an array in ascending order
  • soundex - Calculate the soundex key of a string
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::add - Add/insert a new value at the specified index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::bottom - Peeks at the node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::count - Counts the number of elements in the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::current - Return current array entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::getIteratorMode - Returns the mode of iteration
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::isEmpty - Checks whether the doubly linked list is empty
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::key - Return current node index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::next - Move to next entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested $index exists
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified $index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetSet - Sets the value at the specified $index to $value
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::pop - Pops a node from the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::prev - Move to previous entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::push - Pushes an element at the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::serialize - Serializes the storage
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::shift - Shifts a node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::top - Peeks at the node from the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::unserialize - Unserializes the storage
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::unshift - Prepends the doubly linked list with an element
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::valid - Check whether the doubly linked list contains more nodes
  • SplFileInfo::getATime - Gets last access time of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getBasename - Gets the base name of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getCTime - Gets the inode change time
  • SplFileInfo::getExtension - Gets the file extension
  • SplFileInfo::getFileInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the file
  • SplFileInfo::getFilename - Gets the filename
  • SplFileInfo::getGroup - Gets the file group
  • SplFileInfo::getInode - Gets the inode for the file
  • SplFileInfo::getLinkTarget - Gets the target of a link
  • SplFileInfo::getMTime - Gets the last modified time
  • SplFileInfo::getOwner - Gets the owner of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getPath - Gets the path without filename
  • SplFileInfo::getPathInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the path
  • SplFileInfo::getPathname - Gets the path to the file
  • SplFileInfo::getPerms - Gets file permissions
  • SplFileInfo::getRealPath - Gets absolute path to file
  • SplFileInfo::getSize - Gets file size
  • SplFileInfo::getType - Gets file type
  • SplFileInfo::isDir - Tells if the file is a directory
  • SplFileInfo::isExecutable - Tells if the file is executable
  • SplFileInfo::isFile - Tells if the object references a regular file
  • SplFileInfo::isLink - Tells if the file is a link
  • SplFileInfo::isReadable - Tells if file is readable
  • SplFileInfo::isWritable - Tells if the entry is writable
  • SplFileInfo::openFile - Gets an SplFileObject object for the file
  • SplFileInfo::setFileClass - Sets the class used with SplFileInfo::openFile
  • SplFileInfo::setInfoClass - Sets the class used with SplFileInfo::getFileInfo and SplFileInfo::getPathInfo
  • SplFileInfo::__construct - Construct a new SplFileInfo object
  • SplFileInfo::__toString - Returns the path to the file as a string
  • SplFileObject::current - Retrieve current line of file
  • SplFileObject::eof - Reached end of file
  • SplFileObject::fflush - Flushes the output to the file
  • SplFileObject::fgetc - Gets character from file
  • SplFileObject::fgetcsv - Gets line from file and parse as CSV fields
  • SplFileObject::fgets - Gets line from file
  • SplFileObject::fgetss - Gets line from file and strip HTML tags
  • SplFileObject::flock - Portable file locking
  • SplFileObject::fpassthru - Output all remaining data on a file pointer
  • SplFileObject::fputcsv - Write a field array as a CSV line
  • SplFileObject::fread - Read from file
  • SplFileObject::fscanf - Parses input from file according to a format
  • SplFileObject::fseek - Seek to a position
  • SplFileObject::fstat - Gets information about the file
  • SplFileObject::ftell - Return current file position
  • SplFileObject::ftruncate - Truncates the file to a given length
  • SplFileObject::fwrite - Write to file
  • SplFileObject::getChildren - No purpose
  • SplFileObject::getCsvControl - Get the delimiter, enclosure and escape character for CSV
  • SplFileObject::getCurrentLine - Alias of SplFileObject::fgets
  • SplFileObject::getFlags - Gets flags for the SplFileObject
  • SplFileObject::getMaxLineLen - Get maximum line length
  • SplFileObject::hasChildren - SplFileObject does not have children
  • SplFileObject::key - Get line number
  • SplFileObject::next - Read next line
  • SplFileObject::rewind - Rewind the file to the first line
  • SplFileObject::seek - Seek to specified line
  • SplFileObject::setCsvControl - Set the delimiter, enclosure and escape character for CSV
  • SplFileObject::setFlags - Sets flags for the SplFileObject
  • SplFileObject::setMaxLineLen - Set maximum line length
  • SplFileObject::valid - Not at EOF
  • SplFileObject::__construct - Construct a new file object
  • SplFileObject::__toString - Alias of SplFileObject::fgets
  • SplFixedArray::count - Returns the size of the array
  • SplFixedArray::current - Return current array entry
  • SplFixedArray::fromArray - Import a PHP array in a SplFixedArray instance
  • SplFixedArray::getSize - Gets the size of the array
  • SplFixedArray::key - Return current array index
  • SplFixedArray::next - Move to next entry
  • SplFixedArray::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested index exists
  • SplFixedArray::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified index
  • SplFixedArray::offsetSet - Sets a new value at a specified index
  • SplFixedArray::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
  • SplFixedArray::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
  • SplFixedArray::setSize - Change the size of an array
  • SplFixedArray::toArray - Returns a PHP array from the fixed array
  • SplFixedArray::valid - Check whether the array contains more elements
  • SplFixedArray::__construct - Constructs a new fixed array
  • SplFixedArray::__wakeup - Reinitialises the array after being unserialised
  • SplHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up
  • SplHeap::count - Counts the number of elements in the heap
  • SplHeap::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
  • SplHeap::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up
  • SplHeap::insert - Inserts an element in the heap by sifting it up
  • SplHeap::isCorrupted - Tells if the heap is in a corrupted state
  • SplHeap::isEmpty - Checks whether the heap is empty
  • SplHeap::key - Return current node index
  • SplHeap::next - Move to the next node
  • SplHeap::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the heap
  • SplHeap::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
  • SplHeap::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the heap
  • SplHeap::valid - Check whether the heap contains more nodes
  • SplMaxHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up
  • SplMinHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up
  • SplObjectStorage::addAll - Adds all objects from another storage
  • SplObjectStorage::attach - Adds an object in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::contains - Checks if the storage contains a specific object
  • SplObjectStorage::count - Returns the number of objects in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::current - Returns the current storage entry
  • SplObjectStorage::detach - Removes an object from the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::getHash - Calculate a unique identifier for the contained objects
  • SplObjectStorage::getInfo - Returns the data associated with the current iterator entry
  • SplObjectStorage::key - Returns the index at which the iterator currently is
  • SplObjectStorage::next - Move to the next entry
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetExists - Checks whether an object exists in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetGet - Returns the data associated with an object
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetSet - Associates data to an object in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetUnset - Removes an object from the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::removeAll - Removes objects contained in another storage from the current storage
  • SplObjectStorage::removeAllExcept - Removes all objects except for those contained in another storage from the current storage
  • SplObjectStorage::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first storage element
  • SplObjectStorage::serialize - Serializes the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::setInfo - Sets the data associated with the current iterator entry
  • SplObjectStorage::unserialize - Unserializes a storage from its string representation
  • SplObjectStorage::valid - Returns if the current iterator entry is valid
  • SplObserver::update - Receive update from subject
  • SplPriorityQueue::compare - Compare priorities in order to place elements correctly in the heap while sifting up
  • SplPriorityQueue::count - Counts the number of elements in the queue
  • SplPriorityQueue::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
  • SplPriorityQueue::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up
  • SplPriorityQueue::getExtractFlags - Get the flags of extraction
  • SplPriorityQueue::insert - Inserts an element in the queue by sifting it up
  • SplPriorityQueue::isCorrupted - Tells if the priority queue is in a corrupted state
  • SplPriorityQueue::isEmpty - Checks whether the queue is empty
  • SplPriorityQueue::key - Return current node index
  • SplPriorityQueue::next - Move to the next node
  • SplPriorityQueue::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the queue
  • SplPriorityQueue::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
  • SplPriorityQueue::setExtractFlags - Sets the mode of extraction
  • SplPriorityQueue::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the queue
  • SplPriorityQueue::valid - Check whether the queue contains more nodes
  • SplQueue::dequeue - Dequeues a node from the queue
  • SplQueue::enqueue - Adds an element to the queue
  • SplQueue::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplQueue::__construct - Constructs a new queue implemented using a doubly linked list
  • SplStack::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplStack::__construct - Constructs a new stack implemented using a doubly linked list
  • SplSubject::attach - Attach an SplObserver
  • SplSubject::detach - Detach an observer
  • SplSubject::notify - Notify an observer
  • SplTempFileObject::__construct - Construct a new temporary file object
  • spl_autoload - Default implementation for __autoload()
  • spl_autoload_call - Try all registered __autoload() functions to load the requested class
  • spl_autoload_extensions - Register and return default file extensions for spl_autoload
  • spl_autoload_functions - Return all registered __autoload() functions
  • spl_autoload_register - Register given function as __autoload() implementation
  • spl_autoload_unregister - Unregister given function as __autoload() implementation
  • spl_classes - Return available SPL classes
  • spl_object_hash - Return hash id for given object
  • spl_object_id - Return the integer object handle for given object
  • Spoofchecker::areConfusable - Checks if given strings can be confused
  • Spoofchecker::isSuspicious - Checks if a given text contains any suspicious characters
  • Spoofchecker::setAllowedLocales - Locales to use when running checks
  • Spoofchecker::setChecks - Set the checks to run
  • Spoofchecker::__construct - Constructor
  • sprintf - Return a formatted string
  • SQLite3::backup - Backup one database to another database
  • SQLite3::busyTimeout - Sets the busy connection handler
  • SQLite3::changes - Returns the number of database rows that were changed (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement
  • SQLite3::close - Closes the database connection
  • SQLite3::createAggregate - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL aggregate function
  • SQLite3::createCollation - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL collating function
  • SQLite3::createFunction - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL scalar function
  • SQLite3::enableExceptions - Enable throwing exceptions
  • SQLite3::escapeString - Returns a string that has been properly escaped
  • SQLite3::exec - Executes a result-less query against a given database
  • SQLite3::lastErrorCode - Returns the numeric result code of the most recent failed SQLite request
  • SQLite3::lastErrorMsg - Returns English text describing the most recent failed SQLite request
  • SQLite3::lastInsertRowID - Returns the row ID of the most recent INSERT into the database
  • SQLite3::loadExtension - Attempts to load an SQLite extension library
  • SQLite3::open - Opens an SQLite database
  • SQLite3::openBlob - Opens a stream resource to read a BLOB
  • SQLite3::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
  • SQLite3::query - Executes an SQL query
  • SQLite3::querySingle - Executes a query and returns a single result
  • SQLite3::setAuthorizer - Configures a callback to be used as an authorizer to limit what a statement can do
  • SQLite3::version - Returns the SQLite3 library version as a string constant and as a number
  • SQLite3::__construct - Instantiates an SQLite3 object and opens an SQLite 3 database
  • SQLite3Result::columnName - Returns the name of the nth column
  • SQLite3Result::columnType - Returns the type of the nth column
  • SQLite3Result::fetchArray - Fetches a result row as an associative or numerically indexed array or both
  • SQLite3Result::finalize - Closes the result set
  • SQLite3Result::numColumns - Returns the number of columns in the result set
  • SQLite3Result::reset - Resets the result set back to the first row
  • SQLite3Result::__construct - Constructs an SQLite3Result
  • SQLite3Stmt::bindParam - Binds a parameter to a statement variable
  • SQLite3Stmt::bindValue - Binds the value of a parameter to a statement variable
  • SQLite3Stmt::clear - Clears all current bound parameters
  • SQLite3Stmt::close - Closes the prepared statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::execute - Executes a prepared statement and returns a result set object
  • SQLite3Stmt::getSQL - Get the SQL of the statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::paramCount - Returns the number of parameters within the prepared statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::readOnly - Returns whether a statement is definitely read only
  • SQLite3Stmt::reset - Resets the prepared statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::__construct - Constructs an SQLite3Stmt object
  • sqlsrv_begin_transaction - Begins a database transaction
  • sqlsrv_cancel - Cancels a statement
  • sqlsrv_client_info - Returns information about the client and specified connection
  • sqlsrv_close - Closes an open connection and releases resourses associated with the connection
  • sqlsrv_commit - Commits a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
  • sqlsrv_configure - Changes the driver error handling and logging configurations
  • sqlsrv_connect - Opens a connection to a Microsoft SQL Server database
  • sqlsrv_errors - Returns error and warning information about the last SQLSRV operation performed
  • sqlsrv_execute - Executes a statement prepared with sqlsrv_prepare
  • sqlsrv_fetch - Makes the next row in a result set available for reading
  • sqlsrv_fetch_array - Returns a row as an array
  • sqlsrv_fetch_object - Retrieves the next row of data in a result set as an object
  • sqlsrv_field_metadata - Retrieves metadata for the fields of a statement prepared by sqlsrv_prepare or sqlsrv_query
  • sqlsrv_free_stmt - Frees all resources for the specified statement
  • sqlsrv_get_config - Returns the value of the specified configuration setting
  • sqlsrv_get_field - Gets field data from the currently selected row
  • sqlsrv_has_rows - Indicates whether the specified statement has rows
  • sqlsrv_next_result - Makes the next result of the specified statement active
  • sqlsrv_num_fields - Retrieves the number of fields (columns) on a statement
  • sqlsrv_num_rows - Retrieves the number of rows in a result set
  • sqlsrv_prepare - Prepares a query for execution
  • sqlsrv_query - Prepares and executes a query
  • sqlsrv_rollback - Rolls back a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
  • sqlsrv_rows_affected - Returns the number of rows modified by the last INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE query executed
  • sqlsrv_send_stream_data - Sends data from parameter streams to the server
  • sqlsrv_server_info - Returns information about the server
  • SqlStatement::bind - Bind statement parameters
  • SqlStatement::execute - Execute the operation
  • SqlStatement::getNextResult - Get next result
  • SqlStatement::getResult - Get result
  • SqlStatement::hasMoreResults - Check for more results
  • SqlStatement::__construct - Description constructor
  • SqlStatementResult::fetchAll - Get all rows from result
  • SqlStatementResult::fetchOne - Get single row
  • SqlStatementResult::getAffectedItemsCount - Get affected row count
  • SqlStatementResult::getColumnNames - Get column names
  • SqlStatementResult::getColumns - Get columns
  • SqlStatementResult::getColumnsCount - Get column count
  • SqlStatementResult::getGeneratedIds - Get generated ids
  • SqlStatementResult::getLastInsertId - Get last insert id
  • SqlStatementResult::getWarnings - Get warnings from last operation
  • SqlStatementResult::getWarningsCount - Get warning count from last operation
  • SqlStatementResult::hasData - Check if result has data
  • SqlStatementResult::nextResult - Get next result
  • SqlStatementResult::__construct - Description constructor
  • sqrt - Square root
  • srand - Seed the random number generator
  • sscanf - Parses input from a string according to a format
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_compare - Calculates the match score between two fuzzy hash signatures
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash - Create a fuzzy hash from a string
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash_filename - Create a fuzzy hash from a file
  • ssh2:// - Secure Shell 2
  • ssh2_auth_agent - Authenticate over SSH using the ssh agent
  • ssh2_auth_hostbased_file - Authenticate using a public hostkey
  • ssh2_auth_none - Authenticate as "none"
  • ssh2_auth_password - Authenticate over SSH using a plain password
  • ssh2_auth_pubkey_file - Authenticate using a public key
  • ssh2_connect - Connect to an SSH server
  • ssh2_disconnect - Close a connection to a remote SSH server
  • ssh2_exec - Execute a command on a remote server
  • ssh2_fetch_stream - Fetch an extended data stream
  • ssh2_fingerprint - Retrieve fingerprint of remote server
  • ssh2_forward_accept - Accept a connection created by a listener
  • ssh2_forward_listen - Bind a port on the remote server and listen for connections
  • ssh2_methods_negotiated - Return list of negotiated methods
  • ssh2_poll - Poll the channels/listeners/streams for events
  • ssh2_publickey_add - Add an authorized publickey
  • ssh2_publickey_init - Initialize Publickey subsystem
  • ssh2_publickey_list - List currently authorized publickeys
  • ssh2_publickey_remove - Remove an authorized publickey
  • ssh2_scp_recv - Request a file via SCP
  • ssh2_scp_send - Send a file via SCP
  • ssh2_send_eof - Send EOF to stream
  • ssh2_sftp - Initialize SFTP subsystem
  • ssh2_sftp_chmod - Changes file mode
  • ssh2_sftp_lstat - Stat a symbolic link
  • ssh2_sftp_mkdir - Create a directory
  • ssh2_sftp_readlink - Return the target of a symbolic link
  • ssh2_sftp_realpath - Resolve the realpath of a provided path string
  • ssh2_sftp_rename - Rename a remote file
  • ssh2_sftp_rmdir - Remove a directory
  • ssh2_sftp_stat - Stat a file on a remote filesystem
  • ssh2_sftp_symlink - Create a symlink
  • ssh2_sftp_unlink - Delete a file
  • ssh2_shell - Request an interactive shell
  • ssh2_tunnel - Open a tunnel through a remote server
  • SSL context options - SSL context option listing
  • stat - Gives information about a file
  • Statement::getNextResult - Get next result
  • Statement::getResult - Get result
  • Statement::hasMoreResults - Check if more results
  • Statement::__construct - Description constructor
  • stats_absolute_deviation - Returns the absolute deviation of an array of values
  • stats_cdf_beta - Calculates any one parameter of the beta distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the binomial distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_cauchy - Calculates any one parameter of the Cauchy distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the chi-square distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_exponential - Calculates any one parameter of the exponential distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_f - Calculates any one parameter of the F distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_gamma - Calculates any one parameter of the gamma distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_laplace - Calculates any one parameter of the Laplace distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_logistic - Calculates any one parameter of the logistic distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_negative_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the negative binomial distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_noncentral_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central chi-square distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_noncentral_f - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central F distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_noncentral_t - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central t-distribution give values for the others
  • stats_cdf_normal - Calculates any one parameter of the normal distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_poisson - Calculates any one parameter of the Poisson distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_t - Calculates any one parameter of the t-distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_uniform - Calculates any one parameter of the uniform distribution given values for the others
  • stats_cdf_weibull - Calculates any one parameter of the Weibull distribution given values for the others
  • stats_covariance - Computes the covariance of two data sets
  • stats_dens_beta - Probability density function of the beta distribution
  • stats_dens_cauchy - Probability density function of the Cauchy distribution
  • stats_dens_chisquare - Probability density function of the chi-square distribution
  • stats_dens_exponential - Probability density function of the exponential distribution
  • stats_dens_f - Probability density function of the F distribution
  • stats_dens_gamma - Probability density function of the gamma distribution
  • stats_dens_laplace - Probability density function of the Laplace distribution
  • stats_dens_logistic - Probability density function of the logistic distribution
  • stats_dens_normal - Probability density function of the normal distribution
  • stats_dens_pmf_binomial - Probability mass function of the binomial distribution
  • stats_dens_pmf_hypergeometric - Probability mass function of the hypergeometric distribution
  • stats_dens_pmf_negative_binomial - Probability mass function of the negative binomial distribution
  • stats_dens_pmf_poisson - Probability mass function of the Poisson distribution
  • stats_dens_t - Probability density function of the t-distribution
  • stats_dens_uniform - Probability density function of the uniform distribution
  • stats_dens_weibull - Probability density function of the Weibull distribution
  • stats_harmonic_mean - Returns the harmonic mean of an array of values
  • stats_kurtosis - Computes the kurtosis of the data in the array
  • stats_rand_gen_beta - Generates a random deviate from the beta distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_chisquare - Generates a random deviate from the chi-square distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_exponential - Generates a random deviate from the exponential distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_f - Generates a random deviate from the F distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_funiform - Generates uniform float between low (exclusive) and high (exclusive)
  • stats_rand_gen_gamma - Generates a random deviate from the gamma distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial - Generates a random deviate from the binomial distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial_negative - Generates a random deviate from the negative binomial distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_int - Generates random integer between 1 and 2147483562
  • stats_rand_gen_ipoisson - Generates a single random deviate from a Poisson distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_iuniform - Generates integer uniformly distributed between LOW (inclusive) and HIGH (inclusive)
  • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_chisquare - Generates a random deviate from the non-central chi-square distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_f - Generates a random deviate from the noncentral F distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_t - Generates a single random deviate from a non-central t-distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_normal - Generates a single random deviate from a normal distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_t - Generates a single random deviate from a t-distribution
  • stats_rand_get_seeds - Get the seed values of the random number generator
  • stats_rand_phrase_to_seeds - Generate two seeds for the RGN random number generator
  • stats_rand_ranf - Generates a random floating point number between 0 and 1
  • stats_rand_setall - Set seed values to the random generator
  • stats_skew - Computes the skewness of the data in the array
  • stats_standard_deviation - Returns the standard deviation
  • stats_stat_binomial_coef - Returns a binomial coefficient
  • stats_stat_correlation - Returns the Pearson correlation coefficient of two data sets
  • stats_stat_factorial - Returns the factorial of an integer
  • stats_stat_independent_t - Returns the t-value from the independent two-sample t-test
  • stats_stat_innerproduct - Returns the inner product of two vectors
  • stats_stat_paired_t - Returns the t-value of the dependent t-test for paired samples
  • stats_stat_percentile - Returns the percentile value
  • stats_stat_powersum - Returns the power sum of a vector
  • stats_variance - Returns the variance
  • Stomp::abort - Rolls back a transaction in progress
  • Stomp::ack - Acknowledges consumption of a message
  • Stomp::begin - Starts a transaction
  • Stomp::commit - Commits a transaction in progress
  • Stomp::error - Gets the last stomp error
  • Stomp::getReadTimeout - Gets read timeout
  • Stomp::getSessionId - Gets the current stomp session ID
  • Stomp::hasFrame - Indicates whether or not there is a frame ready to read
  • Stomp::readFrame - Reads the next frame
  • Stomp::send - Sends a message
  • Stomp::setReadTimeout - Sets read timeout
  • Stomp::subscribe - Registers to listen to a given destination
  • Stomp::unsubscribe - Removes an existing subscription
  • Stomp::__construct - Opens a connection
  • Stomp::__destruct - Closes stomp connection
  • StompException::getDetails - Get exception details
  • StompFrame::__construct - Constructor
  • stomp_connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
  • stomp_version - Gets the current stomp extension version
  • strcasecmp - Binary safe case-insensitive string comparison
  • strchr - Alias of strstr
  • strcmp - Binary safe string comparison
  • strcoll - Locale based string comparison
  • strcspn - Find length of initial segment not matching mask
  • streamWrapper::dir_closedir - Close directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_opendir - Open directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_readdir - Read entry from directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_rewinddir - Rewind directory handle
  • streamWrapper::mkdir - Create a directory
  • streamWrapper::rename - Renames a file or directory
  • streamWrapper::rmdir - Removes a directory
  • streamWrapper::stream_cast - Retrieve the underlaying resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_close - Close a resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_eof - Tests for end-of-file on a file pointer
  • streamWrapper::stream_flush - Flushes the output
  • streamWrapper::stream_lock - Advisory file locking
  • streamWrapper::stream_metadata - Change stream metadata
  • streamWrapper::stream_open - Opens file or URL
  • streamWrapper::stream_read - Read from stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_seek - Seeks to specific location in a stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_set_option - Change stream options
  • streamWrapper::stream_stat - Retrieve information about a file resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_tell - Retrieve the current position of a stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_truncate - Truncate stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_write - Write to stream
  • streamWrapper::unlink - Delete a file
  • streamWrapper::url_stat - Retrieve information about a file
  • streamWrapper::__construct - Constructs a new stream wrapper
  • streamWrapper::__destruct - Destructs an existing stream wrapper
  • stream_bucket_append - Append bucket to brigade
  • stream_bucket_make_writeable - Returns a bucket object from the brigade to operate on
  • stream_bucket_new - Create a new bucket for use on the current stream
  • stream_bucket_prepend - Prepend bucket to brigade
  • stream_context_create - Creates a stream context
  • stream_context_get_default - Retrieve the default stream context
  • stream_context_get_options - Retrieve options for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_context_get_params - Retrieves parameters from a context
  • stream_context_set_default - Set the default stream context
  • stream_context_set_option - Sets an option for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_context_set_params - Set parameters for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_copy_to_stream - Copies data from one stream to another
  • stream_filter_append - Attach a filter to a stream
  • stream_filter_prepend - Attach a filter to a stream
  • stream_filter_register - Register a user defined stream filter
  • stream_filter_remove - Remove a filter from a stream
  • stream_get_contents - Reads remainder of a stream into a string
  • stream_get_filters - Retrieve list of registered filters
  • stream_get_line - Gets line from stream resource up to a given delimiter
  • stream_get_meta_data - Retrieves header/meta data from streams/file pointers
  • stream_get_transports - Retrieve list of registered socket transports
  • stream_get_wrappers - Retrieve list of registered streams
  • stream_isatty - Check if a stream is a TTY
  • stream_is_local - Checks if a stream is a local stream
  • stream_notification_callback - A callback function for the notification context parameter
  • stream_register_wrapper - Alias of stream_wrapper_register
  • stream_resolve_include_path - Resolve filename against the include path
  • stream_select - Runs the equivalent of the select() system call on the given arrays of streams with a timeout specified by seconds and microseconds
  • stream_set_blocking - Set blocking/non-blocking mode on a stream
  • stream_set_chunk_size - Set the stream chunk size
  • stream_set_read_buffer - Set read file buffering on the given stream
  • stream_set_timeout - Set timeout period on a stream
  • stream_set_write_buffer - Sets write file buffering on the given stream
  • stream_socket_accept - Accept a connection on a socket created by stream_socket_server
  • stream_socket_client - Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
  • stream_socket_enable_crypto - Turns encryption on/off on an already connected socket
  • stream_socket_get_name - Retrieve the name of the local or remote sockets
  • stream_socket_pair - Creates a pair of connected, indistinguishable socket streams
  • stream_socket_recvfrom - Receives data from a socket, connected or not
  • stream_socket_sendto - Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
  • stream_socket_server - Create an Internet or Unix domain server socket
  • stream_socket_shutdown - Shutdown a full-duplex connection
  • stream_supports_lock - Tells whether the stream supports locking
  • stream_wrapper_register - Register a URL wrapper implemented as a PHP class
  • stream_wrapper_restore - Restores a previously unregistered built-in wrapper
  • stream_wrapper_unregister - Unregister a URL wrapper
  • strftime - Format a local time/date according to locale settings
  • Stringable::__toString - Gets a string representation of the object
  • stripcslashes - Un-quote string quoted with addcslashes
  • stripos - Find the position of the first occurrence of a case-insensitive substring in a string
  • stripslashes - Un-quotes a quoted string
  • strip_tags - Strip HTML and PHP tags from a string
  • stristr - Case-insensitive strstr
  • strlen - Get string length
  • strnatcasecmp - Case insensitive string comparisons using a "natural order" algorithm
  • strnatcmp - String comparisons using a "natural order" algorithm
  • strncasecmp - Binary safe case-insensitive string comparison of the first n characters
  • strncmp - Binary safe string comparison of the first n characters
  • strpbrk - Search a string for any of a set of characters
  • strpos - Find the position of the first occurrence of a substring in a string
  • strptime - Parse a time/date generated with strftime
  • strrchr - Find the last occurrence of a character in a string
  • strrev - Reverse a string
  • strripos - Find the position of the last occurrence of a case-insensitive substring in a string
  • strrpos - Find the position of the last occurrence of a substring in a string
  • strspn - Finds the length of the initial segment of a string consisting entirely of characters contained within a given mask
  • strstr - Find the first occurrence of a string
  • strtok - Tokenize string
  • strtolower - Make a string lowercase
  • strtotime - Parse about any English textual datetime description into a Unix timestamp
  • strtoupper - Make a string uppercase
  • strtr - Translate characters or replace substrings
  • strval - Get string value of a variable
  • str_contains - Determine if a string contains a given substring
  • str_ends_with - Checks if a string ends with a given substring
  • str_getcsv - Parse a CSV string into an array
  • str_ireplace - Case-insensitive version of str_replace
  • str_pad - Pad a string to a certain length with another string
  • str_repeat - Repeat a string
  • str_replace - Replace all occurrences of the search string with the replacement string
  • str_rot13 - Perform the rot13 transform on a string
  • str_shuffle - Randomly shuffles a string
  • str_split - Convert a string to an array
  • str_starts_with - Checks if a string starts with a given substring
  • str_word_count - Return information about words used in a string
  • substr - Return part of a string
  • substr_compare - Binary safe comparison of two strings from an offset, up to length characters
  • substr_count - Count the number of substring occurrences
  • substr_replace - Replace text within a portion of a string
  • SVM::crossvalidate - Test training params on subsets of the training data
  • SVM::getOptions - Return the current training parameters
  • SVM::setOptions - Set training parameters
  • SVM::train - Create a SVMModel based on training data
  • SVM::__construct - Construct a new SVM object
  • SVMModel::checkProbabilityModel - Returns true if the model has probability information
  • SVMModel::getLabels - Get the labels the model was trained on
  • SVMModel::getNrClass - Returns the number of classes the model was trained with
  • SVMModel::getSvmType - Get the SVM type the model was trained with
  • SVMModel::getSvrProbability - Get the sigma value for regression types
  • SVMModel::load - Load a saved SVM Model
  • SVMModel::predict - Predict a value for previously unseen data
  • SVMModel::predict_probability - Return class probabilities for previous unseen data
  • SVMModel::save - Save a model to a file
  • SVMModel::__construct - Construct a new SVMModel
  • svn_add - Schedules the addition of an item in a working directory
  • svn_auth_get_parameter - Retrieves authentication parameter
  • svn_auth_set_parameter - Sets an authentication parameter
  • svn_blame - Get the SVN blame for a file
  • svn_cat - Returns the contents of a file in a repository
  • svn_checkout - Checks out a working copy from the repository
  • svn_cleanup - Recursively cleanup a working copy directory, finishing incomplete operations and removing locks
  • svn_client_version - Returns the version of the SVN client libraries
  • svn_commit - Sends changes from the local working copy to the repository
  • svn_delete - Delete items from a working copy or repository
  • svn_diff - Recursively diffs two paths
  • svn_export - Export the contents of a SVN directory
  • svn_fs_abort_txn - Aborts a transaction
  • svn_fs_apply_text - Creates and returns a stream that will be used to replace
  • svn_fs_begin_txn2 - Create a new transaction
  • svn_fs_change_node_prop - Return true if everything is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_check_path - Determines what kind of item lives at path in a given repository fsroot
  • svn_fs_contents_changed - Return true if content is different, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_copy - Copies a file or a directory
  • svn_fs_delete - Deletes a file or a directory
  • svn_fs_dir_entries - Enumerates the directory entries under path; returns a hash of dir names to file type
  • svn_fs_file_contents - Returns a stream to access the contents of a file from a given version of the fs
  • svn_fs_file_length - Returns the length of a file from a given version of the fs
  • svn_fs_is_dir - Determines if a path points to a directory
  • svn_fs_is_file - Determines if a path points to a file
  • svn_fs_make_dir - Creates a new empty directory
  • svn_fs_make_file - Creates a new empty file
  • svn_fs_node_created_rev - Returns the revision in which path under fsroot was created
  • svn_fs_node_prop - Returns the value of a property for a node
  • svn_fs_props_changed - Return true if props are different, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_revision_prop - Fetches the value of a named property
  • svn_fs_revision_root - Get a handle on a specific version of the repository root
  • svn_fs_txn_root - Creates and returns a transaction root
  • svn_fs_youngest_rev - Returns the number of the youngest revision in the filesystem
  • svn_import - Imports an unversioned path into a repository
  • svn_log - Returns the commit log messages of a repository URL
  • svn_ls - Returns list of directory contents in repository URL, optionally at revision number
  • svn_mkdir - Creates a directory in a working copy or repository
  • svn_repos_create - Create a new subversion repository at path
  • svn_repos_fs - Gets a handle on the filesystem for a repository
  • svn_repos_fs_begin_txn_for_commit - Create a new transaction
  • svn_repos_fs_commit_txn - Commits a transaction and returns the new revision
  • svn_repos_hotcopy - Make a hot-copy of the repos at repospath; copy it to destpath
  • svn_repos_open - Open a shared lock on a repository
  • svn_repos_recover - Run recovery procedures on the repository located at path
  • svn_revert - Revert changes to the working copy
  • svn_status - Returns the status of working copy files and directories
  • svn_update - Update working copy
  • Swoole\Async::dnsLookup - Async and non-blocking hostname to IP lookup.
  • Swoole\Async::read - Read file stream asynchronously.
  • Swoole\Async::readFile - Read a file asynchronously.
  • Swoole\Async::set - Update the async I/O options.
  • Swoole\Async::write - Write data to a file stream asynchronously.
  • Swoole\Async::writeFile - Description
  • Swoole\Atomic::add - Add a number to the value to the atomic object.
  • Swoole\Atomic::cmpset - Compare and set the value of the atomic object.
  • Swoole\Atomic::get - Get the current value of the atomic object.
  • Swoole\Atomic::set - Set a new value to the atomic object.
  • Swoole\Atomic::sub - Subtract a number to the value of the atomic object.
  • Swoole\Atomic::__construct - Construct a swoole atomic object.
  • Swoole\Buffer::append - Append the string or binary data at the end of the memory buffer and return the new size of memory allocated.
  • Swoole\Buffer::clear - Reset the memory buffer.
  • Swoole\Buffer::expand - Expand the size of memory buffer.
  • Swoole\Buffer::read - Read data from the memory buffer based on offset and length.
  • Swoole\Buffer::recycle - Release the memory to OS which is not used by the memory buffer.
  • Swoole\Buffer::substr - Read data from the memory buffer based on offset and length. Or remove data from the memory buffer.
  • Swoole\Buffer::write - Write data to the memory buffer. The memory allocated for the buffer will not be changed.
  • Swoole\Buffer::__construct - Fixed size memory blocks allocation.
  • Swoole\Buffer::__destruct - Destruct the Swoole memory buffer.
  • Swoole\Buffer::__toString - Get the string value of the memory buffer.
  • Swoole\Channel::pop - Read and pop data from swoole channel.
  • Swoole\Channel::push - Write and push data into Swoole channel.
  • Swoole\Channel::stats - Get stats of swoole channel.
  • Swoole\Channel::__construct - Construct a Swoole Channel
  • Swoole\Channel::__destruct - Destruct a Swoole channel.
  • Swoole\Client::close - Close the connection established.
  • Swoole\Client::connect - Connect to the remote TCP or UDP port.
  • Swoole\Client::getpeername - Get the remote socket name of the connection.
  • Swoole\Client::getsockname - Get the local socket name of the connection.
  • Swoole\Client::isConnected - Check if the connection is established.
  • Swoole\Client::on - Add callback functions triggered by events.
  • Swoole\Client::pause - Pause receiving data.
  • Swoole\Client::pipe - Redirect the data to another file descriptor.
  • Swoole\Client::recv - Receive data from the remote socket.
  • Swoole\Client::resume - Resume receiving data.
  • Swoole\Client::send - Send data to the remote TCP socket.
  • Swoole\Client::sendfile - Send file to the remote TCP socket.
  • Swoole\Client::sendto - Send data to the remote UDP address.
  • Swoole\Client::set - Set the Swoole client parameters before the connection is established.
  • Swoole\Client::sleep - Remove the TCP client from system event loop.
  • Swoole\Client::wakeup - Add the TCP client back into the system event loop.
  • Swoole\Client::__construct - Create Swoole sync or async TCP/UDP client, with or without SSL.
  • Swoole\Client::__destruct - Destruct the Swoole client.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::count - Count connections.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::current - Return current connection entry.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::key - Return key of the current connection.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::next - Move to the next connection.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetExists - Check if offet exists.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetGet - Offset to retrieve.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetSet - Assign a Connection to the specified offset.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::offsetUnset - Unset an offset.
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::rewind - Rewinds iterator
  • Swoole\Connection\Iterator::valid - Check if current position is valid.
  • Swoole\Coroutine::call_user_func - Call a callback given by the first parameter
  • Swoole\Coroutine::call_user_func_array - Call a callback with an array of parameters
  • Swoole\Coroutine::cli_wait - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine::create - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine::getuid - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine::resume - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine::suspend - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::close - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::connect - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::getpeername - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::getsockname - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::isConnected - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::recv - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::send - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::sendfile - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::sendto - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::set - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::__construct - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Client::__destruct - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::addFile - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::close - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::execute - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::get - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::getDefer - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::isConnected - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::post - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::recv - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::set - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setCookies - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setData - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setDefer - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setHeaders - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::setMethod - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::__construct - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\Http\Client::__destruct - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::close - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::connect - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::getDefer - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::query - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::recv - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::setDefer - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::__construct - Description
  • Swoole\Coroutine\MySQL::__destruct - Description
  • Swoole\Event::add - Add new callback functions of a socket into the EventLoop.
  • Swoole\Event::defer - Add a callback function to the next event loop.
  • Swoole\Event::del - Remove all event callback functions of a socket.
  • Swoole\Event::exit - Exit the eventloop, only available at client side.
  • Swoole\Event::set - Update the event callback functions of a socket.
  • Swoole\Event::wait - Description
  • Swoole\Event::write - Write data to the socket.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::addFile - Add a file to the post form.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::close - Close the http connection.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::download - Download a file from the remote server.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::execute - Send the HTTP request after setting the parameters.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::get - Send GET http request to the remote server.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::isConnected - Check if the HTTP connection is connected.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::on - Register callback function by event name.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::post - Send POST http request to the remote server.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::push - Push data to websocket client.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::set - Update the HTTP client paramters.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::setCookies - Set the http request cookies.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::setData - Set the HTTP request body data.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::setHeaders - Set the HTTP request headers.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::setMethod - Set the HTTP request method.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::upgrade - Upgrade to websocket protocol.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::__construct - Construct the async HTTP client.
  • Swoole\Http\Client::__destruct - Destruct the HTTP client.
  • Swoole\Http\Request::rawcontent - Get the raw HTTP POST body.
  • Swoole\Http\Request::__destruct - Destruct the HTTP request.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::cookie - Set the cookies of the HTTP response.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::end - Send data for the HTTP request and finish the response.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::gzip - Enable the gzip of response content.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::header - Set the HTTP response headers.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::initHeader - Init the HTTP response header.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::rawcookie - Set the raw cookies to the HTTP response.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::sendfile - Send file through the HTTP response.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::status - Set the status code of the HTTP response.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::write - Append HTTP body content to the HTTP response.
  • Swoole\Http\Response::__destruct - Destruct the HTTP response.
  • Swoole\Http\Server::on - Bind callback function to HTTP server by event name.
  • Swoole\Http\Server::start - Start the swoole http server.
  • Swoole\Lock::lock - Try to acquire the lock. It will block if the lock is not available.
  • Swoole\Lock::lock_read - Lock a read-write lock for reading.
  • Swoole\Lock::trylock - Try to acquire the lock and return straight away even the lock is not available.
  • Swoole\Lock::trylock_read - Try to lock a read-write lock for reading and return straight away even the lock is not available.
  • Swoole\Lock::unlock - Release the lock.
  • Swoole\Lock::__construct - Construct a memory lock.
  • Swoole\Lock::__destruct - Destory a Swoole memory lock.
  • Swoole\Mmap::open - Map a file into memory and return the stream resource which can be used by PHP stream operations.
  • Swoole\MySQL::close - Close the async MySQL connection.
  • Swoole\MySQL::connect - Connect to the remote MySQL server.
  • Swoole\MySQL::getBuffer - Description
  • Swoole\MySQL::on - Register callback function based on event name.
  • Swoole\MySQL::query - Run the SQL query.
  • Swoole\MySQL::__construct - Construct an async MySQL client.
  • Swoole\MySQL::__destruct - Destory the async MySQL client.
  • Swoole\Process::alarm - High precision timer which triggers signal with fixed interval.
  • Swoole\Process::close - Close the pipe to the child process.
  • Swoole\Process::daemon - Change the process to be a daemon process.
  • Swoole\Process::exec - Execute system commands.
  • Swoole\Process::exit - Stop the child processes.
  • Swoole\Process::freeQueue - Destroy the message queue created by swoole_process::useQueue.
  • Swoole\Process::kill - Send signal to the child process.
  • Swoole\Process::name - Set name of the process.
  • Swoole\Process::pop - Read and pop data from the message queue.
  • Swoole\Process::push - Write and push data into the message queue.
  • Swoole\Process::read - Read data sending to the process.
  • Swoole\Process::signal - Send signal to the child processes.
  • Swoole\Process::start - Start the process.
  • Swoole\Process::statQueue - Get the stats of the message queue used as the communication method between processes.
  • Swoole\Process::useQueue - Create a message queue as the communication method between the parent process and child processes.
  • Swoole\Process::wait - Wait for the events of child processes.
  • Swoole\Process::write - Write data into the pipe and communicate with the parent process or child processes.
  • Swoole\Process::__construct - Construct a process.
  • Swoole\Process::__destruct - Destory the process.
  • Swoole\Redis\Server::format - Description
  • Swoole\Redis\Server::setHandler - Description
  • Swoole\Redis\Server::start - Description
  • Swoole\Serialize::pack - Serialize the data.
  • Swoole\Serialize::unpack - Unserialize the data.
  • Swoole\Server::addlistener - Add a new listener to the server.
  • Swoole\Server::addProcess - Add a user defined swoole_process to the server.
  • Swoole\Server::after - Trigger a callback function after a period of time.
  • Swoole\Server::bind - Bind the connection to a user defined user ID.
  • Swoole\Server::clearTimer - Stop and destory a timer.
  • Swoole\Server::close - Close a connection to the client.
  • Swoole\Server::confirm - Check status of the connection.
  • Swoole\Server::connection_info - Get the connection info by file description.
  • Swoole\Server::connection_list - Get all of the established connections.
  • Swoole\Server::defer - Delay execution of the callback function at the end of current EventLoop.
  • Swoole\Server::exist - Check if the connection is existed.
  • Swoole\Server::finish - Used in task process for sending result to the worker process when the task is finished.
  • Swoole\Server::getClientInfo - Get the connection info by file description.
  • Swoole\Server::getClientList - Get all of the established connections.
  • Swoole\Server::getLastError - Get the error code of the most recent error.
  • Swoole\Server::heartbeat - Check all the connections on the server.
  • Swoole\Server::listen - Listen on the given IP and port, socket type.
  • Swoole\Server::on - Register a callback function by event name.
  • Swoole\Server::pause - Stop receiving data from the connection.
  • Swoole\Server::protect - Set the connection to be protected mode.
  • Swoole\Server::reload - Restart all the worker process.
  • Swoole\Server::resume - Start receving data from the connection.
  • Swoole\Server::send - Send data to the client.
  • Swoole\Server::sendfile - Send file to the connection.
  • Swoole\Server::sendMessage - Send message to worker processes by ID.
  • Swoole\Server::sendto - Send data to the remote UDP address.
  • Swoole\Server::sendwait - Send data to the remote socket in the blocking way.
  • Swoole\Server::set - Set the runtime settings of the swoole server.
  • Swoole\Server::shutdown - Shutdown the master server process, this function can be called in worker processes.
  • Swoole\Server::start - Start the Swoole server.
  • Swoole\Server::stats - Get the stats of the Swoole server.
  • Swoole\Server::stop - Stop the Swoole server.
  • Swoole\Server::task - Send data to the task worker processes.
  • Swoole\Server::taskwait - Send data to the task worker processes in blocking way.
  • Swoole\Server::taskWaitMulti - Execute multiple tasks concurrently.
  • Swoole\Server::tick - Repeats a given function at every given time-interval.
  • Swoole\Server::__construct - Construct a Swoole server.
  • Swoole\Server\Port::on - Register callback functions by event.
  • Swoole\Server\Port::set - Set protocol of the server port.
  • Swoole\Server\Port::__construct - Construct a server port
  • Swoole\Server\Port::__destruct - Destory server port
  • Swoole\Table::column - Set the data type and size of the columns.
  • Swoole\Table::count - Count the rows in the table, or count all the elements in the table if $mode = 1.
  • Swoole\Table::create - Create the swoole memory table.
  • Swoole\Table::current - Get the current row.
  • Swoole\Table::decr - Decrement the value in the Swoole table by $row_key and $column_key.
  • Swoole\Table::del - Delete a row in the Swoole table by $row_key.
  • Swoole\Table::destroy - Destroy the Swoole table.
  • Swoole\Table::exist - Check if a row is existed by $row_key.
  • Swoole\Table::get - Get the value in the Swoole table by $row_key and $column_key.
  • Swoole\Table::incr - Increment the value by $row_key and $column_key.
  • Swoole\Table::key - Get the key of current row.
  • Swoole\Table::next - Iterator the next row.
  • Swoole\Table::rewind - Rewind the iterator.
  • Swoole\Table::set - Update a row of the table by $row_key.
  • Swoole\Table::valid - Check current if the current row is valid.
  • Swoole\Table::__construct - Construct a Swoole memory table with fixed size.
  • Swoole\Timer::after - Trigger a callback function after a period of time.
  • Swoole\Timer::clear - Delete a timer by timer ID.
  • Swoole\Timer::exists - Check if a timer is existed.
  • Swoole\Timer::tick - Repeats a given function at every given time-interval.
  • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::exist - Check if the file descriptor exists.
  • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::on - Register event callback function
  • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::pack - Get a pack of binary data to send in a single frame.
  • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::push - Push data to the remote client.
  • Swoole\WebSocket\Server::unpack - Unpack the binary data received from the client.
  • swoole_async_dns_lookup - Async and non-blocking hostname to IP lookup
  • swoole_async_read - Read file stream asynchronously
  • swoole_async_readfile - Read a file asynchronously
  • swoole_async_set - Update the async I/O options
  • swoole_async_write - Write data to a file stream asynchronously
  • swoole_async_writefile - Write data to a file asynchronously
  • swoole_clear_error - Clear errors in the socket or on the last error code
  • swoole_client_select - Get the file description which are ready to read/write or error
  • swoole_cpu_num - Get the number of CPU
  • swoole_errno - Get the error code of the latest system call
  • swoole_error_log - Output error messages to the log
  • swoole_event_add - Add new callback functions of a socket into the EventLoop
  • swoole_event_defer - Add callback function to the next event loop
  • swoole_event_del - Remove all event callback functions of a socket
  • swoole_event_exit - Exit the eventloop, only available at the client side
  • swoole_event_set - Update the event callback functions of a socket
  • swoole_event_wait - Start the event loop
  • swoole_event_write - Write data to a socket
  • swoole_get_local_ip - Get the IPv4 IP addresses of each NIC on the machine
  • swoole_last_error - Get the lastest error message
  • swoole_load_module - Load a swoole extension
  • swoole_select - Select the file descriptions which are ready to read/write or error in the eventloop
  • swoole_set_process_name - Set the process name
  • swoole_strerror - Convert the Errno into error messages
  • swoole_timer_after - Trigger a one time callback function in the future
  • swoole_timer_exists - Check if a timer callback function is existed
  • swoole_timer_tick - Trigger a timer tick callback function by time interval
  • swoole_version - Get the version of Swoole
  • symlink - Creates a symbolic link
  • SyncEvent::fire - Fires/sets the event
  • SyncEvent::reset - Resets a manual event
  • SyncEvent::wait - Waits for the event to be fired/set
  • SyncEvent::__construct - Constructs a new SyncEvent object
  • SyncMutex::lock - Waits for an exclusive lock
  • SyncMutex::unlock - Unlocks the mutex
  • SyncMutex::__construct - Constructs a new SyncMutex object
  • SyncReaderWriter::readlock - Waits for a read lock
  • SyncReaderWriter::readunlock - Releases a read lock
  • SyncReaderWriter::writelock - Waits for an exclusive write lock
  • SyncReaderWriter::writeunlock - Releases a write lock
  • SyncReaderWriter::__construct - Constructs a new SyncReaderWriter object
  • SyncSemaphore::lock - Decreases the count of the semaphore or waits
  • SyncSemaphore::unlock - Increases the count of the semaphore
  • SyncSemaphore::__construct - Constructs a new SyncSemaphore object
  • SyncSharedMemory::first - Check to see if the object is the first instance system-wide of named shared memory
  • SyncSharedMemory::read - Copy data from named shared memory
  • SyncSharedMemory::size - Returns the size of the named shared memory
  • SyncSharedMemory::write - Copy data to named shared memory
  • SyncSharedMemory::__construct - Constructs a new SyncSharedMemory object
  • syslog - Generate a system log message
  • system - Execute an external program and display the output
  • sys_getloadavg - Gets system load average
  • sys_get_temp_dir - Returns directory path used for temporary files
• t
  • Table::count - Get row count
  • Table::delete - Delete rows from table
  • Table::existsInDatabase - Check if table exists in database
  • Table::getName - Get table name
  • Table::getSchema - Get table schema
  • Table::getSession - Get table session
  • Table::insert - Insert table rows
  • Table::isView - Check if table is view
  • Table::select - Select rows from table
  • Table::update - Update rows in table
  • Table::__construct - Table constructor
  • TableDelete::bind - Bind delete query parameters
  • TableDelete::execute - Execute delete query
  • TableDelete::limit - Limit deleted rows
  • TableDelete::orderby - Set delete sort criteria
  • TableDelete::where - Set delete search condition
  • TableDelete::__construct - TableDelete constructor
  • TableInsert::execute - Execute insert query
  • TableInsert::values - Add insert row values
  • TableInsert::__construct - TableInsert constructor
  • TableSelect::bind - Bind select query parameters
  • TableSelect::execute - Execute select statement
  • TableSelect::groupBy - Set select grouping criteria
  • TableSelect::having - Set select having condition
  • TableSelect::limit - Limit selected rows
  • TableSelect::lockExclusive - Execute EXCLUSIVE LOCK
  • TableSelect::lockShared - Execute SHARED LOCK
  • TableSelect::offset - Set limit offset
  • TableSelect::orderby - Set select sort criteria
  • TableSelect::where - Set select search condition
  • TableSelect::__construct - TableSelect constructor
  • TableUpdate::bind - Bind update query parameters
  • TableUpdate::execute - Execute update query
  • TableUpdate::limit - Limit update row count
  • TableUpdate::orderby - Set sorting criteria
  • TableUpdate::set - Add field to be updated
  • TableUpdate::where - Set search filter
  • TableUpdate::__construct - TableUpdate constructor
  • taint - Taint a string
  • tan - Tangent
  • tanh - Hyperbolic tangent
  • tcpwrap_check - Performs a tcpwrap check
  • tempnam - Create file with unique file name
  • textdomain - Sets the default domain
  • Thread::getCreatorId - Identification
  • Thread::getCurrentThread - Identification
  • Thread::getCurrentThreadId - Identification
  • Thread::getThreadId - Identification
  • Thread::isJoined - State Detection
  • Thread::isStarted - State Detection
  • Thread::join - Synchronization
  • Thread::start - Execution
  • Threaded::chunk - Manipulation
  • Threaded::count - Manipulation
  • Threaded::extend - Runtime Manipulation
  • Threaded::isRunning - State Detection
  • Threaded::isTerminated - State Detection
  • Threaded::merge - Manipulation
  • Threaded::notify - Synchronization
  • Threaded::notifyOne - Synchronization
  • Threaded::pop - Manipulation
  • Threaded::run - Execution
  • Threaded::shift - Manipulation
  • Threaded::synchronized - Synchronization
  • Threaded::wait - Synchronization
  • Throwable::getCode - Gets the exception code
  • Throwable::getFile - Gets the file in which the object was created
  • Throwable::getLine - Gets the line on which the object was instantiated
  • Throwable::getMessage - Gets the message
  • Throwable::getPrevious - Returns the previous Throwable
  • Throwable::getTrace - Gets the stack trace
  • Throwable::getTraceAsString - Gets the stack trace as a string
  • Throwable::__toString - Gets a string representation of the thrown object
  • tidy::$errorBuffer - Return warnings and errors which occurred parsing the specified document
  • tidy::body - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <body> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::cleanRepair - Execute configured cleanup and repair operations on parsed markup
  • tidy::diagnose - Run configured diagnostics on parsed and repaired markup
  • tidy::getConfig - Get current Tidy configuration
  • tidy::getHtmlVer - Get the Detected HTML version for the specified document
  • tidy::getOpt - Returns the value of the specified configuration option for the tidy document
  • tidy::getOptDoc - Returns the documentation for the given option name
  • tidy::getRelease - Get release date (version) for Tidy library
  • tidy::getStatus - Get status of specified document
  • tidy::head - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <head> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::html - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <html> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::isXhtml - Indicates if the document is a XHTML document
  • tidy::isXml - Indicates if the document is a generic (non HTML/XHTML) XML document
  • tidy::parseFile - Parse markup in file or URI
  • tidy::parseString - Parse a document stored in a string
  • tidy::repairFile - Repair a file and return it as a string
  • tidy::repairString - Repair a string using an optionally provided configuration file
  • tidy::root - Returns a tidyNode object representing the root of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::__construct - Constructs a new tidy object
  • tidyNode::getParent - Returns the parent node of the current node
  • tidyNode::hasChildren - Checks if a node has children
  • tidyNode::hasSiblings - Checks if a node has siblings
  • tidyNode::isAsp - Checks if this node is ASP
  • tidyNode::isComment - Checks if a node represents a comment
  • tidyNode::isHtml - Checks if a node is an element node
  • tidyNode::isJste - Checks if this node is JSTE
  • tidyNode::isPhp - Checks if a node is PHP
  • tidyNode::isText - Checks if a node represents text (no markup)
  • tidyNode::__construct - Private constructor to disallow direct instantiation
  • tidy_access_count - Returns the Number of Tidy accessibility warnings encountered for specified document
  • tidy_config_count - Returns the Number of Tidy configuration errors encountered for specified document
  • tidy_error_count - Returns the Number of Tidy errors encountered for specified document
  • tidy_get_output - Return a string representing the parsed tidy markup
  • tidy_warning_count - Returns the Number of Tidy warnings encountered for specified document
  • time - Return current Unix timestamp
  • timezone_abbreviations_list - Alias of DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations
  • timezone_identifiers_list - Alias of DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers
  • timezone_location_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getLocation
  • timezone_name_from_abbr - Returns a timezone name by guessing from abbreviation and UTC offset
  • timezone_name_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getName
  • timezone_offset_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getOffset
  • timezone_open - Alias of DateTimeZone::__construct
  • timezone_transitions_get - Alias of DateTimeZone::getTransitions
  • timezone_version_get - Gets the version of the timezonedb
  • time_nanosleep - Delay for a number of seconds and nanoseconds
  • time_sleep_until - Make the script sleep until the specified time
  • tmpfile - Creates a temporary file
  • token_get_all - Split given source into PHP tokens
  • token_name - Get the symbolic name of a given PHP token
  • touch - Sets access and modification time of file
  • trader_acos - Vector Trigonometric ACos
  • trader_ad - Chaikin A/D Line
  • trader_add - Vector Arithmetic Add
  • trader_adosc - Chaikin A/D Oscillator
  • trader_adx - Average Directional Movement Index
  • trader_adxr - Average Directional Movement Index Rating
  • trader_apo - Absolute Price Oscillator
  • trader_aroon - Aroon
  • trader_aroonosc - Aroon Oscillator
  • trader_asin - Vector Trigonometric ASin
  • trader_atan - Vector Trigonometric ATan
  • trader_atr - Average True Range
  • trader_avgprice - Average Price
  • trader_bbands - Bollinger Bands
  • trader_beta - Beta
  • trader_bop - Balance Of Power
  • trader_cci - Commodity Channel Index
  • trader_cdl2crows - Two Crows
  • trader_cdl3blackcrows - Three Black Crows
  • trader_cdl3inside - Three Inside Up/Down
  • trader_cdl3linestrike - Three-Line Strike
  • trader_cdl3outside - Three Outside Up/Down
  • trader_cdl3starsinsouth - Three Stars In The South
  • trader_cdl3whitesoldiers - Three Advancing White Soldiers
  • trader_cdlabandonedbaby - Abandoned Baby
  • trader_cdladvanceblock - Advance Block
  • trader_cdlbelthold - Belt-hold
  • trader_cdlbreakaway - Breakaway
  • trader_cdlclosingmarubozu - Closing Marubozu
  • trader_cdlconcealbabyswall - Concealing Baby Swallow
  • trader_cdlcounterattack - Counterattack
  • trader_cdldarkcloudcover - Dark Cloud Cover
  • trader_cdldoji - Doji
  • trader_cdldojistar - Doji Star
  • trader_cdldragonflydoji - Dragonfly Doji
  • trader_cdlengulfing - Engulfing Pattern
  • trader_cdleveningdojistar - Evening Doji Star
  • trader_cdleveningstar - Evening Star
  • trader_cdlgapsidesidewhite - Up/Down-gap side-by-side white lines
  • trader_cdlgravestonedoji - Gravestone Doji
  • trader_cdlhammer - Hammer
  • trader_cdlhangingman - Hanging Man
  • trader_cdlharami - Harami Pattern
  • trader_cdlharamicross - Harami Cross Pattern
  • trader_cdlhighwave - High-Wave Candle
  • trader_cdlhikkake - Hikkake Pattern
  • trader_cdlhikkakemod - Modified Hikkake Pattern
  • trader_cdlhomingpigeon - Homing Pigeon
  • trader_cdlidentical3crows - Identical Three Crows
  • trader_cdlinneck - In-Neck Pattern
  • trader_cdlinvertedhammer - Inverted Hammer
  • trader_cdlkicking - Kicking
  • trader_cdlkickingbylength - Kicking - bull/bear determined by the longer marubozu
  • trader_cdlladderbottom - Ladder Bottom
  • trader_cdllongleggeddoji - Long Legged Doji
  • trader_cdllongline - Long Line Candle
  • trader_cdlmarubozu - Marubozu
  • trader_cdlmatchinglow - Matching Low
  • trader_cdlmathold - Mat Hold
  • trader_cdlmorningdojistar - Morning Doji Star
  • trader_cdlmorningstar - Morning Star
  • trader_cdlonneck - On-Neck Pattern
  • trader_cdlpiercing - Piercing Pattern
  • trader_cdlrickshawman - Rickshaw Man
  • trader_cdlrisefall3methods - Rising/Falling Three Methods
  • trader_cdlseparatinglines - Separating Lines
  • trader_cdlshootingstar - Shooting Star
  • trader_cdlshortline - Short Line Candle
  • trader_cdlspinningtop - Spinning Top
  • trader_cdlstalledpattern - Stalled Pattern
  • trader_cdlsticksandwich - Stick Sandwich
  • trader_cdltakuri - Takuri (Dragonfly Doji with very long lower shadow)
  • trader_cdltasukigap - Tasuki Gap
  • trader_cdlthrusting - Thrusting Pattern
  • trader_cdltristar - Tristar Pattern
  • trader_cdlunique3river - Unique 3 River
  • trader_cdlupsidegap2crows - Upside Gap Two Crows
  • trader_cdlxsidegap3methods - Upside/Downside Gap Three Methods
  • trader_ceil - Vector Ceil
  • trader_cmo - Chande Momentum Oscillator
  • trader_correl - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient (r)
  • trader_cos - Vector Trigonometric Cos
  • trader_cosh - Vector Trigonometric Cosh
  • trader_dema - Double Exponential Moving Average
  • trader_div - Vector Arithmetic Div
  • trader_dx - Directional Movement Index
  • trader_ema - Exponential Moving Average
  • trader_errno - Get error code
  • trader_exp - Vector Arithmetic Exp
  • trader_floor - Vector Floor
  • trader_get_compat - Get compatibility mode
  • trader_get_unstable_period - Get unstable period
  • trader_ht_dcperiod - Hilbert Transform - Dominant Cycle Period
  • trader_ht_dcphase - Hilbert Transform - Dominant Cycle Phase
  • trader_ht_phasor - Hilbert Transform - Phasor Components
  • trader_ht_sine - Hilbert Transform - SineWave
  • trader_ht_trendline - Hilbert Transform - Instantaneous Trendline
  • trader_ht_trendmode - Hilbert Transform - Trend vs Cycle Mode
  • trader_kama - Kaufman Adaptive Moving Average
  • trader_linearreg - Linear Regression
  • trader_linearreg_angle - Linear Regression Angle
  • trader_linearreg_intercept - Linear Regression Intercept
  • trader_linearreg_slope - Linear Regression Slope
  • trader_ln - Vector Log Natural
  • trader_log10 - Vector Log10
  • trader_ma - Moving average
  • trader_macd - Moving Average Convergence/Divergence
  • trader_macdext - MACD with controllable MA type
  • trader_macdfix - Moving Average Convergence/Divergence Fix 12/26
  • trader_mama - MESA Adaptive Moving Average
  • trader_mavp - Moving average with variable period
  • trader_max - Highest value over a specified period
  • trader_maxindex - Index of highest value over a specified period
  • trader_medprice - Median Price
  • trader_mfi - Money Flow Index
  • trader_midpoint - MidPoint over period
  • trader_midprice - Midpoint Price over period
  • trader_min - Lowest value over a specified period
  • trader_minindex - Index of lowest value over a specified period
  • trader_minmax - Lowest and highest values over a specified period
  • trader_minmaxindex - Indexes of lowest and highest values over a specified period
  • trader_minus_di - Minus Directional Indicator
  • trader_minus_dm - Minus Directional Movement
  • trader_mom - Momentum
  • trader_mult - Vector Arithmetic Mult
  • trader_natr - Normalized Average True Range
  • trader_obv - On Balance Volume
  • trader_plus_di - Plus Directional Indicator
  • trader_plus_dm - Plus Directional Movement
  • trader_ppo - Percentage Price Oscillator
  • trader_roc - Rate of change : ((price/prevPrice)-1)*100
  • trader_rocp - Rate of change Percentage: (price-prevPrice)/prevPrice
  • trader_rocr - Rate of change ratio: (price/prevPrice)
  • trader_rocr100 - Rate of change ratio 100 scale: (price/prevPrice)*100
  • trader_rsi - Relative Strength Index
  • trader_sar - Parabolic SAR
  • trader_sarext - Parabolic SAR - Extended
  • trader_set_compat - Set compatibility mode
  • trader_set_unstable_period - Set unstable period
  • trader_sin - Vector Trigonometric Sin
  • trader_sinh - Vector Trigonometric Sinh
  • trader_sma - Simple Moving Average
  • trader_sqrt - Vector Square Root
  • trader_stddev - Standard Deviation
  • trader_stoch - Stochastic
  • trader_stochf - Stochastic Fast
  • trader_stochrsi - Stochastic Relative Strength Index
  • trader_sub - Vector Arithmetic Subtraction
  • trader_sum - Summation
  • trader_t3 - Triple Exponential Moving Average (T3)
  • trader_tan - Vector Trigonometric Tan
  • trader_tanh - Vector Trigonometric Tanh
  • trader_tema - Triple Exponential Moving Average
  • trader_trange - True Range
  • trader_trima - Triangular Moving Average
  • trader_trix - 1-day Rate-Of-Change (ROC) of a Triple Smooth EMA
  • trader_tsf - Time Series Forecast
  • trader_typprice - Typical Price
  • trader_ultosc - Ultimate Oscillator
  • trader_var - Variance
  • trader_wclprice - Weighted Close Price
  • trader_willr - Williams' %R
  • trader_wma - Weighted Moving Average
  • trait_exists - Checks if the trait exists
  • Transliterator::create - Create a transliterator
  • Transliterator::createFromRules - Create transliterator from rules
  • Transliterator::createInverse - Create an inverse transliterator
  • Transliterator::getErrorCode - Get last error code
  • Transliterator::getErrorMessage - Get last error message
  • Transliterator::listIDs - Get transliterator IDs
  • Transliterator::transliterate - Transliterate a string
  • Transliterator::__construct - Private constructor to deny instantiation
  • trigger_error - Generates a user-level error/warning/notice message
  • trim - Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the beginning and end of a string
• u
  • uasort - Sort an array with a user-defined comparison function and maintain index association
  • ucfirst - Make a string's first character uppercase
  • UConverter::convert - Convert string from one charset to another
  • UConverter::fromUCallback - Default "from" callback function
  • UConverter::getAliases - Get the aliases of the given name
  • UConverter::getAvailable - Get the available canonical converter names
  • UConverter::getDestinationEncoding - Get the destination encoding
  • UConverter::getDestinationType - Get the destination converter type
  • UConverter::getErrorCode - Get last error code on the object
  • UConverter::getErrorMessage - Get last error message on the object
  • UConverter::getSourceEncoding - Get the source encoding
  • UConverter::getSourceType - Get the source converter type
  • UConverter::getStandards - Get standards associated to converter names
  • UConverter::getSubstChars - Get substitution chars
  • UConverter::reasonText - Get string representation of the callback reason
  • UConverter::setDestinationEncoding - Set the destination encoding
  • UConverter::setSourceEncoding - Set the source encoding
  • UConverter::setSubstChars - Set the substitution chars
  • UConverter::toUCallback - Default "to" callback function
  • UConverter::transcode - Convert a string from one character encoding to another
  • UConverter::__construct - Create UConverter object
  • ucwords - Uppercase the first character of each word in a string
  • UI\Area::onDraw - Draw Callback
  • UI\Area::onKey - Key Callback
  • UI\Area::onMouse - Mouse Callback
  • UI\Area::redraw - Redraw Area
  • UI\Area::scrollTo - Area Scroll
  • UI\Area::setSize - Set Size
  • UI\Control::destroy - Destroy Control
  • UI\Control::disable - Disable Control
  • UI\Control::enable - Enable Control
  • UI\Control::getParent - Get Parent Control
  • UI\Control::getTopLevel - Get Top Level
  • UI\Control::hide - Hide Control
  • UI\Control::isEnabled - Determine if Control is enabled
  • UI\Control::isVisible - Determine if Control is visible
  • UI\Control::setParent - Set Parent Control
  • UI\Control::show - Control Show
  • UI\Controls\Box::append - Append Control
  • UI\Controls\Box::delete - Delete Control
  • UI\Controls\Box::getOrientation - Get Orientation
  • UI\Controls\Box::isPadded - Padding Detection
  • UI\Controls\Box::setPadded - Set Padding
  • UI\Controls\Box::__construct - Construct a new Box
  • UI\Controls\Button::getText - Get Text
  • UI\Controls\Button::onClick - Click Handler
  • UI\Controls\Button::setText - Set Text
  • UI\Controls\Button::__construct - Construct a new Button
  • UI\Controls\Check::getText - Get Text
  • UI\Controls\Check::isChecked - Checked Detection
  • UI\Controls\Check::onToggle - Toggle Callback
  • UI\Controls\Check::setChecked - Set Checked
  • UI\Controls\Check::setText - Set Text
  • UI\Controls\Check::__construct - Construct a new Check
  • UI\Controls\ColorButton::getColor - Get Color
  • UI\Controls\ColorButton::onChange - Change Handler
  • UI\Controls\ColorButton::setColor - Set Color
  • UI\Controls\Combo::append - Append Option
  • UI\Controls\Combo::getSelected - Get Selected Option
  • UI\Controls\Combo::onSelected - Selected Handler
  • UI\Controls\Combo::setSelected - Set Selected Option
  • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::append - Append Option
  • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::getText - Get Text
  • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::onChange - Change Handler
  • UI\Controls\EditableCombo::setText - Set Text
  • UI\Controls\Entry::getText - Get Text
  • UI\Controls\Entry::isReadOnly - Detect Read Only
  • UI\Controls\Entry::onChange - Change Handler
  • UI\Controls\Entry::setReadOnly - Set Read Only
  • UI\Controls\Entry::setText - Set Text
  • UI\Controls\Entry::__construct - Construct a new Entry
  • UI\Controls\Form::append - Append Control
  • UI\Controls\Form::delete - Delete Control
  • UI\Controls\Form::isPadded - Padding Detection
  • UI\Controls\Form::setPadded - Set Padding
  • UI\Controls\Grid::append - Append Control
  • UI\Controls\Grid::isPadded - Padding Detection
  • UI\Controls\Grid::setPadded - Set Padding
  • UI\Controls\Group::append - Append Control
  • UI\Controls\Group::getTitle - Get Title
  • UI\Controls\Group::hasMargin - Margin Detection
  • UI\Controls\Group::setMargin - Set Margin
  • UI\Controls\Group::setTitle - Set Title
  • UI\Controls\Group::__construct - Construct a new Group
  • UI\Controls\Label::getText - Get Text
  • UI\Controls\Label::setText - Set Text
  • UI\Controls\Label::__construct - Construct a new Label
  • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::append - Append Text
  • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::getText - Get Text
  • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::isReadOnly - Read Only Detection
  • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::onChange - Change Handler
  • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::setReadOnly - Set Read Only
  • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::setText - Set Text
  • UI\Controls\MultilineEntry::__construct - Construct a new Multiline Entry
  • UI\Controls\Picker::__construct - Construct a new Picker
  • UI\Controls\Progress::getValue - Get Value
  • UI\Controls\Progress::setValue - Set Value
  • UI\Controls\Radio::append - Append Option
  • UI\Controls\Radio::getSelected - Get Selected Option
  • UI\Controls\Radio::onSelected - Selected Handler
  • UI\Controls\Radio::setSelected - Set Selected Option
  • UI\Controls\Separator::__construct - Construct a new Separator
  • UI\Controls\Slider::getValue - Get Value
  • UI\Controls\Slider::onChange - Change Handler
  • UI\Controls\Slider::setValue - Set Value
  • UI\Controls\Slider::__construct - Construct a new Slider
  • UI\Controls\Spin::getValue - Get Value
  • UI\Controls\Spin::onChange - Change Handler
  • UI\Controls\Spin::setValue - Set Value
  • UI\Controls\Spin::__construct - Construct a new Spin
  • UI\Controls\Tab::append - Append Page
  • UI\Controls\Tab::delete - Delete Page
  • UI\Controls\Tab::hasMargin - Margin Detection
  • UI\Controls\Tab::insertAt - Insert Page
  • UI\Controls\Tab::pages - Page Count
  • UI\Controls\Tab::setMargin - Set Margin
  • UI\Draw\Brush::getColor - Get Color
  • UI\Draw\Brush::setColor - Set Color
  • UI\Draw\Brush::__construct - Construct a new Brush
  • UI\Draw\Brush\Gradient::addStop - Stop Manipulation
  • UI\Draw\Brush\Gradient::delStop - Stop Manipulation
  • UI\Draw\Brush\Gradient::setStop - Stop Manipulation
  • UI\Draw\Brush\LinearGradient::__construct - Construct a Linear Gradient
  • UI\Draw\Brush\RadialGradient::__construct - Construct a new Radial Gradient
  • UI\Draw\Color::getChannel - Color Manipulation
  • UI\Draw\Color::setChannel - Color Manipulation
  • UI\Draw\Color::__construct - Construct new Color
  • UI\Draw\Matrix::invert - Invert Matrix
  • UI\Draw\Matrix::isInvertible - Invertible Detection
  • UI\Draw\Matrix::multiply - Multiply Matrix
  • UI\Draw\Matrix::rotate - Rotate Matrix
  • UI\Draw\Matrix::scale - Scale Matrix
  • UI\Draw\Matrix::skew - Skew Matrix
  • UI\Draw\Matrix::translate - Translate Matrix
  • UI\Draw\Path::addRectangle - Draw a Rectangle
  • UI\Draw\Path::arcTo - Draw an Arc
  • UI\Draw\Path::bezierTo - Draw Bezier Curve
  • UI\Draw\Path::closeFigure - Close Figure
  • UI\Draw\Path::end - Finalize Path
  • UI\Draw\Path::lineTo - Draw a Line
  • UI\Draw\Path::newFigure - Draw Figure
  • UI\Draw\Path::newFigureWithArc - Draw Figure with Arc
  • UI\Draw\Path::__construct - Construct a new Path
  • UI\Draw\Pen::clip - Clip a Path
  • UI\Draw\Pen::fill - Fill a Path
  • UI\Draw\Pen::restore - Restore
  • UI\Draw\Pen::save - Save
  • UI\Draw\Pen::stroke - Stroke a Path
  • UI\Draw\Pen::transform - Matrix Transform
  • UI\Draw\Pen::write - Draw Text at Point
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::getCap - Get Line Cap
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::getJoin - Get Line Join
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::getMiterLimit - Get Miter Limit
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::getThickness - Get Thickness
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::setCap - Set Line Cap
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::setJoin - Set Line Join
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::setMiterLimit - Set Miter Limit
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::setThickness - Set Thickness
  • UI\Draw\Stroke::__construct - Construct a new Stroke
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getAscent - Font Metrics
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getDescent - Font Metrics
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getLeading - Font Metrics
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getUnderlinePosition - Font Metrics
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font::getUnderlineThickness - Font Metrics
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font::__construct - Construct a new Font
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getFamily - Get Font Family
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getItalic - Style Detection
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getSize - Size Detection
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getStretch - Style Detection
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::getWeight - Weight Detection
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font\Descriptor::__construct - Construct a new Font Descriptor
  • UI\Draw\Text\Font\fontFamilies - Retrieve Font Families
  • UI\Draw\Text\Layout::setColor - Set Color
  • UI\Draw\Text\Layout::setWidth - Set Width
  • UI\Draw\Text\Layout::__construct - Construct a new Text Layout
  • UI\Executor::kill - Stop Executor
  • UI\Executor::onExecute - Execution Callback
  • UI\Executor::setInterval - Interval Manipulation
  • UI\Executor::__construct - Construct a new Executor
  • UI\Menu::append - Append Menu Item
  • UI\Menu::appendAbout - Append About Menu Item
  • UI\Menu::appendCheck - Append Checkable Menu Item
  • UI\Menu::appendPreferences - Append Preferences Menu Item
  • UI\Menu::appendQuit - Append Quit Menu Item
  • UI\Menu::appendSeparator - Append Menu Item Separator
  • UI\Menu::__construct - Construct a new Menu
  • UI\MenuItem::disable - Disable Menu Item
  • UI\MenuItem::enable - Enable Menu Item
  • UI\MenuItem::isChecked - Detect Checked
  • UI\MenuItem::onClick - On Click Callback
  • UI\MenuItem::setChecked - Set Checked
  • UI\Point::at - Size Coercion
  • UI\Point::getX - Retrieves X
  • UI\Point::getY - Retrieves Y
  • UI\Point::setX - Set X
  • UI\Point::setY - Set Y
  • UI\Point::__construct - Construct a new Point
  • UI\quit - Quit UI Loop
  • UI\run - Enter UI Loop
  • UI\Size::getHeight - Retrieves Height
  • UI\Size::getWidth - Retrives Width
  • UI\Size::of - Point Coercion
  • UI\Size::setHeight - Set Height
  • UI\Size::setWidth - Set Width
  • UI\Size::__construct - Construct a new Size
  • UI\Window::add - Add a Control
  • UI\Window::error - Show Error Box
  • UI\Window::getSize - Get Window Size
  • UI\Window::getTitle - Get Title
  • UI\Window::hasBorders - Border Detection
  • UI\Window::hasMargin - Margin Detection
  • UI\Window::isFullScreen - Full Screen Detection
  • UI\Window::msg - Show Message Box
  • UI\Window::onClosing - Closing Callback
  • UI\Window::open - Open Dialog
  • UI\Window::save - Save Dialog
  • UI\Window::setBorders - Border Use
  • UI\Window::setFullScreen - Full Screen Use
  • UI\Window::setMargin - Margin Use
  • UI\Window::setSize - Set Size
  • UI\Window::setTitle - Window Title
  • UI\Window::__construct - Construct a new Window
  • uksort - Sort an array by keys using a user-defined comparison function
  • umask - Changes the current umask
  • uniqid - Generate a unique ID
  • UnitEnum::cases - Generates a list of cases on an enum
  • unixtojd - Convert Unix timestamp to Julian Day
  • unlink - Deletes a file
  • unpack - Unpack data from binary string
  • unregister_tick_function - De-register a function for execution on each tick
  • unserialize - Creates a PHP value from a stored representation
  • unset - Unset a given variable
  • untaint - Untaint strings
  • uopz_add_function - Adds non-existent function or method
  • uopz_allow_exit - Allows control over disabled exit opcode
  • uopz_backup - Backup a function
  • uopz_compose - Compose a class
  • uopz_copy - Copy a function
  • uopz_delete - Delete a function
  • uopz_del_function - Deletes previously added function or method
  • uopz_extend - Extend a class at runtime
  • uopz_flags - Get or set flags on function or class
  • uopz_function - Creates a function at runtime
  • uopz_get_exit_status - Retrieve the last set exit status
  • uopz_get_hook - Gets previously set hook on function or method
  • uopz_get_mock - Get the current mock for a class
  • uopz_get_property - Gets value of class or instance property
  • uopz_get_return - Gets a previous set return value for a function
  • uopz_get_static - Gets the static variables from function or method scope
  • uopz_implement - Implements an interface at runtime
  • uopz_overload - Overload a VM opcode
  • uopz_redefine - Redefine a constant
  • uopz_rename - Rename a function at runtime
  • uopz_restore - Restore a previously backed up function
  • uopz_set_hook - Sets hook to execute when entering a function or method
  • uopz_set_mock - Use mock instead of class for new objects
  • uopz_set_property - Sets value of existing class or instance property
  • uopz_set_return - Provide a return value for an existing function
  • uopz_set_static - Sets the static variables in function or method scope
  • uopz_undefine - Undefine a constant
  • uopz_unset_hook - Removes previously set hook on function or method
  • uopz_unset_mock - Unset previously set mock
  • uopz_unset_return - Unsets a previously set return value for a function
  • urldecode - Decodes URL-encoded string
  • urlencode - URL-encodes string
  • user_error - Alias of trigger_error
  • use_soap_error_handler - Set whether to use the SOAP error handler
  • usleep - Delay execution in microseconds
  • usort - Sort an array by values using a user-defined comparison function
  • utf8_decode - Converts a string from UTF-8 to ISO-8859-1, replacing invalid or unrepresentable characters
  • utf8_encode - Converts a string from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
• v
  • V8Js::executeString - Execute a string as Javascript code
  • V8Js::getExtensions - Return an array of registered extensions
  • V8Js::getPendingException - Return pending uncaught Javascript exception
  • V8Js::registerExtension - Register Javascript extensions for V8Js
  • V8Js::__construct - Construct a new V8Js object
  • V8JsException::getJsFileName - The getJsFileName purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsLineNumber - The getJsLineNumber purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsSourceLine - The getJsSourceLine purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsTrace - The getJsTrace purpose
  • variant::__construct - variant class constructor
  • variant_abs - Returns the absolute value of a variant
  • variant_add - "Adds" two variant values together and returns the result
  • variant_and - Performs a bitwise AND operation between two variants
  • variant_cast - Convert a variant into a new variant object of another type
  • variant_cat - Concatenates two variant values together and returns the result
  • variant_cmp - Compares two variants
  • variant_date_from_timestamp - Returns a variant date representation of a Unix timestamp
  • variant_date_to_timestamp - Converts a variant date/time value to Unix timestamp
  • variant_div - Returns the result from dividing two variants
  • variant_eqv - Performs a bitwise equivalence on two variants
  • variant_fix - Returns the integer portion of a variant
  • variant_get_type - Returns the type of a variant object
  • variant_idiv - Converts variants to integers and then returns the result from dividing them
  • variant_imp - Performs a bitwise implication on two variants
  • variant_int - Returns the integer portion of a variant
  • variant_mod - Divides two variants and returns only the remainder
  • variant_mul - Multiplies the values of the two variants
  • variant_neg - Performs logical negation on a variant
  • variant_not - Performs bitwise not negation on a variant
  • variant_or - Performs a logical disjunction on two variants
  • variant_pow - Returns the result of performing the power function with two variants
  • variant_round - Rounds a variant to the specified number of decimal places
  • variant_set - Assigns a new value for a variant object
  • variant_set_type - Convert a variant into another type "in-place"
  • variant_sub - Subtracts the value of the right variant from the left variant value
  • variant_xor - Performs a logical exclusion on two variants
  • VarnishAdmin::auth - Authenticate on a varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::ban - Ban URLs using a VCL expression
  • VarnishAdmin::banUrl - Ban an URL using a VCL expression
  • VarnishAdmin::clearPanic - Clear varnish instance panic messages
  • VarnishAdmin::connect - Connect to a varnish instance administration interface
  • VarnishAdmin::disconnect - Disconnect from a varnish instance administration interface
  • VarnishAdmin::getPanic - Get the last panic message on a varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::getParams - Fetch current varnish instance configuration parameters
  • VarnishAdmin::isRunning - Check if the varnish slave process is currently running
  • VarnishAdmin::setCompat - Set the class compat configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setHost - Set the class host configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setIdent - Set the class ident configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setParam - Set configuration param on the current varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::setPort - Set the class port configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setSecret - Set the class secret configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setTimeout - Set the class timeout configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::start - Start varnish worker process
  • VarnishAdmin::stop - Stop varnish worker process
  • VarnishAdmin::__construct - VarnishAdmin constructor
  • VarnishLog::getLine - Get next log line
  • VarnishLog::getTagName - Get the log tag string representation by its index
  • VarnishLog::__construct - Varnishlog constructor
  • VarnishStat::getSnapshot - Get the current varnish instance statistics snapshot
  • VarnishStat::__construct - VarnishStat constructor
  • var_dump - Dumps information about a variable
  • var_export - Outputs or returns a parsable string representation of a variable
  • var_representation - Returns a short, readable, parsable string representation of a variable
  • version_compare - Compares two "PHP-standardized" version number strings
  • vfprintf - Write a formatted string to a stream
  • virtual - Perform an Apache sub-request
  • vprintf - Output a formatted string
  • vsprintf - Return a formatted string
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::addSheet - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel addSheet
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::autoFilter - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel autoFilter
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::constMemory - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel constMemory
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::data - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel data
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::fileName - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel fileName
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::getHandle - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel getHandle
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::header - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel header
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::insertFormula - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel insertFormula
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::insertImage - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel insertImage
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::insertText - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel insertText
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::mergeCells - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel mergeCells
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::output - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel output
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::setColumn - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel setColumn
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::setRow - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel setRow
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Excel::__construct - Vtiful\Kernel\Excel constructor
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::align - Vtiful\Kernel\Format align
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::bold - Vtiful\Kernel\Format bold
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::italic - Vtiful\Kernel\Format italic
  • Vtiful\Kernel\Format::underline - Vtiful\Kernel\Format underline
• w
  • Warning::__construct - Warning constructor
  • wddx_add_vars - Add variables to a WDDX packet with the specified ID
  • wddx_deserialize - Unserializes a WDDX packet
  • wddx_packet_end - Ends a WDDX packet with the specified ID
  • wddx_packet_start - Starts a new WDDX packet with structure inside it
  • wddx_serialize_value - Serialize a single value into a WDDX packet
  • wddx_serialize_vars - Serialize variables into a WDDX packet
  • WeakMap::count - Counts the number of live entries in the map
  • WeakMap::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
  • WeakMap::offsetExists - Checks whether a certain object is in the map
  • WeakMap::offsetGet - Returns the value pointed to by a certain object
  • WeakMap::offsetSet - Updates the map with a new key-value pair
  • WeakMap::offsetUnset - Removes an entry from the map
  • WeakMap::__construct - Constructs a new map
  • WeakReference::create - Create a new weak reference
  • WeakReference::get - Get a weakly referenced Object
  • WeakReference::__construct - Constructor that disallows instantiation
  • win32_continue_service - Resumes a paused service
  • win32_create_service - Creates a new service entry in the SCM database
  • win32_delete_service - Deletes a service entry from the SCM database
  • win32_get_last_control_message - Returns the last control message that was sent to this service
  • win32_pause_service - Pauses a service
  • win32_query_service_status - Queries the status of a service
  • win32_send_custom_control - Send a custom control to the service
  • win32_set_service_exit_code - Define or return the exit code for the current running service
  • win32_set_service_exit_mode - Define or return the exit mode for the current running service
  • win32_set_service_status - Update the service status
  • win32_start_service - Starts a service
  • win32_start_service_ctrl_dispatcher - Registers the script with the SCM, so that it can act as the service with the given name
  • win32_stop_service - Stops a service
  • wincache_fcache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the file cache
  • wincache_fcache_meminfo - Retrieves information about file cache memory usage
  • wincache_lock - Acquires an exclusive lock on a given key
  • wincache_ocache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the opcode cache
  • wincache_ocache_meminfo - Retrieves information about opcode cache memory usage
  • wincache_refresh_if_changed - Refreshes the cache entries for the cached files
  • wincache_rplist_fileinfo - Retrieves information about resolve file path cache
  • wincache_rplist_meminfo - Retrieves information about memory usage by the resolve file path cache
  • wincache_scache_info - Retrieves information about files cached in the session cache
  • wincache_scache_meminfo - Retrieves information about session cache memory usage
  • wincache_ucache_add - Adds a variable in user cache only if variable does not already exist in the cache
  • wincache_ucache_cas - Compares the variable with old value and assigns new value to it
  • wincache_ucache_clear - Deletes entire content of the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_dec - Decrements the value associated with the key
  • wincache_ucache_delete - Deletes variables from the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_exists - Checks if a variable exists in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_get - Gets a variable stored in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_inc - Increments the value associated with the key
  • wincache_ucache_info - Retrieves information about data stored in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_meminfo - Retrieves information about user cache memory usage
  • wincache_ucache_set - Adds a variable in user cache and overwrites a variable if it already exists in the cache
  • wincache_unlock - Releases an exclusive lock on a given key
  • wkhtmltox\Image\Converter::convert - Perform Image conversion
  • wkhtmltox\Image\Converter::getVersion - Determine version of Converter
  • wkhtmltox\Image\Converter::__construct - Create a new Image converter
  • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::add - Add an object for conversion
  • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::convert - Perform PDF conversion
  • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::getVersion - Determine version of Converter
  • wkhtmltox\PDF\Converter::__construct - Create a new PDF converter
  • wkhtmltox\PDF\Object::__construct - Create a new PDF Object
  • wordwrap - Wraps a string to a given number of characters
  • Worker::collect - Collect references to completed tasks
  • Worker::getStacked - Gets the remaining stack size
  • Worker::isShutdown - State Detection
  • Worker::shutdown - Shutdown the worker
  • Worker::stack - Stacking work
  • Worker::unstack - Unstacking work
• x
  • xattr_get - Get an extended attribute
  • xattr_list - Get a list of extended attributes
  • xattr_remove - Remove an extended attribute
  • xattr_set - Set an extended attribute
  • xattr_supported - Check if filesystem supports extended attributes
  • xdiff_file_bdiff - Make binary diff of two files
  • xdiff_file_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
  • xdiff_file_bpatch - Patch a file with a binary diff
  • xdiff_file_diff - Make unified diff of two files
  • xdiff_file_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bdiff
  • xdiff_file_merge3 - Merge 3 files into one
  • xdiff_file_patch - Patch a file with an unified diff
  • xdiff_file_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bpatch
  • xdiff_file_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two files using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
  • xdiff_string_bdiff - Make binary diff of two strings
  • xdiff_string_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
  • xdiff_string_bpatch - Patch a string with a binary diff
  • xdiff_string_diff - Make unified diff of two strings
  • xdiff_string_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bdiff
  • xdiff_string_merge3 - Merge 3 strings into one
  • xdiff_string_patch - Patch a string with an unified diff
  • xdiff_string_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bpatch
  • xdiff_string_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two strings using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
  • xhprof_disable - Stops xhprof profiler
  • xhprof_enable - Start xhprof profiler
  • xhprof_sample_disable - Stops xhprof sample profiler
  • xhprof_sample_enable - Start XHProf profiling in sampling mode
  • XMLDiff\Base::diff - Produce diff of two XML documents
  • XMLDiff\Base::merge - Produce new XML document based on diff
  • XMLDiff\Base::__construct - Constructor
  • XMLDiff\DOM::diff - Diff two DOMDocument objects
  • XMLDiff\DOM::merge - Produce merged DOMDocument
  • XMLDiff\File::diff - Diff two XML files
  • XMLDiff\File::merge - Produce merged XML document
  • XMLDiff\Memory::diff - Diff two XML documents
  • XMLDiff\Memory::merge - Produce merged XML document
  • XMLReader::close - Close the XMLReader input
  • XMLReader::expand - Returns a copy of the current node as a DOM object
  • XMLReader::getAttribute - Get the value of a named attribute
  • XMLReader::getAttributeNo - Get the value of an attribute by index
  • XMLReader::getAttributeNs - Get the value of an attribute by localname and URI
  • XMLReader::getParserProperty - Indicates if specified property has been set
  • XMLReader::isValid - Indicates if the parsed document is valid
  • XMLReader::lookupNamespace - Lookup namespace for a prefix
  • XMLReader::moveToAttribute - Move cursor to a named attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNo - Move cursor to an attribute by index
  • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNs - Move cursor to a named attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToElement - Position cursor on the parent Element of current Attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToFirstAttribute - Position cursor on the first Attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToNextAttribute - Position cursor on the next Attribute
  • XMLReader::next - Move cursor to next node skipping all subtrees
  • XMLReader::open - Set the URI containing the XML to parse
  • XMLReader::read - Move to next node in document
  • XMLReader::readInnerXml - Retrieve XML from current node
  • XMLReader::readOuterXml - Retrieve XML from current node, including itself
  • XMLReader::readString - Reads the contents of the current node as a string
  • XMLReader::setParserProperty - Set parser options
  • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchema - Set the filename or URI for a RelaxNG Schema
  • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchemaSource - Set the data containing a RelaxNG Schema
  • XMLReader::setSchema - Validate document against XSD
  • XMLReader::XML - Set the data containing the XML to parse
  • xmlrpc_decode - Decodes XML into native PHP types
  • xmlrpc_decode_request - Decodes XML into native PHP types
  • xmlrpc_encode - Generates XML for a PHP value
  • xmlrpc_encode_request - Generates XML for a method request
  • xmlrpc_get_type - Gets xmlrpc type for a PHP value
  • xmlrpc_is_fault - Determines if an array value represents an XMLRPC fault
  • xmlrpc_parse_method_descriptions - Decodes XML into a list of method descriptions
  • xmlrpc_server_add_introspection_data - Adds introspection documentation
  • xmlrpc_server_call_method - Parses XML requests and call methods
  • xmlrpc_server_create - Creates an xmlrpc server
  • xmlrpc_server_destroy - Destroys server resources
  • xmlrpc_server_register_introspection_callback - Register a PHP function to generate documentation
  • xmlrpc_server_register_method - Register a PHP function to resource method matching method_name
  • xmlrpc_set_type - Sets xmlrpc type, base64 or datetime, for a PHP string value
  • XMLWriter::endAttribute - End attribute
  • XMLWriter::endCdata - End current CDATA
  • XMLWriter::endComment - Create end comment
  • XMLWriter::endDocument - End current document
  • XMLWriter::endDtd - End current DTD
  • XMLWriter::endDtdAttlist - End current DTD AttList
  • XMLWriter::endDtdElement - End current DTD element
  • XMLWriter::endDtdEntity - End current DTD Entity
  • XMLWriter::endElement - End current element
  • XMLWriter::endPi - End current PI
  • XMLWriter::flush - Flush current buffer
  • XMLWriter::fullEndElement - End current element
  • XMLWriter::openMemory - Create new xmlwriter using memory for string output
  • XMLWriter::openUri - Create new xmlwriter using source uri for output
  • XMLWriter::outputMemory - Returns current buffer
  • XMLWriter::setIndent - Toggle indentation on/off
  • XMLWriter::setIndentString - Set string used for indenting
  • XMLWriter::startAttribute - Create start attribute
  • XMLWriter::startAttributeNs - Create start namespaced attribute
  • XMLWriter::startCdata - Create start CDATA tag
  • XMLWriter::startComment - Create start comment
  • XMLWriter::startDocument - Create document tag
  • XMLWriter::startDtd - Create start DTD tag
  • XMLWriter::startDtdAttlist - Create start DTD AttList
  • XMLWriter::startDtdElement - Create start DTD element
  • XMLWriter::startDtdEntity - Create start DTD Entity
  • XMLWriter::startElement - Create start element tag
  • XMLWriter::startElementNs - Create start namespaced element tag
  • XMLWriter::startPi - Create start PI tag
  • XMLWriter::text - Write text
  • XMLWriter::writeAttribute - Write full attribute
  • XMLWriter::writeAttributeNs - Write full namespaced attribute
  • XMLWriter::writeCdata - Write full CDATA tag
  • XMLWriter::writeComment - Write full comment tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDtd - Write full DTD tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDtdAttlist - Write full DTD AttList tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDtdElement - Write full DTD element tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDtdEntity - Write full DTD Entity tag
  • XMLWriter::writeElement - Write full element tag
  • XMLWriter::writeElementNs - Write full namespaced element tag
  • XMLWriter::writePi - Writes a PI
  • XMLWriter::writeRaw - Write a raw XML text
  • xml_error_string - Get XML parser error string
  • xml_get_current_byte_index - Get current byte index for an XML parser
  • xml_get_current_column_number - Get current column number for an XML parser
  • xml_get_current_line_number - Get current line number for an XML parser
  • xml_get_error_code - Get XML parser error code
  • xml_parse - Start parsing an XML document
  • xml_parser_create - Create an XML parser
  • xml_parser_create_ns - Create an XML parser with namespace support
  • xml_parser_free - Free an XML parser
  • xml_parser_get_option - Get options from an XML parser
  • xml_parser_set_option - Set options in an XML parser
  • xml_parse_into_struct - Parse XML data into an array structure
  • xml_set_character_data_handler - Set up character data handler
  • xml_set_default_handler - Set up default handler
  • xml_set_element_handler - Set up start and end element handlers
  • xml_set_end_namespace_decl_handler - Set up end namespace declaration handler
  • xml_set_external_entity_ref_handler - Set up external entity reference handler
  • xml_set_notation_decl_handler - Set up notation declaration handler
  • xml_set_object - Use XML Parser within an object
  • xml_set_processing_instruction_handler - Set up processing instruction (PI) handler
  • xml_set_start_namespace_decl_handler - Set up start namespace declaration handler
  • xml_set_unparsed_entity_decl_handler - Set up unparsed entity declaration handler
  • XSLTProcessor::getParameter - Get value of a parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::getSecurityPrefs - Get security preferences
  • XSLTProcessor::hasExsltSupport - Determine if PHP has EXSLT support
  • XSLTProcessor::importStylesheet - Import stylesheet
  • XSLTProcessor::registerPHPFunctions - Enables the ability to use PHP functions as XSLT functions
  • XSLTProcessor::removeParameter - Remove parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::setParameter - Set value for a parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::setProfiling - Sets profiling output file
  • XSLTProcessor::setSecurityPrefs - Set security preferences
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToDoc - Transform to a DOMDocument
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToUri - Transform to URI
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToXml - Transform to XML
  • XSLTProcessor::__construct - Creates a new XSLTProcessor object
• y
  • Yac::add - Store into cache
  • Yac::delete - Remove items from cache
  • Yac::dump - Dump cache
  • Yac::flush - Flush the cache
  • Yac::get - Retrieve values from cache
  • Yac::info - Status of cache
  • Yac::set - Store into cache
  • Yac::__construct - Constructor
  • Yac::__get - Getter
  • Yac::__set - Setter
  • Yaconf::get - Retrieve a item
  • Yaconf::has - Determine if a item exists
  • Yaf_Action_Abstract::execute - Action entry point
  • Yaf_Action_Abstract::getController - Retrieve controller object
  • Yaf_Action_Abstract::getControllerName - Get controller name
  • Yaf_Application::app - Retrieve an Application instance
  • Yaf_Application::bootstrap - Call bootstrap
  • Yaf_Application::clearLastError - Clear the last error info
  • Yaf_Application::environ - Retrive environ
  • Yaf_Application::execute - Execute a callback
  • Yaf_Application::getAppDirectory - Get the application directory
  • Yaf_Application::getConfig - Retrive the config instance
  • Yaf_Application::getDispatcher - Get Yaf_Dispatcher instance
  • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorMsg - Get message of the last occurred error
  • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorNo - Get code of last occurred error
  • Yaf_Application::getModules - Get defined module names
  • Yaf_Application::run - Start Yaf_Application
  • Yaf_Application::setAppDirectory - Change the application directory
  • Yaf_Application::__construct - Yaf_Application constructor
  • Yaf_Application::__destruct - The __destruct purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::get - Getter
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::readonly - Find a config whether readonly
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::set - Setter
  • Yaf_Config_Abstract::toArray - Cast to array
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::count - Count all elements in Yaf_Config.ini
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::current - Retrieve the current value
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::key - Fetch current element's key
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::next - Advance the internal pointer
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::readonly - The readonly purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::rewind - The rewind purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::toArray - Return config as a PHP array
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::valid - The valid purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__construct - Yaf_Config_Ini constructor
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__get - Retrieve a element
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__isset - Determine if a key is exists
  • Yaf_Config_Ini::__set - The __set purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::count - The count purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::current - The current purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::key - The key purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::next - The next purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::readonly - The readonly purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::rewind - The rewind purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::toArray - Returns a PHP array
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::valid - The valid purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__get - The __get purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__isset - The __isset purpose
  • Yaf_Config_Simple::__set - The __set purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::display - The display purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::forward - Forward to another action
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getInvokeArg - The getInvokeArg purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getInvokeArgs - The getInvokeArgs purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getModuleName - Get module name
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getName - Get self name
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getRequest - Retrieve current request object
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getResponse - Retrieve current response object
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getView - Retrieve the view engine
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::getViewpath - The getViewpath purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::init - Controller initializer
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::initView - The initView purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::redirect - Redirect to a URL
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::render - Render view template
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::setViewpath - The setViewpath purpose
  • Yaf_Controller_Abstract::__construct - Yaf_Controller_Abstract constructor
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::autoRender - Switch on/off autorendering
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::catchException - Switch on/off exception catching
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::disableView - Disable view rendering
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::dispatch - Dispatch a request
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::enableView - Enable view rendering
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::flushInstantly - Switch on/off the instant flushing
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getApplication - Retrieve the application
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getDefaultAction - Retrive the default action name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getDefaultController - Retrive the default controller name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getDefaultModule - Retrive the default module name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getInstance - Retrive the dispatcher instance
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getRequest - Retrive the request instance
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::getRouter - Retrive router instance
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::initView - Initialize view and return it
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::registerPlugin - Register a plugin
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::returnResponse - The returnResponse purpose
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultAction - Change default action name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultController - Change default controller name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setDefaultModule - Change default module name
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setErrorHandler - Set error handler
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setRequest - The setRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::setView - Set a custom view engine
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::throwException - Switch on/off exception throwing
  • Yaf_Dispatcher::__construct - Yaf_Dispatcher constructor
  • Yaf_Exception::getPrevious - The getPrevious purpose
  • Yaf_Exception::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::autoload - The autoload purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::clearLocalNamespace - The clearLocalNamespace purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::getInstance - The getInstance purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::getLibraryPath - Get the library path
  • Yaf_Loader::getLocalNamespace - Retrive all register namespaces info
  • Yaf_Loader::getNamespacePath - Retieve path of a registered namespace
  • Yaf_Loader::import - The import purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::isLocalName - The isLocalName purpose
  • Yaf_Loader::registerLocalNamespace - Register local class prefix
  • Yaf_Loader::registerNamespace - Register namespace with searching path
  • Yaf_Loader::setLibraryPath - Change the library path
  • Yaf_Loader::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::dispatchLoopShutdown - The dispatchLoopShutdown purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::dispatchLoopStartup - Hook before dispatch loop
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::postDispatch - The postDispatch purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::preDispatch - The preDispatch purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::preResponse - The preResponse purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::routerShutdown - The routerShutdown purpose
  • Yaf_Plugin_Abstract::routerStartup - RouterStartup hook
  • Yaf_Registry::del - Remove an item from registry
  • Yaf_Registry::get - Retrieve an item from registry
  • Yaf_Registry::has - Check whether an item exists
  • Yaf_Registry::set - Add an item into registry
  • Yaf_Registry::__construct - Yaf_Registry implements singleton
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::clearParams - Remove all params
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getActionName - The getActionName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getBaseUri - The getBaseUri purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getControllerName - The getControllerName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getEnv - Retrieve ENV varialbe
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getException - The getException purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getLanguage - Retrieve client's preferred language
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getMethod - Retrieve the request method
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getModuleName - The getModuleName purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getParam - Retrieve calling parameter
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getParams - Retrieve all calling parameters
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getRequestUri - The getRequestUri purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::getServer - Retrieve SERVER variable
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isCli - Determine if request is CLI request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isDispatched - Determin if the request is dispatched
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isGet - Determine if request is GET request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isHead - Determine if request is HEAD request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isOptions - Determine if request is OPTIONS request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isPost - Determine if request is POST request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isPut - Determine if request is PUT request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isRouted - Determin if request has been routed
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::isXmlHttpRequest - Determine if request is AJAX request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setActionName - Set action name
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setBaseUri - Set base URI
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setControllerName - Set controller name
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setDispatched - The setDispatched purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setModuleName - Set module name
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setParam - Set a calling parameter to a request
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setRequestUri - The setRequestUri purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Abstract::setRouted - The setRouted purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Http::get - Retrieve variable from client
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getCookie - Retrieve Cookie variable
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getFiles - The getFiles purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getPost - Retrieve POST variable
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getQuery - Fetch a query parameter
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getRaw - Retrieve Raw request body
  • Yaf_Request_Http::getRequest - The getRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Http::isXmlHttpRequest - Determin if request is Ajax Request
  • Yaf_Request_Http::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_Request_Http
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::get - The get purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getCookie - The getCookie purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getFiles - The getFiles purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getPost - The getPost purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getQuery - The getQuery purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::getRequest - The getRequest purpose
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::isXmlHttpRequest - Determin if request is AJAX request
  • Yaf_Request_Simple::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_Request_Simple
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::appendBody - Append to response body
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::clearBody - Discard all exists response body
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::clearHeaders - Discard all set headers
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::getBody - Retrieve a exists content
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::getHeader - The getHeader purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::prependBody - The prependBody purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::response - Send response
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setAllHeaders - The setAllHeaders purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setBody - Set content to response
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setHeader - Set reponse header
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::setRedirect - The setRedirect purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__destruct - The __destruct purpose
  • Yaf_Response_Abstract::__toString - Retrieve all bodys as string
  • Yaf_Router::addConfig - Add config-defined routes into Router
  • Yaf_Router::addRoute - Add new Route into Router
  • Yaf_Router::getCurrentRoute - Get the effective route name
  • Yaf_Router::getRoute - Retrieve a route by name
  • Yaf_Router::getRoutes - Retrieve registered routes
  • Yaf_Router::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Router::__construct - Yaf_Router constructor
  • Yaf_Route_Interface::assemble - Assemble a request
  • Yaf_Route_Interface::route - Route a request
  • Yaf_Route_Map::assemble - Assemble a url
  • Yaf_Route_Map::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Map::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Regex::assemble - Assemble a url
  • Yaf_Route_Regex::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Regex::__construct - Yaf_Route_Regex constructor
  • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::assemble - Assemble a url
  • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Rewrite::__construct - Yaf_Route_Rewrite constructor
  • Yaf_Route_Simple::assemble - Assemble a url
  • Yaf_Route_Simple::route - Route a request
  • Yaf_Route_Simple::__construct - Yaf_Route_Simple constructor
  • Yaf_Route_Static::assemble - Assemble a url
  • Yaf_Route_Static::match - The match purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Static::route - Route a request
  • Yaf_Route_Supervar::assemble - Assemble a url
  • Yaf_Route_Supervar::route - The route purpose
  • Yaf_Route_Supervar::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • Yaf_Session::count - The count purpose
  • Yaf_Session::current - The current purpose
  • Yaf_Session::del - The del purpose
  • Yaf_Session::getInstance - The getInstance purpose
  • Yaf_Session::has - The has purpose
  • Yaf_Session::key - The key purpose
  • Yaf_Session::next - The next purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • Yaf_Session::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • Yaf_Session::rewind - The rewind purpose
  • Yaf_Session::start - The start purpose
  • Yaf_Session::valid - The valid purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_Session
  • Yaf_Session::__get - The __get purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__isset - The __isset purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__set - The __set purpose
  • Yaf_Session::__unset - The __unset purpose
  • Yaf_View_Interface::assign - Assign value to View engine
  • Yaf_View_Interface::display - Render and output a template
  • Yaf_View_Interface::getScriptPath - The getScriptPath purpose
  • Yaf_View_Interface::render - Render a template
  • Yaf_View_Interface::setScriptPath - The setScriptPath purpose
  • Yaf_View_Simple::assign - Assign values
  • Yaf_View_Simple::assignRef - The assignRef purpose
  • Yaf_View_Simple::clear - Clear Assigned values
  • Yaf_View_Simple::display - Render and display
  • Yaf_View_Simple::eval - Render template
  • Yaf_View_Simple::getScriptPath - Get templates directory
  • Yaf_View_Simple::render - Render template
  • Yaf_View_Simple::setScriptPath - Set tempaltes directory
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__construct - Constructor of Yaf_View_Simple
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__get - Retrieve assigned variable
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__isset - The __isset purpose
  • Yaf_View_Simple::__set - Set value to engine
  • yaml_emit - Returns the YAML representation of a value
  • yaml_emit_file - Send the YAML representation of a value to a file
  • yaml_parse - Parse a YAML stream
  • yaml_parse_file - Parse a YAML stream from a file
  • yaml_parse_url - Parse a Yaml stream from a URL
  • Yar_Client::setOpt - Set calling contexts
  • Yar_Client::__call - Call service
  • Yar_Client::__construct - Create a client
  • Yar_Client_Exception::getType - Retrieve exception's type
  • Yar_Concurrent_Client::call - Register a concurrent call
  • Yar_Concurrent_Client::loop - Send all calls
  • Yar_Concurrent_Client::reset - Clean all registered calls
  • Yar_Server::handle - Start RPC Server
  • Yar_Server::__construct - Register a server
  • Yar_Server_Exception::getType - Retrieve exception's type
  • yaz_addinfo - Returns additional error information
  • yaz_ccl_conf - Configure CCL parser
  • yaz_ccl_parse - Invoke CCL Parser
  • yaz_close - Close YAZ connection
  • yaz_connect - Prepares for a connection to a Z39.50 server
  • yaz_database - Specifies the databases within a session
  • yaz_element - Specifies Element-Set Name for retrieval
  • yaz_errno - Returns error number
  • yaz_error - Returns error description
  • yaz_es - Prepares for an Extended Service Request
  • yaz_es_result - Inspects Extended Services Result
  • yaz_get_option - Returns value of option for connection
  • yaz_hits - Returns number of hits for last search
  • yaz_itemorder - Prepares for Z39.50 Item Order with an ILL-Request package
  • yaz_present - Prepares for retrieval (Z39.50 present)
  • yaz_range - Specifies a range of records to retrieve
  • yaz_record - Returns a record
  • yaz_scan - Prepares for a scan
  • yaz_scan_result - Returns Scan Response result
  • yaz_schema - Specifies schema for retrieval
  • yaz_search - Prepares for a search
  • yaz_set_option - Sets one or more options for connection
  • yaz_sort - Sets sorting criteria
  • yaz_syntax - Specifies the preferred record syntax for retrieval
  • yaz_wait - Wait for Z39.50 requests to complete
• z
  • zend_thread_id - Returns a unique identifier for the current thread
  • zend_version - Gets the version of the current Zend engine
  • ZipArchive::addEmptyDir - Add a new directory
  • ZipArchive::addFile - Adds a file to a ZIP archive from the given path
  • ZipArchive::addFromString - Add a file to a ZIP archive using its contents
  • ZipArchive::addGlob - Add files from a directory by glob pattern
  • ZipArchive::addPattern - Add files from a directory by PCRE pattern
  • ZipArchive::clearError - Clear the status error message, system and/or zip messages
  • ZipArchive::close - Close the active archive (opened or newly created)
  • ZipArchive::count - Counts the number of files in the archive
  • ZipArchive::deleteIndex - Delete an entry in the archive using its index
  • ZipArchive::deleteName - Delete an entry in the archive using its name
  • ZipArchive::extractTo - Extract the archive contents
  • ZipArchive::getArchiveComment - Returns the Zip archive comment
  • ZipArchive::getCommentIndex - Returns the comment of an entry using the entry index
  • ZipArchive::getCommentName - Returns the comment of an entry using the entry name
  • ZipArchive::getExternalAttributesIndex - Retrieve the external attributes of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::getExternalAttributesName - Retrieve the external attributes of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::getFromIndex - Returns the entry contents using its index
  • ZipArchive::getFromName - Returns the entry contents using its name
  • ZipArchive::getNameIndex - Returns the name of an entry using its index
  • ZipArchive::getStatusString - Returns the status error message, system and/or zip messages
  • ZipArchive::getStream - Get a file handler to the entry defined by its name (read only)
  • ZipArchive::getStreamIndex - Get a file handler to the entry defined by its index (read only)
  • ZipArchive::getStreamName - Get a file handler to the entry defined by its name (read only)
  • ZipArchive::isCompressionMethodSupported - Check if a compression method is supported by libzip
  • ZipArchive::isEncryptionMethodSupported - Check if a encryption method is supported by libzip
  • ZipArchive::locateName - Returns the index of the entry in the archive
  • ZipArchive::open - Open a ZIP file archive
  • ZipArchive::registerCancelCallback - Register a callback to allow cancellation during archive close.
  • ZipArchive::registerProgressCallback - Register a callback to provide updates during archive close.
  • ZipArchive::renameIndex - Renames an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::renameName - Renames an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::replaceFile - Replace file in ZIP archive with a given path
  • ZipArchive::setArchiveComment - Set the comment of a ZIP archive
  • ZipArchive::setCommentIndex - Set the comment of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::setCommentName - Set the comment of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::setCompressionIndex - Set the compression method of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::setCompressionName - Set the compression method of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::setEncryptionIndex - Set the encryption method of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::setEncryptionName - Set the encryption method of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::setExternalAttributesIndex - Set the external attributes of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::setExternalAttributesName - Set the external attributes of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::setMtimeIndex - Set the modification time of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::setMtimeName - Set the modification time of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::setPassword - Set the password for the active archive
  • ZipArchive::statIndex - Get the details of an entry defined by its index
  • ZipArchive::statName - Get the details of an entry defined by its name
  • ZipArchive::unchangeAll - Undo all changes done in the archive
  • ZipArchive::unchangeArchive - Revert all global changes done in the archive
  • ZipArchive::unchangeIndex - Revert all changes done to an entry at the given index
  • ZipArchive::unchangeName - Revert all changes done to an entry with the given name
  • Zip context options - Zip context option listing
  • zip_close - Close a ZIP file archive
  • zip_entry_close - Close a directory entry
  • zip_entry_compressedsize - Retrieve the compressed size of a directory entry
  • zip_entry_compressionmethod - Retrieve the compression method of a directory entry
  • zip_entry_filesize - Retrieve the actual file size of a directory entry
  • zip_entry_name - Retrieve the name of a directory entry
  • zip_entry_open - Open a directory entry for reading
  • zip_entry_read - Read from an open directory entry
  • zip_open - Open a ZIP file archive
  • zip_read - Read next entry in a ZIP file archive
  • zlib:// - Compression Streams
  • zlib_decode - Uncompress any raw/gzip/zlib encoded data
  • zlib_encode - Compress data with the specified encoding
  • zlib_get_coding_type - Returns the coding type used for output compression
  • ZMQ::__construct - ZMQ constructor
  • ZMQContext::getOpt - Get context option
  • ZMQContext::getSocket - Create a new socket
  • ZMQContext::isPersistent - Whether the context is persistent
  • ZMQContext::setOpt - Set a socket option
  • ZMQContext::__construct - Construct a new ZMQContext object
  • ZMQDevice::getIdleTimeout - Get the idle timeout
  • ZMQDevice::getTimerTimeout - Get the timer timeout
  • ZMQDevice::run - Run the new device
  • ZMQDevice::setIdleCallback - Set the idle callback function
  • ZMQDevice::setIdleTimeout - Set the idle timeout
  • ZMQDevice::setTimerCallback - Set the timer callback function
  • ZMQDevice::setTimerTimeout - Set the timer timeout
  • ZMQDevice::__construct - Construct a new device
  • ZMQPoll::add - Add item to the poll set
  • ZMQPoll::clear - Clear the poll set
  • ZMQPoll::count - Count items in the poll set
  • ZMQPoll::getLastErrors - Get poll errors
  • ZMQPoll::poll - Poll the items
  • ZMQPoll::remove - Remove item from poll set
  • ZMQSocket::bind - Bind the socket
  • ZMQSocket::connect - Connect the socket
  • ZMQSocket::disconnect - Disconnect a socket
  • ZMQSocket::getEndpoints - Get list of endpoints
  • ZMQSocket::getPersistentId - Get the persistent id
  • ZMQSocket::getSocketType - Get the socket type
  • ZMQSocket::getSockOpt - Get socket option
  • ZMQSocket::isPersistent - Whether the socket is persistent
  • ZMQSocket::recv - Receives a message
  • ZMQSocket::recvMulti - Receives a multipart message
  • ZMQSocket::send - Sends a message
  • ZMQSocket::sendmulti - Sends a multipart message
  • ZMQSocket::setSockOpt - Set a socket option
  • ZMQSocket::unbind - Unbind the socket
  • ZMQSocket::__construct - Construct a new ZMQSocket
  • Zookeeper::addAuth - Specify application credentials
  • Zookeeper::close - Close the zookeeper handle and free up any resources
  • Zookeeper::connect - Create a handle to used communicate with zookeeper
  • Zookeeper::create - Create a node synchronously
  • Zookeeper::delete - Delete a node in zookeeper synchronously
  • Zookeeper::exists - Checks the existence of a node in zookeeper synchronously
  • Zookeeper::get - Gets the data associated with a node synchronously
  • Zookeeper::getAcl - Gets the acl associated with a node synchronously
  • Zookeeper::getChildren - Lists the children of a node synchronously
  • Zookeeper::getClientId - Return the client session id, only valid if the connections is currently connected (ie. last watcher state is ZOO_CONNECTED_STATE)
  • Zookeeper::getConfig - Get instance of ZookeeperConfig
  • Zookeeper::getRecvTimeout - Return the timeout for this session, only valid if the connections is currently connected (ie. last watcher state is ZOO_CONNECTED_STATE). This value may change after a server re-connect
  • Zookeeper::getState - Get the state of the zookeeper connection
  • Zookeeper::isRecoverable - Checks if the current zookeeper connection state can be recovered
  • Zookeeper::set - Sets the data associated with a node
  • Zookeeper::setAcl - Sets the acl associated with a node synchronously
  • Zookeeper::setDebugLevel - Sets the debugging level for the library
  • Zookeeper::setDeterministicConnOrder - Enable/disable quorum endpoint order randomization
  • Zookeeper::setLogStream - Sets the stream to be used by the library for logging
  • Zookeeper::setWatcher - Set a watcher function
  • Zookeeper::__construct - Create a handle to used communicate with zookeeper
  • ZookeeperConfig::add - Add servers to the ensemble
  • ZookeeperConfig::get - Gets the last committed configuration of the ZooKeeper cluster as it is known to the server to which the client is connected, synchronously
  • ZookeeperConfig::remove - Remove servers from the ensemble
  • ZookeeperConfig::set - Change ZK cluster ensemble membership and roles of ensemble peers
  • zookeeper_dispatch - Calls callbacks for pending operations
• _
  • __autoload - Attempt to load undefined class
  • __halt_compiler - Halts the compiler execution